Posted at 7:36 AM on January 6, 2012
by MPR News Staff
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
By CHRISTOPHER S. RUGABER, AP Economics Writer
Job seekers visit a November career fair in Bloomington. (AP Photo/Jim Mone)
WASHINGTON (AP) - A burst of hiring in December pushed the unemployment rate to its lowest level in nearly three years, giving the economy a boost at the end of 2011.
The Labor Department said Friday that employers added a net 200,000 jobs last month and the unemployment rate fell to 8.5 percent, the lowest since February 2009. The rate has dropped for four straight months.
The hiring gains cap a six-month stretch in which the economy generated 100,000 jobs or more in each month. That hasn't happened since April 2006.
The steady drop is a positive sign for President Barack Obama, who is bound to face voters with the highest unemployment rate of any sitting president since World War II. Unemployment was 7.8 percent when Obama took office in January 2009.
Still, the level may matter less to his re-election chances if the rate continues to fall. History suggests that presidents' re-election prospects hinge less on the unemployment rate itself than on the rate's direction during the year or two before Election Day.
For all of 2011, the economy added 1.6 million jobs, better than the 940,000 added in 2010. The unemployment rate averaged 8.9 percent last year, down from 9.6 percent the previous year.
Economists forecast that the job gains will top 2.1 million this year.
The December report painted a picture of a broadly improving job market. Average hourly pay rose, providing consumers with more income to spend. The average work week lengthened, a sign that business is picking up and companies may soon need more workers. And hiring was strong across almost all major industries.
Manufacturing added 23,000 jobs. Transportation and warehousing added 50,000 jobs. Retailers added 28,000 jobs. Even the beleaguered construction industry added 17,000 workers.
A more robust hiring market coincides with other positive data that show the economy ended the year with some momentum.
Weekly applications for unemployment benefits have fallen to levels last seen more than three years ago. Holiday sales were solid. And November and December were the strongest months of 2011 for U.S. auto sales.
Many businesses say they are ready to step up hiring in early 2012 after seeing stronger consumer confidence and greater demand for their products.
Posted at 7:02 AM on January 6, 2012
by MPR News Staff
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
WASHINGTON (AP) -- Recent statistics are producing optimism among economists about today's government report on December employment.
Weekly reports show declining layoffs and manufacturers also have reported that they've been hiring more.
John Ryding at RDQ Economics forecasts that employers added 180,000 jobs last month, a big jump from November's 120,000 net jobs. For the coming year, Economists surveyed by the Associated Press project that the economy will generate an average of 175,000 jobs per month, up from 130,000 last year.
A FactSet survey finds economists predicting that employers added a net 150,000 jobs last month, and that the unemployment rate ticked up to 8.7 percent from 8.6 percent in November, which was the lowest rate since March 2009.
Many economists forecast that growth could slow to roughly 2 percent this year.
(Copyright 2012 by The Associated Press. All Rights Reserved.)
Posted at 4:31 PM on January 5, 2012
by Minnesota Public Radio
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
By Annie Baxter, MInnesota Public Radio
St. Paul, MInn - A new state analysis shows modest but steady demand for "green" jobs in the Minnesota's economy.
DEED surveyed thousands of employers between late 2009 and mid 2011 to see how many were hiring in areas like renewable energy production and recycling. The agency says about 2.5 percent of overall hiring demand in that period was concentrated in those green jobs.
That isn't a big share of overall job demand, said Oriane Casale, assistant director of the state's labor market information office.
"Two-point-five percent wasn't a huge number and doesn't entirely justify the attention that green is getting or has gotten recently," Casale said. "But on the other hand, IT represents, maybe 2 percent of the economy, and they certainly get a lot of attention."
Casale said green jobs tend to require high levels of education and therefore offered better wages and greater job stability than overall job openings during the survey period.
Skeptics of green job counts say the categories are too broad and include areas like ethanol production, which has environmentally harmful byproducts.
Casale says DEED tried to be very rigorous, both in defining green jobs and in following up to be sure vacancies met those criteria. She says DEED did sometimes reject employers' attempts to classify job postings as green.
Posted at 7:50 AM on January 5, 2012
by MPR News Staff
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
By CHRISTOPHER S. RUGABER, AP Economics Writer
WASHINGTON (AP) -- The number of people seeking unemployment benefits fell further in the final week of 2011, a positive sign for hiring one day ahead of Friday's December employment report.
The Labor Department says weekly applications dropped 15,000 to a seasonally adjusted 372,000 last week. It was the fourth drop in five weeks. The four-week average, which smooths fluctuations, declined to 373,250, the lowest level since June 2008.
When applications drop below 375,000 _ consistently _ they generally signal that hiring is strong enough to reduce the unemployment rate.
Applications have declined steadily over the past three months. The four-week average fell 11 percent in 2011, evidence that companies are laying off fewer workers. But many employers have been slow to add jobs.
(Copyright 2012 by The Associated Press. All Rights Reserved.)
Posted at 11:39 AM on January 4, 2012
by Bill Catlin
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The Conference Board Help Wanted OnLine index shows demand for workers in Minnesota rebounded last month, after a slump in November.
Minnesota employers added 5,100 online help wanted ads in December after a decline of 6,000 in November.
The Conference Board tallied 98,100 Minnesota job ads last month. That's up 21 percent from the 80,800 postings identified in December of 2010.
Minnesota has one of the lowest ratios of worker supply and demand among the states. There are 1.89 jobless workers for each online job posting in Minnesota. (The figures are calculated for November, 2011, the most recent month for which unemployment data exist.)
Five other states had lower supply/demand ratios, including North Dakota, where vacancies exceed the number of available workers--a labor shortage fueled by the oil boom.
North Dakota 0.88
Nebraska 1.27
South Dakota 1.40
Vermont 1.60
Alaska 1.83
Among major metropolitan areas, the Twin Cities supply/demand rate was second only to that of the nation's capitol (as reported for October, 2011).
Washington, DC 1.24
Minneapolis-St. Paul 1.36
Despite Minnesota's continued strength relative to other states and the nation as a whole, the Conference Board says the trend is of declining demand for workers since June of last year. Nationally the trend is declining as well, but for the nation as a whole, the arrow started pointing downward in March, three months before the trend showed up in Minnesota.
Posted at 10:49 AM on December 15, 2011
by Bill Catlin
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota's jobless rate fell by half a percentage point to 5.9 percent in November even as employers cut nearly 14,000 jobs in the state. That's the third month in a row Minnesota has seen both declining unemployment and shrinking payrolls.
The state has lost 22,900 payroll jobs over the past three months, even while the unemployment rate dropped from 7.2 percent to 5.9 percent.
State officials say the mixed results make it difficult to draw clear conclusions about the state of the labor market. They say several factors could explain the conflicting results, including sampling errors, more people becoming self-employed, changes in methodology, and more people giving up on finding work.
In November the education and health services led all sectors with a gain of 1,300 jobs.
Job losses hit many sectors:
• leisure and hospitality - 4,400
• government - 4,000
• construction - 1,600
• manufacturing - 1,200
• professional and business services - 1,100
• financial activities - 800
• trade, transportation and utilities - 700
• information - 600
• other services - 600
A peek under the hood of the falling unemployment rate shows some interesting trends. The jobless rate is based on a large survey of households. Over the past four months the survey indicates 30,000 additional people had been paid for work in Minnesota. Being paid for work may or may not involve a job with an employer. Getting a $15 spiff to shovel someone's driveway will qualify someone as "employed" in the household survey. But, as state officials note, a growing number of people who are self-employed could explain the trend.
Obviously more people being paid for work is favorable factor pushing down unemployment. Another factor is more pessimistic. An additional 13,000 people have given up on finding work in the past two months. People who aren't looking for work aren't counted as unemployed. They've dropped out of the workforce.
All that said, it's important to bear in mind that state officials are raising serious questions about the findings. Two of the four possible explanations for the conflicting unemployment and payroll employment findings relate to the way the numbers are derived--sampling error and changes in methodology--not changes in the job market. In other words, it's unclear whether we're seeing changes in the economy or just artifacts produced by number crunching.
In any case, as Annie Baxter reports today this unemployment report means potentially thousands of Minnesotans could become ineligible for extended unemployment benefits. The three month average jobless rate has fallen to 6.43 percent, below the threshold for the extended benefits to continue.
Posted at 12:29 PM on December 13, 2011
by Annie Baxter
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
ManpowerGroup is expecting employers in the Twin Cities and around Minnesota to pick up their hiring a bit in the first three months of 2012, according to survey results released today.
The national staffing firm's report focuses on a metric called the "net employment outlook," which is the percentage of employers surveyed who plan to hire minus the percentage planning to cut jobs. Manpower puts the "net employment outlook" for the first quarter of next year at +7 percent both for the Twin Cities area and for Minnesota as a whole. Last year's projections ranged from +4 to +5 percent.
Manpower's survey reflects a slight bump in companies' intentions to hire compared to their intentions at this time last year. But it also projects a whole lot more of the same tepid growth. Seventy one percent of Minnesota employers polled intend to maintain their current staffing levels in Q1 2012.
Statewide, the company says job prospects appear best in sectors including manufacturing of durable goods, wholesale/retail trade, transportation & utilities, information, professional & business services, education & health services, leisure & hospitality and government.
The firm says employers in non-durable manufacturing, which includes food companies, plan to reduce staffing levels.
Manpower's Minnesota survey typically involves about 400 respondents statewide and about 220 in the metro area.
Posted at 1:44 PM on December 9, 2011
by Annie Baxter
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Housing & mortgages, Jobs & unemployment
Wells Fargo economists are projecting tepid job growth for Minnesota in 2012.
Over the year ending in October, payrolls in the state grew slower than the relatively weak U.S. growth rate of 1.2 percent over the same period.
Scott Anderson, a Wells Fargo economist, said he expects jobs in Minnesota to pick up by only 0.8 percent next year.
He notes that job losses in September and October in Minnesota could give a hint of trouble spots ahead.
"The fact that we had two consecutive months of job loss is somewhat concerning. But more concerning is where those jobs are being lost. It's in wholesale trade, transportation, and manufacturing," he said.
Anderson said those sectors had been leading the recovery in Minnesota. He thinks they may now be reflecting the trouble in Europe that some economists say will trigger a global slowdown.
He said that will mean Minnesota's export market, which had been a bright spot, will likely take a hit.
The Wells Fargo report also forecasts some improvement in Minnesota's housing market. Anderson noted that Twin Cities home prices are still down significantly compared to last year but seemed to pick up slightly over the summer.
In addition, inventories of homes for sale are decreasing, which could push prices higher.
That's all giving him reason for measured optimism.
"We think housing is maybe on an upturn swing here for 2012 in Minnesota, but because of the declining outlook on the economy overall it's going to be a long slog ahead," he said.
Anderson notes that while residential building permits are stilll at low levels, he expects new home construction will hit bottom and begin to pick up sometime in 2012.
Posted at 3:17 PM on December 8, 2011
by Bill Catlin
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We got this e-mail question yesterday:
"Has anyone looked at the comparison of the job rate to the death rate? Has joblessness and loss of healthcare raised the rate of death in Minnesota and in the country?"
Well I did a little checking and the short answer appears to be, "No."
As you can see from this first chart, from '07 to '08, both the U.S. death rate and the unemployment rate did rise. But the next year the two measures diverge. The unemployment rate soared to 9.3 percent in 2009 while the death rate moderated.
[The death rate is measured as total deaths per 100,000 population. The 2009 data was the most recent available from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The unemployment rate is the 12-month average for the non-seasonally adjusted U.S. jobless rate.]
Also, this second chart from the U.S. CDC shows both the crude and age-adjusted death rates falling visibly in the mid 70's, roughly coincident with the 1973-75 recession.
Even if the numbers did appear to show a correlation between higher unemployment and a rising death rate, it probably wouldn't be prudent to assume that there's a cause-and-effect relationship between the two. As the old statistical saw goes, "Correlation does not imply causation."
Posted at 2:00 PM on December 1, 2011
by Bill Catlin
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The twice-a-year budget forecast is based on an in-depth review of Minnesota's job market and overall economy. The analysis is probably the most exhaustive assessment of the state's economy available anywhere. (And as thorough economic analyses go, the forecast is eminently readable.)
The forecast's economic assessment is often overshadowed by "the number;" that is, the projected budget surplus or deficit and the political battles that will ensue as a result.
Here, then, are some of the latest forecast's observations about Minnesota's economy.
JOBS
The latest news on Minnesota's labor market is encouraging.In 2011, Minnesota's employment growth turned positive, the average length of the workweek continues to climb back toward pre-recession levels, and hourly compensation is unusually strong.
Minnesota's labor market is in recovery, but will be unable to appreciably improve on the current pace of job creation during the first part of 2012.
Until there are clearer signs of a self-sustaining expansion, employers will remain cautious about further hiring decisions and Minnesota's economy will remain under stress with low confidence, slow wage growth, high debt burdens, depleted wealth, and discontent in the political process.
The November forecast estimates that it will take until early-2014 before Minnesota employment exceeds its pre-recession peak.
UNEMPLOYMENT
The recent drop in Minnesota's unemployment rate has resulted from household employment gains outpacing labor force growth, not from people growing discouraged and dropping out of the workforce.Needless to say, with initial claims for unemployment insurance recently falling to levels statistically linked with better job growth, this is an indicator MMB economists will be watching very closely over the next three to six months.
HOUSING
Residential home construction continues to remain a drag on Minnesota's outlook.If household formation rates continue to worsen in 2011 and 2012 as a result of weaker labor market conditions and the housing downturn continues to deepen later into 2013 it is unlikely that Minnesota's economy will perform as forecast.
LOTS OF RISKS
... such as further deterioration in the financial markets, failure to extend the 2 percent payroll tax holiday, weaker business investment, weaker home sales, a rapid change in price levels, or if confidence remains depressed and consumer spending proceeds more slowly ....
Posted at 12:15 PM on November 18, 2011
by Bill Catlin
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
We here in the newsroom have been wondering why the OccupyMN presence hasn't been as intense and confrontational as those in areas like New York City and Oakland, in particular.
Certainly differences in police actions may be part of the explanation. The scene in Minneapolis has not included the confrontations with police and mass arrests that have happened elsewhere.
But the regional economies may offer some additional context, if not explanation.
The Twin Cities has had much lower unemployment than Oakland and New York. That may mean a smaller portion of the population has the time and built-up frustration about the economy that can fuel protests.
And according to this analysis by a Brookings Institution scholar, the Twin Cities has a meaningful share of top household incomes, but we have a smaller portion than either the San Francisco or New York areas. Top earners are likely more visible in those areas. The study has this to say about the birthplace of the Occupy movement:
"Unsurprisingly, the New York metropolitan area has the largest number of very high-income households. Nearly 12 percent of top-income households live in the New York region, [which has] about 7 percent of all households."
Click on the map below for a larger version.
Posted at 3:31 PM on November 17, 2011
by Annie Baxter
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
As we've noted in an earlier post, the unemployment rate in Minnesota dropped last month to 6.4 percent (down from 6.9 percent in September). Meanwhile, payroll employment fell by 6,100 jobs.
How can there be fewer jobs AND lower unemployment? If you're like me, those contradictory pieces information may scramble your brain.
Here's what's up. There's a lot of reasons why the numbers can seem contradictory, but in this case there's funky stuff going in the way the BLS (U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics) "smoothes" the numbers. That's true both of the unemployment rate and of the payroll employment number, which, you may recall, come from two totally different surveys.
The unemployment rate got pulled down in part because the effects of the state government shutdown in July were still swirling around in the numbers. Some of those workers' return to work didn't show up until the October report, partly because of how the BLS "smoothing" process captures changes in the job market. Weird, right?
On the payroll employment side of things, there's another "smoothing" process that goes on. And state labor market analyst Steve Hine is quick to point out that those numbers, which he's no longer in charge of crunching, frequently have to be revised by BLS. Case in point: the 7,400 job losses initially reported in September got revised down to 1,900.
Sounds like Hine's not a fan of the smoothing techniques.
It may be frustrating that these numbers can seem so imprecise and fraught with problems. But that's why it's important to look at long-term trends, not just a month's worth of numbers.
So it's worth noting that the unemployment rate and payroll employment have both been improving, albeit sluggishly.
Posted at 10:20 AM on November 17, 2011
by Bill Catlin
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The state's employers cut 6,100 payroll jobs last month, according to the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development.
Still, the long-suffering construction industry added 1,700 jobs. That was the fourth monthly gain in the past half-year.
Meanwhile, the unemployment rate fell half a percentage point to 6.4 percent last month. The rate fell in part because more people (5,457) quit looking for work. But more people (8,111) also reported they'd been paid for work during the month. Both have the effect of pushing down the jobless rate.
The U.S unemployment rate in October was 9 percent.
There was some mildly encouraging news regarding the state's payroll employment in September.
As more employers reported their headcounts for the month, the jobs picture improved. The original net loss of 7,400 jobs was revised to a decline of just 1,900.
Posted at 11:17 AM on November 16, 2011
by Bill Catlin
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
A segment in today's Marketplace Morning Report cited a report that estimates Minnesota ranks fifth among the states and Washington, D.C. in future job openings that will require post-secondary education.
The numbers are fairly stark: "Between 2008 and 2018, new jobs in Minnesota requiring postsecondary education and training will grow by 152,000 while jobs for high school graduates and dropouts will grow by 28,000."
The Minnesota profile is here.
The full report is here.
Posted at 3:02 PM on October 10, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Housing & mortgages, Jobs & unemployment
If you rent an apartment somewhere in Minnesota, odds are you didn't pay much attention to the debate in the Legislature over the Market Value Homestead Tax Credit for houses. You should have. It may be about to push your rent up 10 percent or more.
Looking to break the budget impasse that had shut down Minnesota state government for weeks, lawmakers in July agreed to end that credit, which essentially used state money to pay a portion of local homeowner property taxes to cities and towns.
To close the state budget hole, lawmakers ended the credit. In the past couple weeks, the potential effects that decision have come to light as city and county officials prepare next year's tax plan.
My MPR News colleague Dave Peters has been following the issue closely. On Friday, he wrote the burden of the tax changes in St. Paul could fall heavily on commercial property owners and apartment owners. Talking to Chris Samuel in Ramsey County's property tax division, Peters wrote:
The hardest hit? Small commercial properties, like ma and pa stores with a residence on the second floor, and larger apartment buildings, which are actually seeing their values increase, Samuel said. They could be seeing tax increases in the 16 or 17 percent range, he said.
The problem is that without the credit, local officials must spread the tax burden onto business and other properties to make up the lost state money, or else chop their budgets.
"The new system will shift taxes among properties within each community, especially to commercial, industrial, apartment, and other properties that will not receive the benefit of the homestead market value exclusion," says the League of Minnesota Cities.
The question then becomes how do apartment owners react if that happens? It's a decent guess that much of that will get passed on to renters.
The residential rental market is incredibly tight and vacancies have plummeted the past few years.
Here's a Minnesota Housing Partnership chart on the Twin Cities.
MHP recently wrote that rental vacancies fell to 2.4 percent, a 10-year low, noting a five percent rate is typically considered "balanced."
One other thing: Lawmakers also balanced the budget by cutting the state's renter's credit, intended to help low and moderate income renters. The non-profit Minnesota Budget Project writes:
The Renters' Credit will be cut by $26 million in FY 2013, or 13 percent, starting with refunds filed in 2012. An estimated 297,000 Minnesota households will lose an average of $87 because of this cut. About 7,300 Minnesota households will lose their entire credit.
Even without the legislative changes, renters were likely facing an increase because of the tight supply. Now, a budget deal focused on homeowners and property taxes may end up pushing up costs for apartments by double digits.
Posted at 3:35 PM on October 5, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
The fastest growing student populations in Minnesota's schools -- the people who you will increasingly depend upon in your old age to pay taxes, keep your Social Security solvent, build Minnesota's economy and its quality of life -- are the least prepared to take on that future.
It's a point I've made repeatedly during the recession and "recovery," starting in July of 2009 when a federal report showed Minnesota with some of the widest racial achievement gaps in the nation.
Two-plus years later, not much has changed. Data on Minneapolis student achievement released in a report today from the Minneapolis Foundation and Wilder Foundation reinforces what we've known for a long time.
You can find the full report here.
I covered schools in the Twin Cities for more than a decade before coming to MPR News. I'm not being cynical when I say there isn't much new in the data. Here's a blurb from Minnesota's fourth grade reading report on the National Assessment of Educational Progress:
In 2009, Black students had an average score that was 35 points lower than that of White students. This performance gap was not significantly different from that in 1992 (34 points).
So we're talking about 20 years of gap in that measure alone.
Looking through today's report, I pulled out three telling graphs.
The first tells you the scope of the problem in the earliest grades.
The second gives you a sense of how intractable the problems are. Third grade reading performance is a pretty decent predictor of who graduates.
Remarkably, there is no gap when it comes to the issue of how satisfied people are in the Minneapolis schools.
I'm not sure what to make of that.
Since I write about the economy, now, though, I can tell you we should all be worried about what it means for the state's economic future.
Earlier this year, state demographer Tom Gillaspy and his colleagues wrote of a disturbing and growing mismatch between the skills of those looking for work and the skills employers seek to hire" and a "lost generation" of Minnesota workers, "where those with the necessary skills do very well while those without the desired skills will struggle economically for the remainder of their lives."
The Minneapolis Foundation / Wilder Foundation report data make it clear that Gillaspy's "lost generation" metaphor could extend way beyond the recession.
It's a future where Minnesota doesn't have the talent to fill the jobs the state needs the most but must still contend with a surplus of workers whose skills no longer match up with the economy's needs.
Posted at 11:05 AM on October 5, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota's lost about 20 percent of its manufacturing employment the last decade, roughly 80, 000 jobs.
Dig deeper, though, and there's a more complex story to tell.
Some manufacturing sectors are growing, thanks to the region's medical device industry. On the flip side, whatever computer manufacturing business the state had at the start of the 2000s is largely gone now.
We got a look recently at the decade's winners and losers in manufacturing thanks to research from Economic Modeling Specialists Inc., an Idaho-based consulting group that likes data as much as we do.
When EMSI posted recently on the "50 Manufacturing Sectors That GREW Over The Past 10 Years," we asked them if they'd crunch similar data for us for Minnesota. They did.
There are hundreds of manufacturing categories. You can find the full Minnesota data set here.
Here are the 20 biggest categories of winners...
... and losers
The federally collected data are broken down using the North American Industry Classification System. EMSI's Josh Wright notes that the 2011 job numbers "are better described as estimates right now because of the time lag with certain federal/state sources."
You can certainly see the growing importance of the region's medical device companies and ethanol plants over the decade along with the drop in jobs tied to the home building industry.
Take a look at post something below or drop us a line directly if something drops out at you.
Despite the hit, manufacturing still drives about 11 percent of the state's employment.
![]()
Source: Joint Economic Committee
Posted at 2:59 PM on September 28, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
It can be a frustrating exercise these days searching for positive signs in the economy. Newly released survey data from the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis show some good stuff but, really, nothing to convince you a hiring spree is around the corner.
Results from an ad hoc survey of 330 business contacts from around the Upper Midwest (85 percent from Minnesota) in late August show businesses generally upbeat about the near term economy with 85 percent expecting sales revenue to stay the same or increase in the next three months and nearly as many expecting profits to rise or stay about the same.
The Fed got good feedback, too, on credit conditions. Despite ongoing national worries about access to credit, only 8 percent of those surveyed said conditions had deteriorated in the past three months.
And yet, only 21 percent say they expect to add jobs this fall while 10 percent anticipate cuts.
Overall, the survey suggests that while businesses are feeling better about revenues, profits and credit access, they're still holding back on hiring.
A couple of other charts tell the story of where we are in Minnesota.
Here's total non-farm employment, seasonally adjusted, the past 10 years.
The cliff dive here hasn't been as bad as it's been nationally. Minnesota's jobless rate stands at 7.2 percent compared to 9.1 percent in the U.S. But, like the nation, we can't dig ourselves out.
The last chart from the Minneapolis Fed compares employment changes in Minnesota in the current Great Recession compared to 1981, the last Great Recession.
The bounce back in jobs following the 1981 recession was strong and what we've come to expect following downturns. The business cycle turns, things improve, companies start hiring again.
This time it's different. The bounce back is flat. The Fed's newest survey data offer little hope that a jobs upswing is on the way.
Posted at 3:20 PM on June 7, 2011
by Molly Bloom
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
We still don't know which government jobs will be deemed "essential" and "non-essential" (Justice Ed Stringer explains how they decided in 2005), but it does look like a shutdown could have a greater impact on Northern Minnesota than on the state as a whole.
Public Insight Network source Aaron Brown lives on the Iron Range and keeps an eye on Northern Minnesota for MinnEcon. Back in March, Paul Tosto spoke with Brown:
[Brown]'s also keeping watch on the political debate over public employees (he's one). He's not sure that people realize employee layoffs could cascade through the economy, hurting retail and other consumer spending. "The implications could be deeper here than in other parts of the state."
Turns out, he's right that Northern Minnesota is more reliant on state jobs in an important respect. MPR News Business Editor Bill Catlin has been looking at who makes up Minnesota's state employee pool and he's been crunching some numbers (see Marty Moylan's story here). When compared to the statewide totals, Northern Minnesota's workforce does not have a much higher percentage of state employees.
The impact would come from the wages they earn. The amount of money earned by state employees accounts for 2.7 percent of all wages earned in Northern Minnesota. In the metro, it accounts for 1.8 percent. While the numbers may seem small, this shows that state wages are 50 percent more important in northern Minnesota than in the overall state economy.
These wage calculations exclude the pay of state workers in the educational services field -- people who provide instruction and training -- because it unclear how the University of Minnesota and MnSCU schools would be affected by a shutdown. MnSCU schools appear more likely to be affected. When we do include state government employees who work in education, the difference is more stark. In this case, 5.6 percent of Northern Minnesota wages come from state employees' salaries, compared to 3.6 percent for the state overall.
Here's the breakdown (click on the table for a clearer view):
Nate Dorr is a Public Insight Network source who works for the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development (DEED) as a regional analyst in Bemidji. His town has a high rate of state employees and he's worried about what a state government shutdown would mean for Bemidji. He writes, "Bemidji was hit hard by the recession, and this second or third wave of layoffs would be bad." He's concerned that some of the temporary layoffs that come with a shutdown could become permanent.
Help us cover this story: What else should we know? How would a shutdown affect your community? Drop us a line.
Posted at 9:15 AM on May 10, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment
We posted a bunch of stories and data last summer about the market for registered nurses in Minnesota and the country, and we asked aloud if colleges were producing too many nurses.
The response from several national nursing groups was, basically, that we were way out of line and that the demand for nurses in the future remains huge despite a short term drop in demand caused by the recession.
Updated data, though, show the job situation hasn't improved much a year and a half since the recession ended and the recovery officially began.
The table below shows what's happened to job vacancies for registered nurses in Minnesota.
![]()
(Source: Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development)
The recession slashed job vacancies by more than 75 percent. There is a recovery. But like other sectors of Minnesota's economy the bounce back is not great. Registered nurse openings at the end of 2010 remain more than 50 percent down from the start of the recession.
Here it is in a chart form.
At the same time RN vacancies were diving, the annual crop of newly minted RNs continued to rise.
Here's a look at the number of first-time takers of the NCLEX exam in Minnesota. The NCLEX is the gatekeeper national exam to become a working nurse. First-time test takers offer a decent snapshot of the potential pool of people coming out of college and adding to the RN work force.
The combination of new grads and plummeting opportunities drove down the employment prospects for people who graduated with nursing degrees in the recession.
Here's a table from the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities System breaking down the number of nursing graduates and the percentage employed after one year (click on the table for a larger view).
Before the recession, getting an RN job within a year of earning a degree was a virtual certainty. Two years later that was no longer the case.
No doubt that the economy put a major squeeze on hospitals and other health care providers.
Like every other business, they were cutting jobs and trying to hold down costs. It's also more than likely that older nurses put off retirement in the tough economic times, dampening the number of openings for new grads.
Job openings have started to pick up again. But if you were someone who went back to college to retrain as a nurse thinking a well paying "recession-proof" job awaited, you might have been shocked.
MPR's Tom Robertson got at this issue in a recent story that featured laid off lumber mill workers who went back to school and retrained to become nurses.
Before the lumber mill closed, 56-year-old Curt Peterson never would have guessed he'd be a student again. He said the pace has been grueling."It's just been nose to the grindstone," Peterson said. "And you're thinking, 'Oh, will it ever end?' Well, here we are, and it's, 'Oh, my gosh, now we have to get a job.' "
Peterson thought he could ride out the recession in school and come out with a nursing degree that was in high demand. But he's finding there are fewer local job openings than he'd expected. And competition for those jobs may be intense.
The most recent Minnesota labor projections still project an average need for about 2,400 new RNs a year through 2019 to meet new demand and replace retiring nurses.
If that holds, it matches up decently with the number of new grads passing the RN gatekeeper exam in Minnesota. Problem is, we don't know how many people from other states and other countries are looking for RN jobs in Minnesota.
Our concern remains the significant number of people like Curt Peterson who went back to nursing school at community colleges for two-year degrees thinking they would get great paying super flexible jobs at hospitals. Those jobs dried up and as the economy recovers hospitals will be able to choose RNs with bachelors degrees from the pool of RNs still seeking jobs.
Associate degree graduates may find jobs, but they're more likely to be at assisted care facilities and clinics, which generally pay much less than hospitals and have less flexible schedules.
So if you were a mid-career person who thought you could get more money and better working conditions by going back to school for two years to become a nurse, you might be seriously disappointed.
That's a message that, in the short term anyway, prospective students need to hear.
___________________________
Posted at 10:40 AM on May 6, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've written a few posts this week about the plight of older workers during the Great Recession.
It's been a tough few years, including a doubling of the number of unemployed age 55 and older.
But here's the larger reason we should be paying a lot more interest: We're going to see a lot more of them (us?).
Minnesota's on the path now to an aging, slow-growth workforce. The table below shows what's happened since 2000. Workers 55 and older have grown from about 12 percent of the workforce to nearly 19 percent.
Those trends are going to continue. The state is on the cusp of a huge jump in its 65-and-older population.
We're likely to see more older Minnesotans working longer. That's not a bad thing.
The bigger worry, though, is how many younger workers will be there in the future?
Put another way, will there be enough younger workers in the future to build the state's economy, maintain our quality of life and pay for the needs of a swelling retiree population?
It's not a crisis now but shouldn't we be talking about it?
__________________________
Thanks to DEED's Rachel Vilsack, who sent us the updated data on the age range of workers in Minnesota. She wrote a detailed piece on older workers back in April 2009.
Posted at 2:57 PM on May 4, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We love stats here at MinnEcon and we spend hours rearranging data on spreadsheets looking for trends.
Yes, we're geeks. But we're not chumps.
So when it comes to trying to rank the best or worst of anything, we run the other way. We know enough about the use and misuse of data to know that rankings can range from arbitrary to meaningless.
And so it is with discussions about the best jobs climate.
In past posts, we've taken the air out of the Wisconsin-is-better line and that not every Minnesota business is moving to South Dakota.
Today we ran across Forbes.com and its newest "Best Cities for Jobs" page. The Twin Cities was not there.
We found that odd because it was only two months ago that Forbes put Minneapolis on top of its rankings of the "Best Cities for Finding Employment."
Yes, the one in March used a different source than the one this week. But you get the point.
Back in January, ABC News declared Minneapolis among the top five cities that were hiring, writing:
Minneapolis has already recovered more than half of the jobs it lost in the recession. Two driving forces are manufacturing and retail. Manufacturing is regaining steam because demand for products is staying ahead of production, which means new orders are growing. Company owners are feeling confident and are hiring to meet that demand. Plus, the number of retail jobs is growing, helped in no small part by the massive expansion of the Mall of America, which is currently underway.
Let's pick that apart, starting with the assertion that "Minneapolis has already recovered more than half the jobs it lost in the recession."
Here's a chart from the federal Bureau of Labor Statistics showing non-farm employment in the Twin Cities metro (click on the chart for a larger view).
You'd be hard pressed to argue the economy's made back half the jobs lost since December 2007 when the Great Recession began.
As for manufacturing, executives are more optimistic about the economy but the jobs have been slow to follow
A chart from the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis bears that out.
As for "demand for products is staying ahead of production, which means new orders are growing..." this may or may not be true. Even when new orders are falling, demand for products can stay ahead of production if output shrinks.
Retail picking up? Yeah, but here's a look at the metro area retail job vacancies reported by the state Department of Employment and Economic Development.
Yes, it looks like demand is up but it's pretty minimal compared to the wealth of job openings in the two years before the recession.
The point? Economic rankings should be viewed as entertainment. No one should be making serious decisions -- policy or otherwise -- based on them.
We'll leave it to you to rank the weakest statements in the ABC story.
___________________________
Posted at 1:02 PM on May 3, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Where will you find the find largest concentration of Minnesota workers 55 and older?
Mining.
That wasn't your first guess. You picked retail and then food service. I did, anyway.
I posted Monday on the jump in unemployment of older workers in the Great Recession, using data compiled by the state Department of Employment and Economic Development.
DEED also sent a table on the breakdown of 55+ workers by economic sector and it's interesting enough I thought I'd highlight it separately. Take a look.
First quarter 2010 is the most recent data available.
I don't have any particular insight on the data but I am curious what readers see.
If nothing else, we're going to need to pay attention to older Minnesotans. The state is on the cusp of a huge jump in its 65-and-older population.
Given the Great Recession, we're likely to see more older Minnesotans working longer.
___________________________
Posted at 1:45 PM on May 2, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
On Thursday we posted some frustrating data looking at the struggles of teens trying to find work in the recession.
Those kids are the future of Minnesota's work force and we should be concerned the average jobless rate for 16- to 19- year-olds last year topped 21 percent.
There's another group, though, that should not be forgotten. Minnesotans 55 and older have seen unemployment among their peers double since 2007.
Here are numbers compiled by the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development (click on the chart for a larger view).
Seventeen thousand Minnesotans 55 and older were unemployed on average in 2007 just before the Great Recession. Last year it hit 34,000. Most of those job cuts came to people 55 to 64 years old.
The data are fascinating on a few fronts. In the good years leading up to the great recession, the 55 and older labor force swelled in Minnesota. At the same, unemployment rates for those workers were incredibly low -- averaging just 1.8 percent in 2005 for those 55 to 64.
By 2010, however, the jobless rate for that age group was 6.1 percent.
That's a huge jump, accelerated in the recession that began officially in December 2007.
Yes, the jobless rates of older workers were lower compared to other age groups.
![]()
But these are Minnesotans who, for the most part, had a limited number of prime income earning years remaining before retirement.
"Can't retire now" became an uneasy refrain we heard from many in MPR's Public Insight Network after the stock market plummeted and wiped out retirement savings.
Overlooked is the unemployment suffered by people close to retirement who lost their nest egg and then lost the means to rebuild it.
Take a look at the data above. Got a different take? Post below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
__________________________
Thanks to DEED's Rachel Vilsack, who helped us with the data. She wrote a detailed piece on this issue back in April 2009.
Posted at 12:14 PM on April 28, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Given the worst recession in decades, it's easy to dismiss the struggles of teen workers when so many breadwinners are still searching for work.
But in this recession youth jobs aren't simply about "fun money."
We've heard from folks in MPR's Public Insight Network how their kids' jobs have become a vital piece of household income and savings.
Those opportunities have collapsed and though we're nearly two years into the recovery, we should not expect things to improve dramatically this summer.
MPR's Annie Baxter gave listeners a detailed look at this a couple weeks ago.
Data posted this week by the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development (DEED) bring the recession's damage into full view.
DEED's annual summer employment outlook puts some grim numbers to what's happened during the Great Recession and doesn't offer much hope for the coming summer teen job market.
"Although the economic recovery is picking up steam, youth summer jobs will still be hard to find in 2011 because of slack hiring and competition from older, more experienced workers," the report says. "Relative to all workers, teens have fared worse in the recession."
Retail, food service and other work once easily found during the summer months has evaporated. Many teens the past two years have been competing with older, unemployed Minnesotans for the remaining work.
But it's really when you dig into the charts you see how things have unraveled the past two years.
The first two DEED charts show pretty starkly how jobs and wages for teens imploded in the recession.
Overall, more than 29,000 teen jobs disappeared between the third quarter of 2007 (just before the recession officially began) and the third quarter of 2009, just at the official start of the recovery.
While the biggest drops lie in fast food and retail jobs, it's especially dismaying to see the huge percentage drops in teen construction and manufacturing work, where wages are much higher.
Yes, it's only about 1,300 teen construction jobs lost during a period where construction's taken an absolute beating. But these are the kinds of jobs that teach young people trade skills and can open a path to future employment for kids who may not go to college.
The recession slashed those opportunities in half. Will they return?
This next chart shows the larger, downward trend in teens working at all.
Experts can debate whether teens should work at all or how much they should work. But most of us, with some hindsight, look back at our first jobs as places where we learned responsibility, communications and other skills that started us on a career path.
We've seen some positives. The woman who oversees a paid summer internship program for Minneapolis youth told us recently the economy seems better this year than last.
We're right to worry, though, about the teens who won't be working in construction or manufacturing this summer. Nearly half the opportunities that were there before the recession are gone. Will that future workforce have the skills when Minnesota needs them?
Posted at 2:47 PM on April 22, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
We posted Thursday on how the recession is at least partly to blame for the drop in Minnesota births the past couple years.
That story was grounded in some cool data recently published by the state demographer's office.
But the demographer's report also opens a window on some surprising social change underway in Minnesota. The 20-year baby boom of births in Minnesota from foreign born mothers appears to have peaked.
Here are two key charts. The first shows that mothers born outside the U.S. have accounted for a growing portion of all births in Minnesota.
This second shows the change in total births by mothers from other countries during the recession. You'll see a significant drop -- about 10 percent -- in the number of births in Minnesota by women who were born in Mexico.
Overall, births to women born outside the U.S. dropped 3.9 percent between 2007 and 2009, "almost identical to the 4 percent decline for native-born women," the demographer's study notes.
"This is a sharp change from the trend that prevailed in the 1990s and most of the 2000s, a period which saw a rapid rise in the number and proportion of births to foreign-born women."
So what's going on? The report speculates that families from Mexico have stopped moving to Minnesota or have begun to leave as economic opportunity dried up in the recession. "Another possibility is that Mexican women, like others in Minnesota, are
postponing births in the face of economic uncertainty."
No matter where you stand on the immigration policy debate, the birth data pose a concern for Minnesota's economy.
Minnesota's non-partisan Legislative Auditor found the overall economic impact of immigrants to Minnesota has been positive.
Beyond the economic impact, their children have helped sustain small school systems that otherwise might not have survived. That's true especially in southern Minnesota. Latino students make up a third of the student body in towns like Sleepy Eye and Butterfield -- 40 percent in the St. James schools.
Now, the initial data coming from the recession years suggests a shift. Minnesota, struggling to grow jobs in the recovery, may not be the magnet for immigrants that we've come to expect the past two decades.
We're already looking at an aging, slow growth workforce. What happens if Minnesota isn't a draw for immigrants and others going forward?
Businesses might have a harder time finding workers, and there could be less demand for goods and services in the state. The Great Recession could be doing more damage to Minnesota's future than we realize.
____________________________________
Posted at 10:00 AM on April 21, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
The Great Recession has reduced jobs, savings and economic stability in Minnesota. It may have also cost us a chunk of our future workforce.
That was a message we heard from Gina Lund, a Minnesotan in MPR's Public Insight Network, who told us recently she and her husband had decided "not to have a second child because we cannot afford it, even with a promotion, since our student loans are also coming due at the same time."
She spoke to the kind of broad, demographic change that the recession might deliver to our state. Fascinating new research shows thousands of Minnesota families made the same decision.
"For us, it was a very difficult decision, because we initially felt like we owed it to our daughter to have another child," Lund wrote us. " However, we have seen friends lose their jobs and homes in this economy, and have seen what that has done to their children, and could not do that to our own."
After a big climb during the 2000s, Minnesota births fell about 4 percent from 2007 to 2009 and "evidence suggests at least part of the recent decrease may be related to the slumping economy," the state demographer's office wrote in a report published a few weeks ago. "It appears some Minnesotans have chosen to postpone or forgo having children because of financial uncertainty. "
The report notes that in the good economic times before the recession births in Minnesota were rising and widespread. Between 2007 and 2009, however, the birth drop was "concentrated among groups most vulnerable to unemployment and financial uncertainty: the young and the less educated."
Then as the economy began to recover in late 2009, births numbers were higher, "suggesting the recession effect may be leveling off."
The state demographer's data show a surprising drop in the numbers of foreign-born women having children in Minnesota. We'll get at that in a separate post Friday.
For now, the overall trends are intriguing.
Here's a look from the demographer's office at the run up in births from 1980-2006, including the jump in good economic times.
Here's what's happened in the Great Recession, which began in December 2007 and officially ended in June 2009.
Similar trends can be seen nationally. This chart's from the Pew Research Center.
For the nation, it could be simply a footnote on the recession. In Minnesota, though, the trends may be more worrisome because the state's workforce is already projected to age rapidly and grow slowly over the next two decades.
Lund, who lives in the Twin Cities area and works for a construction equipment manufacturing company, gave us some insight into how the economy influenced her decision.
We are very good at budgeting and we ran the numbers, both as a two-earner family with childcare, and with my husband or myself staying home and getting a part-time job in the evenings, and no matter how we looked at it, our cash flow would have been negative, which for the short-term would have been OK because we have worked hard to have about 3 months of bill payments saved up, but if anything serious were to happen (furnace breaks down, major car repairs, loss of job) we could have been at risk of losing everything.We both are in fairly stable jobs, but we have both faced pay cuts, while the costs of food, fuel, and childcare continue to go up.
We also saw friends who had to pawn their wedding rings to put food on the table, so for us, the risk was not worth it.
"We decided that we were comfortable with our one child," she added, "and feel that we can give her a good, happy life."
____________________________________
Posted at 3:15 PM on April 19, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
There's no doubt many parents are helping shoulder the financial burdens of their young adult children in the recession. We posted in 2009 and 2010 about recent college grads moving home because they couldn't afford to live on their own.
But what happens when parents must take on the debts of their young adult children? We started thinking about that after hearing from Vicki Brady.
She and her husband took over the student loan payments of their 24 year old son as he struggled to stay current on more than $100,000 in school debt.
He landed a job after college but it doesn't pay enough for basic living expenses and the loans.
Brady and her husband stepped in to help. To afford it, however, they've had to stop contributing to their retirement accounts.
The Cloquet woman says the new obligation may also make it nearly impossible for them to cosign college loans for their daughter in a couple years.
Brady, part of MPR's Public Insight Network, says her son worked all through college to pay his bills, "so he's not a slacker, just overwhelmed." He's moving up in his company but "there is no way he will make enough money any time soon to take over the payment on his student loan."
Student loan debt has risen dramatically here and across the country.
Last week, the New York Times reported, "Student loan debt outpaced credit card debt for the first time last year and is likely to top a trillion dollars this year as more students go to college and a growing share borrow money to do so."
In Minnesota, student borrowing grew faster than tuition or inflation over the past decade, state Office of Higher Education data show.
Among students graduating from Minnesota public universities, 77 percent had student loans, the average amount borrowed was $22,000, and the monthly payment on a 10-year payment schedule was $253, the OHE says.
Defaults are low on student loans, probably because the consequences are so scary. It can kill your credit rating You also become ineligible for more federal student aid if you ever want to go back to school, the U.S. Department of Education notes.
While most of the focus has been the burden on the student, Brady's story reminds us the cascading effects of this kind of debt.
According to the Times, it's become a kind of anti-dowry, forcing young people to wait longer to buy a house, get married and have children.
But it's also reaching into family finances, triggering longer term problems.
____________________________________
Posted at 1:16 PM on April 14, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
We got pulled off economy reporting for a couple weeks to help with flood coverage. Now that the immediate flood danger has passed, we're back to the day job!
So we'll start back asking questions. What's May looking like for your household economy? Does the recession feel like it's over in your home?
Post something below or use our handy form.
Feels like a strange time in the economy. We've been reaching out to Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network and hearing some stories of better times. We were really encouraged by Tayler Anderson's story a few weeks ago.
Anderson, a Minnesota native we'd been keeping tabs on, found work in her field nearly two years after graduating from college, though the work was in Portland, Ore.
Closer to home, we're still getting stories of young people struggling.
June will mark the official two year anniversary of the economic recovery. State data released today showed Minnesota's unemployment rate slipping to 6.6 percent, which is far better than the national rate. And yet job growth in Minnesota the past year has been slower than in the nation.
A state labor analyst today said at the current rate of job creation, it'll take four and a half years to gain back the roughly 140,000 jobs Minnesota lost in the recession. Yeesh.
We'll take the responses and put them together in a future post and it'll give us all a better look at what's really happening with Minnesota's economy.
Posted at 10:05 AM on April 18, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We're in an odd and frustrating period in Minnesota's economic recovery. The high octane job growth we've come to expect following a recession isn't there this time.
Even as officials Thursday were applauding Minnesota's lower jobless rate, they acknowledged at the current growth rate it will take another 4.5 years for Minnesota to regain the job levels lost in the recession.
That's dramatically different than past recessions and it's a reason we ought to be concerned.
We started looking at data kept by the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis of seasonally adjusted employment for the past 80 years. (Here's a link to the data).
The early 80s is the downturn that looks most like our Great Recession. From the monthly employment data kept by the Fed, here's a look at the pre-recession employment peak, the recession trough and the return to pre-recession employment
December 1979: 1.788 million
November 1982: 1.685 million
March 1984 (16 months from trough): 1.791 million
So in the early '80s recession, it took 16 months to return to pre-recession levels following a nearly 6 percent drop in employment.
Here's the same data for the Great Recession
February 2008: 2.779 million
September 2009: 2.621 million
January 2011 (16 months from trough): 2.642 million
In both eras, Minnesota's economy lost about six percent of its employment. However,it took the state about 16 months to gain back all the jobs it lost during the early 1980s recessions. This time, it's taken 16 months to gain back less than 15 percent of the jobs lost. Not great.
The slow motion growth creates a lot of problems for people looking for work. We've been particularly concerned about young adults in this kind of economy. It's pretty hard to start out and while there are some signs things are improving, Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network are still sharing some frustrating stories.
Dorisa Nelson graduated from North Dakota State in 2009. She has a master's degree in architecture and a bachelor's in anthropology and environmental design and hopes to become a licensed Minnesota architect.
But this recession has been particularly cruel to construction and the professions that support it. Architecture jobs are down 30 percent since the recession began (click on the chart for a larger view).
![]()
(Source: MN Department of Employment and Economic Development)
We started talking to Dorisa in late 2009 and we checked in recently to see if she's seen the market improve. She's still trying to start her career.
"I personally have not really had any luck in finding a full time job, in architecture, or anything else," she wrote us.
From what I've heard, all my classmates who were lucky enough to find jobs in Fargo after we graduated lost their jobs last summer and only two have been able to find work in architecture- one moved to the east coast, and the other was actually fortunate enough to find a job in the Twin Cities so he will be moving down here next month.Happily, she has support. Her husband's been able to find part-time work in his field and between credit card debt, help from parents and student loans, they're able to sustain themselves.One thing that I find kind of interesting is that both of these classmates were older than the average student when we were in school, late twenties I think. Just an interesting coincidence.
One of my best friends from college, who was very talented and passionate about architecture gave up and opened a bakery. Luckily, she is a very gifted baker and so far she is doing pretty well.
Most of my friends now are either back in school or working at some kind of part time job and living back home with their parents, or both. Actually, if I consider my 5 closest unmarried friends, 4 of them are living with their parents or a sibling. And these are smart people- all with bachelors degrees, some with or working on masters degrees.
The fact that they are still all at home does nothing for their self-esteem.
"I just really want to start a career in something, instead of just finding a job to do for now and putting off starting a career even further than I've already had to."
The job market will improve. There are signs that it's happening now. But how long does that take? We saw the fuse lit on a 20 year run of dramatic employment increases following the early 1980s recessions. That's typically what happens.
But we've technically been in an economic recovery for more than a year and a half now and there's no sign of that kind of momentum.
Posted at 12:30 PM on March 21, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Record demand for a popular Minneapolis youth summer jobs program last year told the story of the Great Recession pretty plainly.
More than 4,000 young people applied to the STEP-UP program in 2010 for 1,350 paid summer internships; two out of three who applied couldn't get in. We saw the mismatch as a sign of the tough economic times.
This year, though, things are a little better. While there were still more jobs seekers than jobs, the number of applicants fell by about 500 compared to 2010.
Program leaders see some positives in that for the larger economy; they're also hearing good things from local businesses about hiring that weren't there a year ago.
"There is some sign of the economy picking up," says STEP-UP director Tammy Dickinson.
STEP-UP targets young people from low and moderate income families. Last year, it drew a lot of interest from youth coming from higher income homes.
That's ebbed. Applications from those higher income households fell in 2011, says Dickinson.
The jobs pay at least $7.25 an hour, so they are a big deal in a recession that's hit young people particularly hard.
This year, STEP-UP is the umbrella program for all Minneapolis summer job efforts. The goal: 2,400 youth employed through local businesses and organizations. Dickinson said they have about 1,700 jobs confirmed for the summer and are still recruiting.
(If you're a business interested in the program, click here for information.)
Businesses also seem more receptive this year than last.
"More employers that weren't considering it last year are maybe willing to talk to us just because (last year) they were laying off folks. Now they're not laying off and thinking about projects" that could use an intern, she adds.
As we noted in a prior post, that summer cash isn't just "fun money" any more. In many households it's a vital piece of household income.
If STEP-UP manages to meet its total recruiting goal, the final ratio will work out to about 1.5 applicants per job this summer, much better than last year's three applicants per job.
It's a small sign that 21 months after the recession officially ended, a real recovery may be on the horizon.
________________________

Posted at 1:50 PM on March 17, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've reported before that the hand wringing about Minnesota losing out, economy-wise, to Wisconsin, isn't supported by the data. Facts show Minnesota's done better than the Badger State in keeping people employed and adding jobs in the recovery.
But now we have a compelling, long-term view of the two state economies that should convince you Minnesota's been topping Wisconsin for more than a decade.
The chart below shows the Coincident Economic Activity Index for Minnesota, Wisconsin and the U.S. for the last 30-plus years.
The index is produced by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia. It calculates the index using nonfarm payroll employment, average hours worked in manufacturing, the unemployment rate, and inflation adjusted wages. Long-term growth in the state's index matches long-term growth in its GDP, the Philly Fed says.
It's a pretty well respected measure of state economic health. And thanks to the St. Louis Fed we can put the data easily into chart form (St. Louis updated all its numbers today, through January). Click on the chart for a larger view. Or click here for a really large view.
It shows the Minnesota and Wisconsin economies closely matched for 20 years but then separating around 2000 with Minnesota on top. The economic activity gap continues and then widens during the recession.
The St. Louis Fed charts mirror what the Minneapolis Fed published in December.
We'd love to hear from folks from either state about the data and how they read it. What happened around 1999-2000 that set Minnesota on a stronger economic path than Wisconsin? What's your experience been?
Post something below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
It's a discussion we ought to have and one that can be grounded in good stats.
![]()
Jed Carlson/jcarlson@superiortelegram.com via Duluth News Tribune.
Posted at 10:30 AM on March 17, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
What's up with Brainerd?
That was the first thing out of my mouth when I started looking through the unemployment rates of major Minnesota cities.
At at time when much of the talk's been about Minnesota's overall declining unemployment rate (officials today said the rate is steady at 6.7 percent), Brainerd hit 18 percent in January.
You don't hear a lot about the city numbers. The data aren't perfect. They are not seasonally adjusted so the jobless numbers always jump in the cold weather months. The populations are relatively small so it doesn't take a lot to get percentages swinging.
Still, the trends aren't good.
If you compare January jobless rates before, during and after the Great Recession, it looks like Brainerd and other towns are setting new "normal" unemployment rates significantly higher than they've been in the past.
Four Minnesota cities had double digit unemployment rates in January. Brainerd was tops. Grand Rapids came in at 14.7 percent, Virginia 11.5 percent and Cloquet at 10.4 percent.
Check out the charts below for each of those towns (click on the chart for a larger view).
Of the four, Brainerd seems the most worrisome. Yes, unemployment looks better (11.8 percent) when spread over Cass and Crow Wing counties. But you're still talking about a lot of the workforce on the sidelines, not producing.
Persistently high jobless numbers mean other parts of the economy are struggling, too. With nearly one out of five people unemployed in town, it's no shock Brainerd is struggling with high home foreclosure rates .
Other cities have struggled in the recession. Hibbing crossed the 18 percent jobless line in June 2009.
Brainerd hit 21 percent in 2009. MPR's Annie Baxter took an in-depth look then at what was happening. Construction woes were a big part of the problem.
The recovery in mining has at least brought the Hibbing jobless rate down below 10 percent.
What will save Brainerd?
Posted at 1:25 PM on March 16, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Last summer, we wrote a post that waved goodbye to the entry level job.
It was a pretty compelling argument -- entry level opportunities slipping away -- based on data from the state Department of Employment and Economic Development.
At the time, we thought we might have been a little over dramatic in our phrasing. Turns out we weren't scary enough.
Entry level openings in the Twin Cities -- those that don't require previous work experience -- plummeted in the past year, from 26 percent in the fourth quarter of 2009 to only 17 percent by the end of 2010.
In the ancient times -- 2001 -- nearly 40 percent of Twin Cities job openings were entry-level.
Here's the updated data from DEED (click on the chart for a larger view)
As the "no experience needed" jobs have evaporated, job openings requiring a college education have stayed consistently high.
The data really match up with the growing worries about a "lost generation" of Minnesota workers. State Demographer Tom Gillaspy recently wrote:
There is concern that there is a disturbing and growing mismatch between the skills of those looking for work and the skills employers seek to hire. If left unchecked, this could lead to a situation of a "lost generation," where those with the necessary skills do very well while those without the desired skills will struggle economically for the remainder of their lives.
We may be seeing a shift in the labor force widening the gap here between haves and have-nots.
A Georgetown University report estimates 70 percent of Minnesota jobs will require some education beyond high school by 2018. That's one of the highest percentages of any state in the country.
Georgetown projects Minnesota with 902,000 job vacancies from 2008 through 2018 from new jobs and retirements. Only a quarter of those will go to be available to those with no more than a high school graduation.
Bottom line: If you were a young adult a decade ago you had a decent chance of getting a job without prior experience or a college degree.
Those opportunities are nearly gone. But the people who need them are still here. What happens to them?
________________________

Posted at 2:46 PM on March 22, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
For more than a year, I've been following Tayler Anderson, a Minnesota native and young college grad trying to land her first job during the recession. In October 2009, she signed her email to me, AKA desperate recent grad.
Her mom, Celia Gust, dropped us a note recently with a new way to describe her daughter: employed.
A graphic design major who graduated in spring 2009, Anderson finally found work with a Portland, Ore., design firm. Her story holds some hope for grads who still can't find work in their chosen field.
I met Gust and Anderson back in fall 2009 as I wrote about the struggles of young adults in the recession. Gust, part of MPR's Public Insight Network, and Anderson offered us a look at the challenges of new grads finding their way in the lousy economy and how to help kids find their footing.
Anderson, then, was confronting the recession head-on, cold-calling for jobs and working part time at a Bath and Body Works to pay the bills.
"In a program where in previous years every student was placed in a job before graduation," she wrote, "we now find ourselves moving back home and working the same types of jobs we were before we even attended college. Four months out and none of the extremely talented people I graduated with in my program has a 'real' job."
Things started to turn her way after she landed a paid internship with Columbia Sportswear that let her earn some money and get a foothold on her career.
The nine-month internship ended in November and Anderson was back to searching.
"Tayler looked for work anywhere and everywhere. She sent hundreds of resumes to any job that looked remotely like it might fit," said Gust. "She got one call back from someplace in Long Beach, Ca. She was figuring out how she could live there ...but nothing came of it. She was even about to start an Interior Design program at a local junior college because three months of unemployment was too much idleness to handle and she needed to do something."
The frustration broke in February when Anderson answered a Craig's List ad for a graphic designer. Days after the first interview she was offered the job. "As far as she knows they didn't interview anyone else and they got over 300 resumes in the first day," said Gust.
"If you asked her to describe her dream job for this time in her life, this job would be it. I am so happy and relieved that she is finally employed in a job that she went to school for." It's even more rewarding since Anderson's car had been stolen weeks before landing the job.
There are a few lessons to draw from Anderson's journey.
College educated young people have been hit hard in the Great Recession. We've written a lot about the struggles of young Minnesotans trying to find work in the recession. But it's been harder than maybe many of us realized.
New college graduates in 2010, "entered a labor market with the highest rates of unemployment in at least a generation...Most young adults that come across hard economic times will fall through the large gaps in the public safety net," the Economic Policy Institute, a Washington, D.C., think tank wrote last May.
Here's a telling chart from that report:
Don't discount the power of the paid internship. Her ability to snag a paid internship that gave her practical experience helped bridge the gap between college and work life. That bridge has become increasingly more important during the recession.
This chart from the job site Simply Hired shows how paid internships grew during the downturn.
They're still a relatively small part of the job scene -- at its peak last year paid internships made up only about 1,800 of the 3 million U.S. job listings in Simply Hired's database. But, as Anderson discovered, it can be a lifeline.
It can be a long road. With the economy really good for so long before the recession, we lost track of the fact that a lot of people don't get their dream job right out of college.
Dating myself now, but I graduated in 1984 following what was the worst recession in decades. I was juggling three part-time jobs and none of them seemed to offer any hope of a paying, long-term future. After months, one of them -- a small newspaper -- offered me a full-time job and a journalism "career" was born.
Anderson's journey took close to two years with a lot of rough spots, including having her car stolen. But the good stuff came with perseverance.
"Life is good," said Gust. "You just have to be patient sometimes and work your way through the rough spots."
Posted at 4:30 PM on March 14, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Temporary help hiring has been one of the bright spots in an otherwise stumbling recovery. While other sectors continue to struggle, temp work numbers are back to pre-recession levels in Minnesota.
But here I come barging in the door with the cranky economist question: Is that OK?
Conventional wisdom says growth in temp jobs leads the way out of recession. Companies see better times ahead but go with temps first to handle the growing business demand and convert to permanent workers when they're certain the recovery is for real.
This time around, the worry is the spike we've seen in temp work is permanent and that the "new normal" includes a workforce that will operate with a high percentage of temps, trapping workers in jobs with no long term prospects and limiting the growth in new, permanent full-time jobs.
The data, though, tell us we shouldn't worry. Not yet, anyway.
Even with the jump the past year, temporary staffing jobs made up only 2.4 percent of Minnesota's total statewide employment in the third quarter of 2010 and 3.1 percent in the Twin Cities labor market, according to data from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development.
Here's a chart looking at employment by temporary staffing firms in the Twin Cities and statewide. About 80 percent of Minnesota's temp staffing is in The Cities.
The third quarter data is the most recent available from DEED. It shows that the percentage of temp staffing in the state really is not out of the ordinary.
It's the speed of the temp turnaround that's surprising.
The chart shows it took about six years for temp staffing to return to pre-recession levels following the milder 2001 downturn. This time, it's taken only three years to recover during a much worse economy.
"It is really interesting that the employment staffing industry recovery is so strong. It is certainly stronger than our last recession even though this recession was deeper," says Kyle Uphoff, a state labor analyst. "It probably mirrors the hesitation of employers to take on full time staff."
If firms can remain competitive with temp workers, "they could make this a permanent strategy -- particularly if they rely on lower skill workers. However," he adds, "it is still way too early to make that pronouncement."
At this point, there's nothing to indicate the jump in the number and percentage of temp workers in Minnesota is a long term worry.
I'm reminded, though, of a piece Chris Farrell wrote for MinnEcon last year.
He looked at research showing the long term problems temp work causes for low-skill, low-educated workers. "Employment Research suggest that temp work actually lowers a worker's employment and income prospects over time," he wrote. "It doesn't lead to full time work."
That could be the biggest permanent problem in temp labor.
________________________
BONUS INFO:
Last spring, a Minneapolis Federal Reserve survey found a surge in temp demand across the Upper Midwest (click on the chart for a larger view).
![]()
My MPR colleagues have examined the issue in different ways lately, including Mike Caputo's conversation with MPR readers and Molly Bloom's MinnEcon post -- Temp work, permanent anxiety.
The Star Tribune also wrote a detailed piece recently on temp workers.
Posted at 4:04 PM on March 8, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We are terrible prognosticators here at MinnEcon. Last fall, we convinced Ms. MinnEcon to give up her seat for the first round of the playoffs to a friend from New York, arguing there'd be plenty of other playoff games to attend once the Twins beat the Yankees.
We don't guess well. But we do trust in the stories and insights of Minnesotans on the economy. Pretty much each month the past two years we've asked Minnesotans to tell us what their household economy looks like in the month ahead.
Your responses have helped us find stories we wouldn't have seen otherwise.
So give us a heads-up on the coming month and tell us: How's April looking for you?
In late January, we asked Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network what February looked like for them and we started getting responses showing some optimism creeping back, especially on the question, "Does the recession feel like it's over in your home?"
It's not scientific but it reflects a basic reality: The people who feel like the recession's over are people who have jobs. The people who can't see the end of the recession are those without jobs or who can't find full time work.
It's something we wrote about Monday -- the wide, persistent gap in Minnesota and across the country between the "traditional" unemployment rate and the much broader measure that includes people who are working part-time but want full time as well as "discouraged workers" -- people who've stopped looking but who would take a job if they could find one.
About one in 7 working age Minnesotans are in that boat, roughly twice the traditional jobless rate.
So help us get a handle on April.
Tell us your current financial outlook and if you expect things to improve. Think you'll save more or spend more than in the prior month? If you're employed, are you seeing at your job that tells you something about where the economy's headed?
Post below or contact us directly at MinnEcon and share a story.
We'll write a post, or two, later this month from the responses we get. Every response makes us smarter about the economy.
Posted at 11:40 AM on March 4, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Sometimes it takes two or three looks at the state's monthly jobless data report to find stuff you didn't see in the first run.
We spent some time trolling through the release and accompanying data.
and found some additional stuff worth vetting.
Labor force found? Back in the summer we started looking at the big drops in Minnesota's labor force and asking why so many people were leaving.
Before yesterday, the labor force decline looked like this, a drop of more than 30,000 since April (click on the chart for a larger view).
![]()
With revisions and benchmarking, the state data now show the labor force down about 9,000 from April. Here's what the revised chart looks like.
It's hard to argue statistical revisions. We'll trust that the current data is the best look at what's been happening. The good news here is there are far fewer individuals being counted as leaving the workforce.
The bad news is that the labor force participation rate -- the percentage of working age people who have a job or are unemployed and seeking a job -- remains at levels not seen since the late 1980s.
The same is true for Minnesota's employment to population ratio -- the proportion of the state's working age population that is employed.
As we've noted before, in a recovering economy, the opposite should be happening -- discouraged workers who left the work force in bad times are supposed to be returning along as opportunities increase.
So while the revised labor force numbers look better than the old, the fundamental worries are still there. When people are not participating in the work force, it's a good bet they aren't producing goods or services, spending money to fuel the economy (housing and retail come to mind) or generating taxable income to pay for public programs.
No question that the 4,604 drop in the labor force was a factor in the drop in Minnesota's unemployment rate to 6.7 percent. If you're out of the labor force you don't get counted as unemployed.
This is an ongoing worry across the nation. Today's drop in the national unemployment rate to 8.9 percent is great news. But the participation rate dropped again. The last time there was such a low percentage of working age people not in the work force? 1984.
Manufacturing not as great as we thought.For all the gloom in the state's jobs picture during 2010, manufacturing appeared to be the bright spot. In January, the state said manufacturing gained 10,700 jobs in 2010, beating every other sector in the first full year of recession recovery.
The latest revised data show only a 4,900 year-over-year job gain now.
Now we're told "education and health services" has driven most of the job growth the past 12 months. That's not necessarily a bad thing. But are those the kinds of jobs to help get the economy rolling?
If you look at the job categories where things get made -- construction and manufacturing -- the state's only gained 600 jobs over the past year.
Officials still believe Minnesota won't recover all the jobs lost in the Great Recession until mid-2013, two-plus years to go.
Take a look at the report and data and tell me what you see.
Later today, we'll take a look at a Minnesota employment gap that isn't closing.
Posted at 10:00 AM on March 7, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Last week was good for jobless rates. Minnesota's January rate fell below 7 percent, the first time since 2008 the announced monthly rate was less than seven. Earlier today, the U.S. rate also fell to a nearly two year low.
Good stuff.
And yet we know the announced rate never tells the complete story of the job markets. The broader measures of employment still signal a troubled jobs market.
We're talking about U-6, a measure that not only counts people employed and unemployed but also takes into account people who are working part-time but want full time as well as "discouraged workers" -- people who've stopped looking but who would take a job if they could find one.
Tack those on to the traditional unemployed and you get an average 2010 jobless rate of 13.8 percent in Minnesota during 2010, according to data released recently by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
That's obviously a lot higher than the 7.3 percent average for 2010 using the official calculation -- total unemployed as a percent of the civilian labor force.
The real problem, though is how the gap has widened between the traditional unemployment rate and the broader measure. The recession not only shoved many people out of work, it ballooned the number of "marginally attached" workers.
That's a gap, moreover, that hasn't shown signs of closing despite more than 18 months of recovery.
Here's a chart with the Minnesota data (click on the chart for a larger view)
In the chart, "Jobless rate +" is the U-6 measure: Total unemployed, plus all marginally attached workers, plus total employed part time for economic reasons, as a percent of the civilian labor force plus all marginally attached workers.
Minnesota's data mirrors the U.S. data.
The data tell us that that there are a lot of Minnesotans besides the traditional unemployed having trouble in this job market.
State economists put it succinctly in their recent forecast: The basic unemployment rate should hang around 7 percent for most of 2011 and it will be mid-2013 before Minnesota regains job numbers hit prior to the recession, and nearly one in seven Minnesotans who want a full time job can't find one.
Posted at 7:00 PM on February 28, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
A billion dollar drop in Minnesota's projected budget deficit was the biggest and best news out of today's updated Minnesota forecasts
Deeper in the report, though, are some fascinating, though not encouraging, nuggets about the Minnesota economy and where it might be headed.
Bottom line: Things are improving but there's nothing to suggest 2011 is a big rebound year. Don't expect the jobless rate to show any significant improvement this year. Construction will continue to take its lumps.
We're still looking at another two and a half years before the state returns to pre-recession employment levels.
We'll know a little more Wednesday when the state releases employment data and the unemployment rate for January. But here are the important takeaways from today's official Minnesota economic forecast.
Unemployment. Likely to hover around 7 percent for much of 2011; It will take until mid mid-2013 before Minnesota regains job numbers hit prior to the recession.
When officials add together the unemployed who are actively seeking work, discouraged workers who've left the workforce and underemployed workers working part time but seeking full time work, they calculate there are nearly one in seven Minnesotans who want a full time job but can't find one.
That's roughly 14 percent -- or double the better known monthly jobless rate.
The "slow pace of job creation continues to make it very difficult to put the
state's unemployed and underutilized workers back to work promptly," the report says, noting that the state Department of Employment and Economic Development estimates that...
...in December a seasonally adjusted 206,000 residents were actively seeking work in the state but unable to find employment. This is down only slightly from 216,000 in early 2010 and remains well above the 136,000 seeking work just prior to the recession over three years ago.
Construction. We've written a lot about the woes of the construction business. It's the sector that used to pull economies out of recession. Not this time.
"Residential home construction remains a drag on Minnesota's economic outlook," the official state economic outlook notes.
The construction industry is forecast to lose an additional 900 jobs between the end of 2010 and early 2012, before slowly beginning to recover in mid-to-late 2012 and 2013. The large excess supply of homes built during the housing boom, the slowdown in household formation due to the recession, and weak demand for building activity in 2011 and early 2012 are principal assumptions behind this outlook.
Worst recession in decades?
For most of this recession and recovery, I argued that for as bad as it's been the past few years, the recession(s) of the early 1980s were worse. I started changing my tune last fall as the national unemployment rate stayed above 9 percent.
With this graph from today's report, I officially concede: This recession is worse. (Click the chart for a larger view).
For comparison purposes, here's what I wrote about the November state economic forecast.
The recovery is now officially longer than the Great Recession. But if you don't have a full-time job, it doesn't feel like it. That estimate of 14 percent of Minnesotans who want a full time job but can't find one is pretty telling.
Take a look at today's report and let me know what jumps out at you.
Posted at 12:30 PM on February 28, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
UPDATE: Minnesota's Department of Employment and Economic Development this morning said state employment / unemployment data for January will be released Wednesday afternoon, not Tuesday morning as originally scheduled.
Here's our primer from Friday on what to look for.
Gulp! was the expression we used last month when we wrote about Minnesota's unemployment data.
We were hoping that December data would show we had turned the corner.
Instead, jobs took a cliff dive -- 22,400 fewer jobs in December versus November, the biggest monthly drop since at least 1990, losses that chopped the state's over-the-year job gains nearly in half.
So forgive us a little wincing as we wait for January's data, due Tuesday. For every good employment sign, it seems we get one that doesn't look so great.
We keep coming back to this graph showing Minnesota still has far more job seekers than openings.
Better than 2009 but still not great.
As we've noted in prior posts, we have a wide, persistent gap between job openings and people who need jobs and worries that many of the unemployed don't have the skills to fill the jobs that will open up and grow into the future.
Here and in the nation we also have the equally weird phenomenon of people continuing to exit the workforce despite the economic recovery.
The state's jobless rate edged down to 7 percent in December, which in most cases would be grounds for applause. It's not.
Even if Tuesday's data show the jobless rate edged down again in January, we'll all need to look behind the data: Did the economy add jobs? Have those 30,000-plus Minnesotans who've left the labor force since last spring started to return yet?
Until we can feel good about that data, the jobless rate won't mean much.
Tell us what you're seeing in the job market around you. Post something below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Posted at 4:34 PM on February 25, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Gulp! was the expression we used last month when we wrote about Minnesota's unemployment data.
We were hoping that December data would show we had turned the corner.
Instead, jobs took a cliff dive -- 22,400 fewer jobs in December versus November, the biggest monthly drop since at least 1990, losses that chopped the state's over-the-year job gains nearly in half.
So forgive us a little wincing as we wait for January's data, due Tuesday. For every good employment sign, it seems we get one that doesn't look so great.
We keep coming back to this graph showing Minnesota still has far more job seekers than openings.
Better than 2009 but still not great.
As we've noted in prior posts, we have a wide, persistent gap between job openings and people who need jobs and worries that many of the unemployed don't have the skills to fill the jobs that will open up and grow into the future.
Here and in the nation we also have the equally weird phenomenon of people continuing to exit the workforce despite the economic recovery.
The state's jobless rate edged down to 7 percent in December, which in most cases would be grounds for applause. It's not.
Even if Tuesday's data show the jobless rate edged down again in January, we'll all need to look behind the data: Did the economy add jobs? Have those 30,000-plus Minnesotans who've left the labor force since last spring started to return yet?
Until we can feel good about that data, the jobless rate won't mean much.
Tell us what you're seeing in the job market around you. Post something below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Posted at 2:02 PM on February 24, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've written a lot recently about Minnesota's declining workforce and the potential problems that go with it.
But the trends are nationwide. The Economist magazine weighed in recently with a piece asking the same question: Where are the workers?
Minnesota's always been a state with high labor force participation rates and high employment to population ratios. It's been falling since April.
The initial big drops looked like they might be statistical noise. But it's continued a slow decline since the spring with nothing to indicate that it's coming back. More than 30,000 Minnesotans have left the labor force since the spring.
One local theory is that many of the folks who left the labor force went back to college. Community college enrollments jumped in 2008 and 2009. But we would have expected to see those people start to re-enter the workforce.
There's a bigger concern that the marketable skills of the unemployed or new grads don't seem to match up with the needs of a recovering economy -- a "lost generation" of Minnesota workers, in the words of the state demographer.
Need more reason for concern? MPR's Annie Baxter noted in her recent story that, "a drop in workforce participation echoes a decline in Minnesota's prosperity relative to other states. Minnesota ranked seventh in total income per person in 2003. The state has fallen to 14th."
Across the nation, writes The Economist:
Most striking has been the drop for men aged 25-54, who have long had the highest participation rates....The participation rate of men has been declining for years, apparently because many who lost their high-paid, low-skilled jobs in manufacturing, transport and construction have retired or registered as disabled rather than retraining. Julia Coronado, an economist at BNP Paribas, reckons a wave of early retirements by state- and local-government staff and manufacturing workers may explain the latest downturn.
Here's a chart from The Economist story showing the paths of unemployment and people in the work force.
We've been looking at this issue in a bunch of recent posts.
"Lost generation" of Minnesota workers?
Labor force decline: Is it a guy thing?
No good news on MN labor force decline
________________________

Posted at 4:27 PM on February 22, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
Not immediately sure what to make of this new data from the feds on Twin Cities pay and benefits during the Great Recession.
But it looks like our region took a bigger-than-the-nation hit in wages and total compensation during the Great Recession but is swinging back now in the "recovery," faster than other major cities.
Couple of intriguing Bureau of Labor Statistics charts. These are twelve-month percent changes in the BLS Employment Cost Index -- private industry workers, not seasonally adjusted.
Twin Cities "wages and salaries, the largest component of total compensation costs, advanced at a 3.2-percent pace for the 12-month period ended December 2010," BLS wrote. "Nationwide, total compensation costs rose 2.1 percent and wages and salaries, 1.8 percent over the same period."
The data has me thinking about comparing wage increases in Minnesota. The state Department of Employment and Economic Development keeps good data on this.
I'm going to look at some statewide wage data during the recession, maybe compare private sector pay vs public sector pay over the past three years.
Overall, the BLS data is positive and reinforces the notion that for people who have jobs in the Twin Cities, there's reason for optimism.
Take a look at the report and the data and drop us a line if anything intrigues you.
Here's one final chart comparing to the Twin Cities to other cities.
Posted at 5:30 PM on February 17, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The economic recovery is now longer than the Great Recession. But given the glacial pace of job growth here and in the nation, the gap between jobs available and the unemployed just hasn't closed much.
Newly released data from Minnesota's Department of Employment and Economic Development show the ratio of jobless to job vacancies is better than it was in 2009 but there are still far more job seekers than openings.
The DEED chart below tells the story.
Yes, the fourth quarter 2010 data look better than 2009 -- 5.8 unemployed people per job vacancy compared to 8.2 a year earlier. But the gap between vacancies and unemployment remains persistently stubborn.
Here's another way to look at the data, from the DEED report.
The numbers reinforce the growing concern about a "lost generation" of Minnesota workers.people who have had careers torpedoed in the recession but don't have skills for life after the recession and may suffer, economically long after the recession's end.
Here's a breakdown of the Minnesota vacancies in the last quarter of 2010.
So more than a year and a half into the official recovery, we have a wide, persistent gap between job openings and people who need jobs and worries that many of the unemployed don't have the skills to fill the jobs that will open up and grow into the future.
As the state demographer recently put it, we need to be worried about, "a disturbing and growing mismatch between the skills of those looking for work and the skills employers seek to hire."
________________________

Posted at 10:00 AM on February 17, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We spent a chunk of 2009 wringing our hands over the state's young talent leaving Minnesota. New grads and young adults in MPR's Public Insight Network shared stories of how the recession was crippling professional opportunities.
At about the same time, the state economist and state demographer were projecting a slow growing, rapidly aging labor force in Minnesota after a decade of robust growth.
Now, those worries are converging in ways that could mean serious problems for Minnesota's economic future -- regardless of the recovery.
State Demographer Tom Gillaspy and his colleagues write in a new report about a disturbing and growing mismatch between the skills of those looking for work and the skills employers seek to hire" and a "lost generation" of Minnesota workers, "where those with the necessary skills do very well while those without the desired skills will struggle economically for the remainder of their lives."
If you're not worried about this, you should be. Here's why.
We have young adults unable to find work. We have Minnesotans leaving the state labor force in unprecedented numbers.
And the fastest growing student populations in Minnesota's high schools -- the people who you will increasingly depend upon in your old age to pay taxes, keep your Social Security solvent, build Minnesota's economy and its quality of life -- are the least prepared to take on that future.
Collectively, it's a pretty grim outlook, a future where Minnesota doesn't have the talent to fill the jobs the state needs the most but must still contend with a surplus of workers whose skills no longer match up with the economy's needs.
Labor force growth will likely continue to slow, with virtually all economic growth achieved due to increases in per-worker productivity. Without major efforts to invest in human and physical capital, we will not see the productivity growth necessary to counter the slowing growth of the labor force.By the 2020s, Minnesota's labor force growth rate will be at record-low levels. Total hours worked are expected to slow even more, as increasing numbers of older workers shift from full-time to part-time jobs.
Slower workforce growth could improve opportunities for workers, but another possibility is that employers will resort more to alternatives to hiring such as labor-saving devices, downsizing, and moving to labor markets with more qualified labor. (emphasis added).
That last paragraph is pretty powerful. Moving to labor markets with more qualified labor? Hey, this is a Minnesota!
Truth is we've been conditioned to believe that Minnesota will always be able to keep and draw talent. But the recession is exposing that conceit.
Almost exactly a year ago, we asked: Who will grow the economy and maintain Minnesota's quality of life? Anyone?
___________________________

Posted at 12:36 PM on February 10, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic stimulus, Jobs & unemployment
Harry Potter fans know that when the scar on Harry's forehead starts to burn, it means Lord Voldemort, his archenemy, is near.
Something similar happens to me when I write about job creation and government stimulus -- federal or state. Is there any economic subject that triggers so much statistical agony?
My head starting pounding again after reading the news release from Gov. Mark Dayton's office about a proposed $1 billion bonding bill.
As proof of the potential jobs benefit, the release cited data from economist Stephen Fuller of George Mason University arguing that, "at a time of unemployed workers and excess production capacity, each $1 billion of spending on nonresidential construction would support approximately 28,500 jobs..."
Fuller's data was also used by MPR to truth-squad statements from then-gubernatorial candidate Margaret Anderson Kelliher.
The problem is Fuller presented that research on behalf of the Associated General Contractors of America -- the lobbying group for the nation's civil and heavy construction companies, the firms that would benefit directly from the spending.
That doesn't mean he's wrong. But knowing that he's testifying on behalf of thousands of construction firms and advocating for passage of the bill puts the research in a very different light.
Despite a bunch of different government and independent stimulus accountability sites, you'd be hard pressed to find a definitive answer on jobs created / maintained.
What we do have now is reliable data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics on construction jobs before the recession and since the federal stimulus was signed. Let's look at that.
Here's a chart showing construction employment in Minnesota (click for a larger view).
![]()
(chart comes via Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis)
There were 116,300 Minnesota construction jobs in December 2007, when the recession began , 98,200 jobs in February 2009 when the federal stimulus was signed into law and 91,100 jobs when the recovery officially began four months later in June 2009.
The preliminary estimate for December 2010: 82,700 jobs.
Here's another graph produced by the St. Louis Fed showing construction earnings in Minnesota (click for a larger view)
These are millions of dollars in quarterly earnings. The charts shows a stimulus bump -- a positive -- but then the total earnings resumed their slide.
OK, so let's take a look at BLS data for jobs in heavy and civil construction in Minnesota. That's the category you'd expect to see benefit from those "shovel ready" projects. These are annual averages (the 2010 average uses preliminary data for December 2010).
Yes, there was a bump in 2010 but it's about 1,300 jobs.
I realize this won't end the stimulus / jobs debate.
But if you're looking for evidence that the federal stimulus worked when it came to creating jobs in Minnesota, there's not much to hang your hat on now that we have real job stats to examine.
Yes there was a temporary bump up in earnings, and yes there was a small increase in civil engineering jobs, but neither was sufficient to reverse the fortunes of the construction industry -- the epicenter of the economic downturn.
"It could have been worse" seems to be about the best argument you can make.
Take a look at the data I've put up and tell me where I'm wrong. Better yet, tell us where you've found the best data on the effects of the federal stimulus, or government economic stimulus programs generally.
Post something below or contact me directly at MinnEcon.
Posted at 9:32 PM on February 7, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Regular MinnEcon readers know we've been writing since the spring about the unprecedented drop in Minnesota's labor force and the long term worries that go with it.
The percentage of working age people here who have a job or are unemployed and seeking a job is at a 22-year low. The portion of the state's working age population that's employed is also to a rate not seen since 1984.
We still don't know exactly why. However, we do know that similar trends can be found at the national level and a new analysis indicates the exodus from the labor force is much more of a guy thing
The Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland took on the issue in a report released Monday. The Fed economists didn't explain why people are leaving the labor force in the Great Recession. But they did put some demographics to it.
The first chart shows the spike in people leaving the labor force, a jump not seen in the prior two recessions (click on the charts to get a larger view).
The next Cleveland Fed chart shows men leaving the work force at a much faster pace than women since the start of the recession in late 2007.
The next chart shows white men in the work force by age. There's a significant drop in the percentages of men in their early 20s to mid-30s who were part of the labor force at the start of the recession and, employment-wise, were nowhere to be found in December.
Similar patterns can be seen among black men.
![]()
The Fed analysis concludes it has more to do with age than gender:
The lowest U.S. labor participation rate since the mid-1980s is being driven by lower participation across all demographic groups, and especially by those under 29. The biggest exception is older men, whose labor force participation rate has actually increased since the beginning of the recession.
The odd and worrisome thing about these trends -- nationally and for Minnesota -- is that in an improving economy, the opposite should be happening.
Discouraged workers who left the labor force during the worst of the recession are supposed to be re-entering the work force and restarting their job search in better times. Instead, they're on the sidelines.
No doubt some left the work force to go back to college. But the recovery now is officially longer than the recession. In a normal recovery people should be returning to look for work --still unemployed perhaps, but at least looking again.
It's a weird situation. We could very well continue to see the unemployment rate in Minnesota and the nation continue to improve but only because people are leaving the workforce.
Remember, Minnesota's jobless rate fell in December even though the state lost 22,400 jobs during the month.
Take a look at the Cleveland Fed report and tell us what you see in the data. Post something below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Posted at 2:14 PM on February 8, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
For a while during the recession it looked like we were seeing something surprising -- new businesses start-ups in record numbers in Minnesota despite the lousy economic times.
A broader look at all the data from 2007 to newly available numbers for December 2010, though, show that's not the case. The overall jump in new business filings is an illusion.
Total new business filings jumped in 2009 (see the chart below), making it seem like the ranks of new companies in Minnesota were swelling during the recession.
Much of that growth came in limited liability companies. But it's a statistical aberration. Here's why.
New state rules that kicked in 2009 required many construction tradesmen to register with the state Labor Department and get an Independent Contractor Exemption Certificate.
Instead, it appears many of those tradesman incorporated themselves as limited liability companies.
As the Star Tribune wrote in an excellent piece on the issue:
Many of the construction workers setting up LLCs are legitimate one-person businesses, not employees. With their new corporate-like identity, they don't have to submit paperwork to prove it -- and as an added bonus they avoid a new 2 percent income-tax withholding on payments for their work.So basically, the huge bump in business filings in 2009 didn't come from a rush of new entrepreneurs but from a paperwork change.
The reality is that filings for new corporations in Minnesota peaked in 2002 and have been falling since, dropping steeply during the Great Recession.
Every new business filing category is flat or down since 2007 with the exception of new limited liability companies, which we can see is not real business growth.
It's been said before: Compared to other states, Minnesota's not that bad off.
But the state needs jobs and they have to come from somewhere. We know now that self-employed numbers took a hit in the first year of the Great Recession. The manufacturing base is coming back but still has a long road back.
We like to hope that a new generation of entrepreneurs is getting ready to help drive the recovery. The business filings data initially held some promise of growth in the recession. It didn't hold up.
Posted at 4:36 PM on February 3, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
There's a romantic image out there of the guy who loses his job in the recession but then uses the tough times to become his own boss and build his own business.
It's a great image. But the data often mess up the romance.
We learned that lesson again after looking at newly released numbers from the state Department of Employment and Economic Development showing Minnesota lost some 10,000 self-employed businesses in 2008 -- the first year of the Great Recession.
It works out to about a three percent drop following five years of solid growth in what was a hot economy.
Here's a look at the key chart (click on the chart for a larger view).
This is a big deal for a few reasons.
The self-employed make up about 70 percent of the businesses in Minnesota, responsible for about 12 percent of the state's total jobs, DEED reports.
In 10 Minnesota counties, the self-employed were responsible for more than 20 percent of the jobs.
![]()
And even with the drop in 2008, the growth in self-employed business has been important to the economic health of small Minnesota counties like Big Stone, where Brent Olson, one of our MinnEcon Economic Lookouts, raised concerns about whether one-man businesses are being shut out of grants and other aid because they're, technically, not creating jobs.
Self-employed short changed in this economy? The view from Big Stone County
If there's good news, it's that the Minneapolis Fed data from last year showed that new businesses in Minnesota were formed at a pretty steady rate regardless of the economy's health.
New business failure rates are also pretty consistent in good times and bad. So maybe when we see the 2009 and 2010 data for self-employed, we'll see things even out a bit.
We hope.
Check out the DEED report and tell us what you're seeing. Post below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
________________________________________________
Posted at 1:10 PM on February 2, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We cringed a little a few weeks ago when a Minneapolis Fed report boldly proclaimed "Optimism is back" as it released its 2011 economic forecast for the Upper Midwest.
Sounded good until we got to the part about 2011 job growth beating 2010 in all parts of the region except Minnesota. Thanks.
Job growth means everything right now. It's the only way to a broad recovery and prospects seem pretty weak.
So we were surprised to find glimmers of optimism when we reached out recently to Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network to get their household economic outlook for February.
With the official recovery (June 2009 to present) now longer than the official recession (December 2007 to June 2009), we're hearing more from people who've absorbed the economic blows and may be rising slowly to their feet again.
"I expect our situation to improve (in February) because my husband just got some work after being unemployed for over a year," said Teresa Cerling of Wykoff in southern Minnesota.
"I think we may go out to eat a few more times...I expect to start saving again after not saving anything for over a year."
But does the recession feel like it's over in her home? "Not yet," she wrote us. "Even after we start having regular income it's going to feel like catching up for awhile."
Click on the map icons below to read some of the responses we got when we asked how February looked at your house (Click on the box at the upper right hand corner of the map for a full page view; use your "page down" key when reading the responses.)
Add your voice here and we'll add you to the map.
Steve Boland's found steady work and his family's started saving cash that had been going out the door to pay off consumer debt. The St. Paulite described his current financial outlook as bright and sees smooth sailing this month.
"We have savings payments and not debt payments," he said. "Same amount of working money for the house, but boy does that feel like an end to recession."
Savings is one of those crucial barometers of our personal economic health. We didn't do all that great as a society in the go-go years and when the Great Recession hit it looked like our love of leverage had come to an end.
While the Minnesotans we talked to are still in saving mode, there are national signs that we may be going back to our old ways.
Here's a Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis chart showing personal savings rates (click on the chart for a larger view).
Savings was on steady decline during the 1990s and 2000s. We started trying to save like crazy once the recession hit. But the newest data show our savings habits might be short lived.
"My situation will improve, because I will be able to pay off more of my credit card debts," Joe Schaedler of Minneapolis wrote us.
The recession, he said, never hit his home directly because he was able to keep his job through the bad times. But he notes the workloads have doubled and his employer "has postponed hiring staff members for longer than was standard in the past decade."
With a job, he expects his economy to improve. "However, I still have more unemployed friends and acquaintances than at any time in my life ...."
_________________________
What's February looking like for you? Drop us a line and help make our reporting smarter.
Posted at 10:30 AM on January 25, 2011
by Molly Bloom
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
Brian Finstad sought retraining after being laid off from his factory job, only to find himself back where he started.
We went down to Springfield, MN to hear his story and to see his work at the Sanborn Manufacturing plant.
Posted at 11:05 AM on January 26, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've been hearing a lot lately about how great Wisconsin is compared to Minnesota when it comes to job growth and employment. Hanging those Open for Business signs at the border was a clever bit of showmanship.
And there's no doubt that Minnesota lawmakers passed the "angel tax credit" last year in part because they worried about companies and jobs slipping across the St. Croix.
But for all the talk about Wisconsin taking Minnesota jobs, the facts show Minnesota's done better than the Badger State in keeping people employed and adding jobs in the recovery.
Charts from a new Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis report bear that out.
The charts show job creation and unemployment rates for states in the Minneapolis Fed district (click on the charts for a larger view)
Minnesota has its problems, no doubt. Job growth went off a cliff in December and the continuing decline in Minnesota's labor force is worrisome.
But the bottom line is that despite the rhetoric about taxes and taking away jobs, Minnesota's beat out Wisconsin with higher job growth and lower unemployment since the recovery officially began.
Take a look at the Fed data and tell us what you see. Post something below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
_____________________________________
Would you still be clapping if you saw those charts?
![]()
Jed Carlson/jcarlson@superiortelegram.com via Duluth News Tribune.
Posted at 12:48 PM on January 21, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've written so much about the depth of this recession and the struggles of Minnesotans trying to make it through the hard times, it's hard for us to be stunned by data.
But then we look at the state of Minnesota's construction employment and we're stunned.
For as bad as it's been, the state's monthly unemployment data has brought bits of encouraging news to the state's job markets at some point during the year. But not in construction.
We saw that again Thursday when state unemployment data for December showed construction jobs down 4,700 for 2010, a year over year percentage decline (down 5.7 percent) far worse than any Minnesota sector and much worse than the U.S. construction business (down 2 percent).
Given the recession and the collapse of the housing business, it's no shock that the construction trades are suffering, especially residential construction.
But step back and look at the stats from the 1990s to the go-go days just five years ago to where we are now and it's extraordinary: Five years. Nearly 50,000 Minnesota construction jobs. Gone.
Here are Bureau of Labor Statistics data on employment in the Minnesota construction industry since 1990 (click on the chart for a larger view).
We're struck by a few things in that chart.
Minnesota construction weathered the milder recessions in the early 1990s and early 2000s pretty well, with small dips and quick rebounds that no doubt helped pull the state out of those downturns.
There's no way housing starts or construction will save us this time.
We're basically at the employment level for construction we saw at the end of 1995. So ten years of employment growth in Minnesota was wiped out in the past five.
Nationally, construction employment is down about 25 percent from the start of the recession in December 2007; it's down closer to 30 percent in Minnesota.
As we've noted, markets recover. But how long will it take for construction, overbuilt in the glory days, to come back? What happens to the people who built the Twin Cities but can't afford to live here now?
___________________________
Posted at 4:31 PM on January 20, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We were hoping the data released today on Minnesota unemployment for December would show we had turned the corner -- that if we didn't see a big drop in unemployment, we'd at least see a jump in new jobs created and an end to the exit of Minnesota's labor force.
Instead, jobs took a cliff dive -- 22,400 fewer jobs in December versus to November, the biggest monthly drop since at least 1990.
Those December losses cut the state's over-the-year job gains nearly in half to 29,300 for 2010.
Meanwhile, the state's total labor force continued to slip. While it was only a few hundred from November to December, some 35,000 Minnesotans have left the labor force since April.
As we've noted before, in a recovering economy, the opposite should be happening -- discouraged workers who left the work force in bad times are supposed to be returning along as opportunities increase.
Here's our updated chart (click on the chart for a larger view)
We've heard various explanations -- people left the the work force to go back to college makes the most sense -- but there's something not right here.
Collectively, the questions really neutralize the down tick in the unemployment rate from 7.1 percent to 7 percent.
They are also delivering a hard reality: It's going to be tougher than expected for Minnesota to recoup the jobs lost in the recession.
State officials in November were predicting it would take until mid-2013 for Minnesota to restore the job numbers lost and noted the state would need to add about 2,000 jobs a month to simply keep pace.
"This slower pace of job creation ... over the next 6 to 12 months will continue to make it very difficult to put the state's unemployed, displaced, and underutilized workers back to work promptly," according to the state economic outlook.
Again, that was in November, before the job gains data for 2010 got nearly halved.
Looking for bright spots, state officials in today's press release highlighted how much manufacturing has come back in the recovery and how important that is.
True, but we're not even close to recovering the manufacturing jobs lost in the recession.
Here's a chart showing employment in Minnesota manufacturing since 1990 (click on the chart for a larger view).![]()
Coincidentally, the Minnesota Home Ownership Center today came out with data showing Minnesota pre-foreclosure notices up 8 percent overall in 2010 but 15 percent in greater Minnesota.
In a brief Twitter discussion, the center noted:
unemployment & underemployment are the #1 reason people fall behind. Foreclosures will decrease with econ recovery.People with jobs keep the economy rolling and ultimately more jobs will mean better times for housing and other parts of the economy. But we need Minnesotans to stop leaving the work force and we need jobs.
Posted at 12:34 PM on January 18, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Conflicting reports the past few weeks about Minnesota's jobs picture have us more than curious to read Thursday's state unemployment update.
Forbes recently put the Twin Cities as among the best job markets in the country.
At the same time, Minnesota state economists have been cautioning us that it will be mid-2013 before our state recoups the number of jobs lost in the Great Recession.
Thursday's data on Minnesota unemployment for December will give us a better picture of which path we're on.
The widely watched unemployment rate's held fairly steady during the fall at around 7.1 percent.
While that's a lot better than the U.S., there continue to be worrisome signs. Maybe the biggest concern: our steady numbers seem to be less about job creation and more about people leaving the labor force.
We'll be looking for an uptick in the labor force, which has fallen by more than 30,000 since the spring.
We'll also be looking to see if the state added jobs. That's been a roller coaster the past few months.
September data, for instance, saw the state shed nearly 10,000 jobs from the prior month.
A month later, state officials trumpeted a 14,000 October job gain.
In November, though, the state was losing jobs again -- down 5,100 from October.
The state experts say Minnesota needs to produce about 2,000 jobs a month to simply keep pace. They've noted, "this slower pace of job creation ... over the next 6 to 12 months will continue to make it very difficult to put the state's unemployed, displaced, and underutilized workers back to work promptly."
That was from November. We'll get a better sense Thursday of how that forecast is playing out.
Help us get a jump on the data. Tell us what the jobs market is like around you. Seeing signs that things are improving? Post something below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
___________________________
Posted at 3:00 PM on January 14, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Housing & mortgages, Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
Back in September, I agreed to help edit and manage MPR's Minnesota Today site until a permanent editor could be found.
It ended up consuming more time than I expected and some things fell through the cracks, including the monthly shout out to MinnEcon readers and Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network seeking stories about life in this economy.
Well, we're back. As of this week, I have both eyes back on MinnEcon.
In coming week's we'll be making some cool changes to the site that will make it a lot easier for you to contribute and share -- not just comment but ask and answer questions, jump onto online forums and find just about everything you need to understand and talk about Minnesota's economy.
The best way to re-start is to resume our regular shout-out: So tell us what the economy looks like for your household in February.
Feeling better about things yet or does it still feel like recession? Are you in saving mode to pay down debts or you feeling like you can spend again on non-essentials? Your stories and insights will make us all smarter about where things are headed across Minnesota.
One of the new questions we included last fall was: Does the recession feel like it's over in your home?
We got a bunch of good responses. A lot of folks are still hurting, though I was surprised to find some Minnesotans who felt only nicked by the Great Recession.
Click on the map icons below to read how some of your neighbors answered: "Does the recession feel like it's over in your home?"
And then add your voice.
Let's start sharing our stories again.
Posted at 12:30 PM on January 10, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
When will Minnesota recoup all the jobs lost during the Great Recession? It's largely an educated guessing game at this point.
Some experts believe it will happen this year. We've been taking our cues from Minnesota's very good economists who believe it will be mid-2013 before we see the job numbers restored.
Today, though, there's a new Forbes.com ranking that lists the Twin Cities as as one of the nation's best job markets currently.
While the statewide jobless rate sits at 7.1 percent, the metro area is at 6.5 percent. Forbes writes:
In the Twin Cities area "employment is expected to recover fully by mid-2011, far earlier than nationally," according to a recent Moody's Economy.com analysis of the region.Look for growth in manufacturing and professional services jobs like accounting. Did we mention that the metro is home to the Mall of America, a retail and tourist destination, which is expanding?
We'll get a better look at Minnesota's picture next week when the state releases unemployment data for December. We're still concerned that the jobless rate looks decent only because tens of thousands of Minnesotans have exited the labor force since April.
Here's a look at the latest, flatter job growth projection by state economists compared to the one in February (Click on the graphic for a larger view).
The Forbes ranking, though, offers some hope that compared to other metro areas in the nation, 2011 may be better than expected for The Cities.
By the way, Washington, D.C. is the best metro area job market currently, according to Forbes. Las Vegas tops the "worst" list with most of California and Florida's major cities close behind.
______________________________________
Posted at 6:00 PM on January 3, 2011
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Manufacturing is a crucial part of Minnesota's economy, historically one of the main engines of job growth. But we're seeing a split in this recovery between business growth and job creation.
The latest indicator came Monday when Creighton University posted its latest Minnesota index, noting, "Even with healthy economic growth for 2011, the state will not recover the manufacturing jobs lost since the recession began."
That jibes with results from a recent state survey showing 54 percent of manufacturers expecting growth in their business in 2011 compared to 2010, but only 36 percent planning to add jobs and nine percent of those responding expecting to cut jobs this year.
Really, it takes a chart to show how hard Minnesota manufacturing has fallen in the recession and how relatively mild the rebound has been.
Here's a chart showing employment in Minnesota manufacturing since 1990 (click on the chart for a larger view).![]()
The data comes from the federal Bureau of Labor Statistics.
The slide the past few years is pretty stunning.
Nearly 40,000 fewer employed in Minnesota manufacturing now compared to December 2007, when the recession officially began. The sector's only added a net 4,000 jobs since June 2009, when the recession officially ended.
A bounce back in manufacturing jobs is crucial to Minnesota. In 2009, the sector was responsible for 14 percent of all the state's employment.
Just a few weeks ago, state officials were highlighting manufacturing as a bright spot with 12,900 jobs added in the past 12 months.
But the reality is 339,000 Minnesotans were working in manufacturing in December 2007. As of November, only 302,000 were employed. It's a long climb back from three years ago.
And we may never get back to 2000, when Minnesota manufacturing employed nearly 400,000.
______________________________________
What are you seeing in manufacturing? Post below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Posted at 2:23 PM on December 23, 2010
by Molly Bloom
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
In farm communities around Minnesota, farmers are wondering who will carry on their work after they are gone. According to the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Census of Agriculture, the average age of farmers is rising. In 2007, the average age of farmers in Minnesota was 55.3, up from 49.6 in 1992.
Kristin Wilson, who works with 30 farm families through the Whole Farm Co-op in Long Prairie, said most of the farmers she works with are in their 50s and many do not expect to pass their farms on to offspring. She worries about the future of the state's farms.
"I fear losing the real knowledge of farming the land as our small farmers age out of productivity," said Wilson, the farm co-op's internet sales manager. "Of all the farmers I work with, not one is recommending that their children carry on the work."
David Greenley of Minneapolis grew up in a farming family but was never interested in becoming a farmer and his family didn't encourage it. After serving in the military he earned a college degree and became a public safety officer.
Greenley, 31, is the first in his family to graduate from college. After his grandparents passed away, and his father retired, his cousin took over the farm but now rents out the land.
"It's really hard to continue farming in my generation because it's so expensive," Greenley said.
Many farmers he knows need to have second jobs to make ends meet.
Efforts are underway to prevent the loss of farming culture and to address the issue of rising costs associated with starting a farm. One of these efforts is Farm Beginnings, a project of the Land Stewardship Project designed to help "launch the next generation of farmers" (MPR's Ambar Espinoza reported on the program this summer).
If this program is any indication, the next generation of farmers will not come from those born into it.
Parker Forsell, program organizer in their southeast Minnesota Lewiston office, said only about a third of participants come from family farming backgrounds. The majority of participants either became interested in farming through school or want to start farming as a second career.
Farm Beginnings can train farmers from 40 potential farms each year. Interest has grown every year since it started 14 years ago. For the first time, this year it has a waiting list.
Marie Ljosenvoor is one of the few following in her family's footsteps. The 26-year-old recently moved back to the small Maple Lake dairy goat farm that she grew up on. She's taking over after her father's off-the-farm job was transferred to Chicago. Ljosenvoor will keep her job as a pharmacist, as will her husband, a teacher. Burt they look forward to learning more about farming from nearby farmers.
The Ljosenvoors will also be adding a large vegetable garden they will use to primarily feed themselves. Most of the young farmers Ljosenvoor knows are in similar situations. They started farming primarily to feed themselves and then started selling Community Supported Agriculture shares to support their families.
For them and the other families farming is "not about money and more about stewardship of the land," she said.
Are you a farmer? Thinking about becoming one? Share your story with MinnEcon here.
Posted at 3:35 PM on December 22, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Housing & mortgages, Jobs & unemployment
Job. No job. That remains the bright line dividing Minnesotans who are feeling an economic recovery and those who aren't.
The phenomenon can be seen in all kinds of economic data, including the latest report from the Minnesota Housing Partnership.
The Partnership's third quarter report on the state's housing market finds pre-foreclosure notices rising and a tightening rental market through the three months that ended in September.
Check out the key graphs below (click on them for a larger view).
The report isn't all bad news. Mortgage delinquencies fell for the third straight quarter "signaling that fewer foreclosures may be fewer ahead."
Overall, though, it's a picture of an economy still trying to find its footing.
The rental market tightness, for instance, is likely from ex-homeowners who've lost their homes in the housing crisis. Employment in the state's construction market continues to languish, with the "fewest jobs in the sector since 1993 for the time of year." And the number of homeless children in the Twin Cities is up from the same period last year.
"Taken together," the report notes, "these trends suggest that the holiday season may be brighter for some families with reliable earnings, while others face continued hardship with persistent unemployment and ongoing foreclosures."
The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis recently declared "optimism is back" as it released its 2011 economic forecast for the Upper Midwest with forecasts for expected income and employment growth.
The Fed, though, acknowledged that job growth rates, "are expected to exceed 2010 rates in all areas except Minnesota, where the pace of employment growth will remain the same."
If the region's sputtering job creation continues, it'll cause more collateral problems in the housing market, widening the divide between the recovery's haves and have-nots.
Posted at 3:00 PM on December 20, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The erosion of Minnesota's labor force continues. We remain at the lowest points in decades when it comes to the percentage of working age Minnesotans in the workforce and the ratio of employed people to population.
Those are facts. The only question right now is whether the worrisome trends we've seen since late spring will continue.
We should be seeing just the opposite trends in a recovering economy.
Even though the latest jobless data showed unemployment holding steady at 7.1 percent for November, it also revealed little positive information on the counts of people employed, unemployed or even looking for work.
The labor force participation rate -- the percentage of working age people who have a job or are unemployed and seeking a job -- slipped to 71.6 percent. The last time that rate was lower? May 1988.
Minnesota labor to population ratio -- the proportion of the state's working age population that is employed -- fell a tick to 66.5 percent in November. The last time that ratio was lower? January 1984.
We've been asking for months: Why isn't the improving economy bringing discouraged workers back into the labor force the way experts expected?
That's the way it's supposed to work -- things get better and all those folks who gave up start trying again and the labor force rises. We've heard various explanations -- people who've gone back to school and are waiting for the job market to need their skills again is the most plausible. But right now it's still speculation.
Here's a look at the graph we've running each month, updated with the November numbers (click on the graph for a larger view).
So a year and a half after the recovery began, the percentage of employment-age population in Minnesota that's actually employed is at its lowest point in 20-plus years and the ratio of people who are employed or seeking a job is at its lowest point in 20-plus years.
The one positive to take away from the November data: a small drop in the number of unemployed Minnesotans. It's a small change, from 209,485 to 208,438, or 1,047 fewer people counted as unemployed in November vs. October.
Given that the number of unemployed people has been rising since June, it's something to see that trend pause.
The numbers, though, reinforce the growing concern that there's still a long way to go in Minnesota to dig out of our jobs hole.
State officials believe we won't recoup all the jobs lost in the recession until mid-2013, noting:
The number of jobs Minnesota employers add to their payrolls is forecast to average just 2,000 a month... in the early part of next year before picking up to over 4,000 by early 2012. Minnesota's labor market needs to produce an estimated 2,000 jobs a month to simply keep pace with population growth and new people entering the workforce.This slower pace of job creation ... over the next 6 to 12 months will continue to make it very difficult to put the state's unemployed, displaced, and underutilized workers back to work promptly.
The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis recently announced that the "optimism is back" as it released its 2011 economic forecast for the Upper Midwest.
We got excited about that until we read a little closer and discovered 2011 job growth will beat 2010 numbers in all parts of the region ... except Minnesota.
Posted at 1:51 PM on December 17, 2010
by Molly Bloom
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
We've heard a lot about professions hurting due to the recession, but is it possible that consulting is one of those rare recession-proof fields? According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the consulting industry is expected to be one of the fastest-growing this decade.
Christopher Wright, a Minnetonka-based mechanical engineering consultant for over 20 years, sees the consulting business as counter-cyclical. "When times are good my clients hire my sort of expertise; when times are bad, specialists seem to be laid off in favor of outsourced engineering."
Judith Alnes, a nonprofit management consultant in St. Paul, has also seen business go up during the recession. She writes, "We've seen nonprofits replace their internal accounting services with our accounting services in order to reduce their expenditures. We're also providing nonprofits with strategic services because they need to re-position their organizations for difficult times. We're helping more nonprofits merge, transfer programs and dissolve."
At the same time Alnes and other consultants have had to lower their fees in order to make it affordable for clients who may be hurting.
Lisa Feder, a social media consultant in Minneapolis, has significantly reduced her rates. "Opportunity abounds, but continues to be a tough road with consulting fees significantly reduced. Overall revenue and marketing budgets continue to be reduced and that seems to transfer over to the consulting world."
Independent consultants seem to be feeling the pain less than larger consulting firms, many of whom have had to layoff staff. Even so, consulting may be an early indicator of an improving economy.
Some firms, like Cynthia Smith-Strack's Arlington, Minn., economic development firm that had to cut staff hours at the height of the recession are now seeing an uptick in business again. In June the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development found that 74 percent of business service firms (that includes consultants), were expecting increasing or stable sales over the next year.
Ramon Riba, a structural engineering consultant in Rochester, thinks that the consulting field might be growing because the jobs employers have shed in the recession are not coming back.
"The fact is with so many layoffs and the huge sucking sound made by all the now professional jobs fleeing to China, India, etc., consulting may be the only realistic solution for many," Riba says.
Is your workplace hiring? Are you seeing other signs of a recovery? Share your story with MinnEcon here.
Posted at 5:36 PM on December 9, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've been agonizing in recent posts about the worrisome trends in Minnesota's labor data and the fact that we won't recoup all the jobs lost in this recession until mid-2013.
In true Minnesota fashion, however, we'd like to note: It could be worse.
The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis has been keeping records during this recession of employment decline by state and comparing them to past recessions. The Fed keeps great, geeky data and you can find it here.
Searching for silver linings, we compared the two worst post-WWII recessions: 1980 and, yes, the one we're in now. Here's the Fed's chart for changes in employment in Minnesota during those two recessions (click on the chart for a larger view).
Many of us (OK, me) remember how lousy things were in 1980 and 1981. The chart confirms it took longer for Minnesota's job market to hit bottom in 1980 than now.
It's true our employment picture seems stubbornly stuck in neutral lately. October jobless numbers showed a 7.1 percent unemployment rate here, an uptick from September.
We're hoping for better numbers next week when the state releases November data.
Until, then, maybe there's some small solace in the fact that we've been here before and things do get better.
Check out the Minneapolis Fed data . If you see anything that gives you hope or dread, we want to hear about it.
Posted at 5:00 PM on December 6, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
What's next month look like for you?
We're now at the three year anniversary of the recession beginning, a year and a half since the recovery was supposed to have begun.
So we want to know: Are you feeling it?
Back in late August, we got lots of responses that convinced us that our love of leverage had come to an end, that people were shifting back to savings and away from spending and that the change might be permanent.
Later, we added the question: Does the recession feel like it's over in your home?
We got some indications that maybe economic conditions were starting to ease, at least for those Minnesotans who had jobs.
That seems to be the tipping point right now. If you have work, things are looking better. If you don't, hope can be hard to come by.
We learned last week that it will likely be two-plus more years before Minnesota completely restores the number of jobs it lost in the recession.
Take your economic pulse and help our reporting on the economy. Let us know what you're seeing and if January looks better than you stand right now.
Post something below or take five minutes and use our form.
Posted at 12:10 PM on December 3, 2010
by Molly Bloom
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Since the economic downturn started we've been checking in with sources in our Public Insight Network who are looking for work. We asked them earlier this week how things are going and learned that many remain jobless. But about an equal number have now found work.
The problem is most of those jobs are temporary or contract jobs without benefits. Workers who land them still face uncertainty and continued job hunting.
Sallie Malmstrom of Eden Prairie, who we talked to last year around this time, has finally found a job after 18 months of looking after being laid off after 20 years in the manufacturing/engineering field.
"I went back to school/training provided by the workforce center," she wrote. "It helped me be able to get the job that I started this week."
The temporary position will only last about two months and is not enough to get her family's finances back on track.
"My husband and I ended up filing for chapter 7 bankruptcy last week and we know we will still be losing our house despite it being on the market since April 2010," Malmstrom wrote.
Christopher Johnson of Wayzata has also found work - through May:
I have a contract position with a local multi-channel retailer as an Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system implementation consultant. In plain English that means I help the company setup and use a new system for managing their financials and operations. My contract ends in May. A recruiter contacted me after finding my resume on a specialty website. As a contractor, I am paid an hourly rate, and have to manage my own health insurance and savings. As the end of the contract nears, I will begin looking for the next opportunity.
Sara Cheever, Eden Prairie, has been employed since April, but she still has many doubts about the future:
My last full-time position was eliminated in November 2008. I was unemployed until May 2009, when I was able to obtain an internship because I was getting my Master's degree in Human Resources. My internship ended in April 2010 and since then, I have been fortunate enough to find two temporary positions, which have kept me continously employed since then. My search for a full-time position has been demoralizing. I have over seven years of experience and a Master's degree (both in my chosen field) and interviews are few and far between. I doubt myself and my chosen career path constantly.
The rise in temporary jobs is a trend we've been tracking for a while. Last month, the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development reported that temporary jobs had returned to pre-recession levels. But given the lack of benefits and security in these positions, what does their growth mean for our workforce and our economy?
Are you looking for work? Have you found a job recently? We want to hear your story: share it here.
Posted at 4:22 PM on December 2, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
OK, the good news is that Minnesota continues to do better than the nation when it comes to unemployment and regaining the jobs lost in the Great Recession.
End good news here.
New budget and economic forecasts released today by Minnesota state officials put numbers to what many Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network have been telling us all year: a slower than expected jobs recovery, glimmers of hope but otherwise a frustrating slog.
This is not the job-creating recovery we've come to expect after recessions.
Here's a look at the newest, flatter job growth projection compared to the one in February (Click on the graphic for a larger view).
Here's the bad news lifted from the report in edited chunks.
Until there are clearer signs of a self-sustaining expansion...employers will remain cautious about further hiring decisions and Minnesotans will remain stressed with severe unemployment ... stubbornly high concentrations of home foreclosures, high debt burdens, and depleted wealth.
Without a noticeable improvement in the national employment picture... it is unlikely Minnesota will be able to sustain its current pace of job creation in 2011. In the November 2010 forecast, labor market conditions will continue to improve into 2011, but more slowly than forecast in February.
Employment growth is expected to slow in the first part of the year ... as consumers continue to repair household finances and the housing market inches toward recovery. The November forecast estimates that it will take until mid-2013 before Minnesota employment returns to peak pre-recession levels.
The number of jobs Minnesota employers add to their payrolls is forecast to
average just 2,000 a month... in the early part of next year before picking up to over 4,000 by early 2012. Minnesota's labor market needs to produce an estimated 2,000 jobs a month to simply keep pace with population growth and new people entering the workforce.
This slower pace of job creation ... over the next 6 to 12 months will continue to make it very difficult to put the state's unemployed, displaced, and underutilized workers back to work promptly.
Yes, it isn't all bad news.
The forecast notes that Minnesota's regained a third of the 162,200 jobs lost at the lowest point of the recession and that fewer people are seeking jobless aid for the first time or collecting unemployment.
Still, this month marks the third year since the Great Recession began. It's a year and a half since the recovery officially began.
Just a couple months ago, one expert was predicting that Minnesota would be back to pre-recession employment levels by the end of next year.
Meanwhile, there are continued worrisome trends linger in the state's labor force data.
Take a look through the newest state data and tell us what you see. Post below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Right now, it looks like an economy where things will be on the upswing if you're employed. If you're not, the hard journey the recession set in motion three years ago isn't close to over.
_______________________________
What's the recession done to your career? Help us tell that story.
Posted at 3:00 PM on November 23, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota employment data continues to show some confusing stuff about our state's labor force -- trends that should keep us concerned about the strength of our economy despite the "recovery."
Steep drops in the labor force since April don't fit at all with the idea that we're in a recovery. Nearly 34,000 Minnesotans have left the state's labor force (sum of the employed plus the unemployed) since April.
After a slight uptick in September, the newest data show the labor force down again in October.
Meanwhile, the labor force participation rate -- the percentage of working age people who have a job or are unemployed and seeking a job -- slipped to 71.7 percent. The last time that rate was lower? June 1988.
Here's another one: Minnesota labor to population ratio -- the proportion of the state's working age population that is employed -- fell a tick to 66.6 percent in October. The last time that ratio was lower? January 1984.
The crucial question we've been asking for months: Why isn't the improving economy bringing discouraged workers back into the labor force the way experts expected?
That's the way it's supposed to work -- things get better and all those folks who gave up start trying again and the labor force rises. We've heard various explanations -- people who've gone back to school and are waiting for the job market to need their skills again is the most plausible. But right now it's still speculation.
Here's the chart on Minnesota's labor force we've been updating the past few months. (Click on the charts for a larger view.)
![]()
We're told that Minnesota is adding jobs and that's encouraging. Yet, the count of unemployed people in Minnesota has been rising since June.
So while we are supposed to be in a recovery in Minnesota, we see:
-- the percentage of employment-age population that's actually employed is at its lowest point in 20-plus years,
-- the ratio of people who are employed or seeking a job is at its lowest point in 20-plus years;
-- after a year of nearly steady improvement, the number of unemployed has been rising through the fall.
I'm not trying to be a downer. I'm trying to understand why the data runs counter to the idea that things are improving. Is it a lag time issue? Will we be laughing about this in a few months? Or is there some fundamental shift in employment trends we haven't yet recognized?
Post your thoughts below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Posted at 10:57 AM on November 18, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
I'm running double duty these days, writing MinnEcon and temporarily editing MPR's Minnesota Today page.
That job involves posting interesting stories from around Minnesota and I found one that deserves some space here.
The Marshall Independent reports that Marshall-based livestock feed maker Ralco Nutrition will expand operations in town, building a new mixing facility and warehouse.
What caught my eye was the quote from a Ralco exec that the company looked at South Dakota, with its cheap land and business-friendly tax structure, and decided they were better off here.
Doug Wing, Ralco vice president of operations, said the company was considering the option of expanding in South Dakota and other communities, but decided on local expansion instead."Ralco is committed to building rural communities and sustaining the agricultural way of life,"Wing said. "While we weighed options for expansion in South Dakota as well as other communities, we ultimately determined that expanding here would be in our best interest.
It's a compelling point given that South Dakota was made to look like employment Shangri-La during the Minnesota governor election.
Republican Tom Emmer's "Don't lose another job to South Dakota" campaign had many people wondering just how much South Dakota was eating our employment lunch.
Yes, there's no question South Dakota is more tax friendly. One group lauds South Dakota's tax climate as the nation's most business friendly and scorns Minnesota's as among the worst.
The belief, though, that there's an exodus of Minnesota businesses and jobs remains on shaky ground.
Anyone have first-hand experience losing a job to South Dakota? Drop me a line.
Posted at 8:15 AM on November 17, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
Early last week, I called upon my grand prognostication powers and told colleagues I expected the next U president to be a female from the west coast from an institution the U already counted as a peer.
Then came Friday's announcement that Eric Kaler, the single candidate for the job and likely next president is a male, coming from the East Coast, at an institution outside of the U's peer group.
Ouch: 0 for 3. Given what I do know about the U and its ambitions, however, count me as surprised. With Kaler set for public interviews today, here are my questions for the next U president.
How does the U get to the middle of its peer group on key measures.
Five-plus years ago, the U made huge changes as part of its Strategic Positioning push, changes that U leaders hoped would transform the university into one of the top three public research universities in the world.
As part of that, the U killed General College, a portal to the university for many high-potential but low performing teens, and introduced an Honors Program intended to attract some of the best and brightest from Minnesota and across the country.
Yet, half way through its "top three in the world" campaign, the U's been unable to crack the top three in the Big 10, let alone the world, on some of the undergraduate rankings it cares about most.
Here's information drawn from the university's most recent accountability report. Click on the images for a larger view.
While it's made strides in graduation rates and drawing more high school students from the top 10 percent of their graduating classes, it still sits near the bottom of its peer group and below Michigan and Madison, the universities it aspires to be.
The U's pushed to improve graduation rates and has made progress in getting more students to graduate on time. But it remains way below peer schools. A few years ago the U set a goal of having 60 percent of undergrads graduating in four years by 2012. With only two years to go, the trend lines don't look promising to meet that goal.
What's Kaler's plan to meet those benchmarks?
Where will the money come from to drive those bioscience buildings?
The U made a big push at the Legislature a few years ago to get the state to pay much of the roughly $300 million cost for several new biomedical sciences buildings near the football stadium, including a Cancer-Cardiovascular Facility set to start construction next year.
U President Robert Bruininks sold the Legislature on the bioscience buildings largely on economic grounds, arguing that the U and Minnesota would lose out to Wisconsin, California and other states in the pursuit of biomedical dollars and jobs unless these buildings got built. He won the day.
Now, though, the U has to show it can fill the space with researchers who can win research dollars, especially federal money from the National Institutes of Health.
Despite the U's status as a major research institution, it's finding an increasingly competitive race for federal research money. Here are charts from the U's 2009 research report.
While the federal stimulus bill (ARRA in the chart) provided some cushion, the U took a step back in overall research awards in 2009.
Despite lots of discoveries, the U's struggled to turn research into revenue -- 90 percent of the $95.2 million it earned last year from commercializing research came from one source -- the anti-AIDS drug Ziagen. While revenues are growing from non-Ziagen research, the totals remain small and the U's looking at a potentially huge revenue drop in a few years after the last Ziagen patent expires.
With the U unable to count on significant state funding increases and its endowment struggling in the recession, the quest for more federal research money and commercial dollars is vital.
Kaler's Stony Brook U. connection to the Brookhaven National Laboratory likely gives him a head start on this. But the basic question stands: What's the plan?
What about tuition?
Tuition is the bread-and-butter issue for Minnesota families. It's a concern that comes up consistently in the U's public opinion surveys.
When it comes to resident tuition and required fees, the U Twin Cities is one of the most expensive state flagship universities in the country (pdf. page 8), rising 80 percent the past decade (inflation adjusted).
The U often counters that data by noting the significant commitment it's made in scholarship and student aid. True. But the system is showing some cracks.
Several U deans told faculty this fall that the current scholarship system is unsustainable (Hat tip to Bill Gleason's Periodic Table blog.)
If the scholarship system isn't sustainable, and you're not going to slash tuition, how do you keep the U affordable for Minnesotans?
All of these questions are hard to answer. Kaler will need to confront them all.
Posted at 9:21 PM on November 1, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(14 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We made a big deal a couple weeks ago about an in-depth analysis by the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis throwing cold water on the idea that "green jobs" will drive the new economy.
Among its points the Fed waived off a Minnesota 2020 report claiming that if done right, the wind industry "can create thousands of jobs, [and] revive the economic base of many Minnesota communities hit hard by the recession."
It doesn't work that way, Fed writer Ron Wirtz wrote: "As a job creator, wind power doesn't pack much punch...."
Xcel Energy has the most wind-generated power of any utility in the country, yet "it's really hard to quantify" the effect of the green movement specifically on company employment, said Beth Chacone, environmental policy manager for Xcel. "I know [the green economy] gets a lot of press, but we're not sure there is job creation."
The Fed's analysis became all too real tonight.
The Star Tribune reports that wind-turbine maker Suzlon Group is laying off its remaining 110 workers at its Pipestone plant "because the once-booming U.S. wind energy market has lost headway."
Last week, the American Wind Energy Association acknowledged last quarter was the worst since 2007 for wind energy installations. "Year-to-date installations stood at 1,634 MW, down 72 percent versus 2009, and the lowest level since 2006. In 2010, wind projects in the U.S. are being installed at half the rate as in Europe, and a third of the rate as in China."
If the economy is recovering and green jobs and clean energy are our future, then a turbine plant in Pipestone ought to be adding jobs. Instead, the plant is idled.
As we noted after reading the Fed analysis, Minnesota policy makers need to take a serious look at the Green Jobs push. Money's getting spent to retrain people hurt in the recession for jobs that sound great but might not be there.
Yet, the competition among cities and states to spend money to attract green jobs is picking up speed. The Twin Cities "Thinc.GreenMSP" effort is "an unprecedented economic-development partnership between the two cities to retain, grow and attract green-manufacturing businesses and jobs" in the metro area.
The shutdown of a southwest Minnesota wind turbine plant and the Minneapolis Fed's analysis ought to force a serious discussion about whether the Green Jobs promise is worth the hype.
Posted at 2:30 PM on November 1, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Starting over. That's what we're hearing these days from Minnesotans and others in MPR's Public Insight Network.
We asked folks recently to describe in just six words what the economy's done to their careers. (Add your voice here.)
The latest batch of stories show some folks are rolling the dice in he turmoil, starting new businesses and jumping into self-employment for the first time. Others are still trying to revive their careers after getting rolled it the Great Recession.
Business disappeared. Employees laid off. Starting over at 61.
That's how Ed Meijer of St. Augusta summed up his experience in this downturn.
"I was very busy bidding jobs nationally until July 4th, 2007. After that date all work disappeared," said Meijer, who consults and designs fire protection systems.
We continued working on a couple of very large jobs until May 2008 after which date I had to lay off most employees eventually working by myself without pay (still paying the banks, IRS etc). I am still not back on the payroll and cannot collect unemployment. I have become busier and right now have a hard time keeping up with the (mostly government)work. I now have one designer and a part-time secretary on the payroll.
We got stories from Minnesota and around the country. See the responses on the map below (click on the map for a larger view then zoom out to see responses from outside the state).
Regular MinnEcon readers know we've been particularly interested in folks willing to take the entrepreneurial leap in a recession.
So Jesse Gilmore's words grabbed us instantly: Leap of Faith. My Own Business.
Working as a server Gilmore said, was delivering money but not happiness. So he put his career chips on an arts business he's co-founded, The North Coast Collective, and is building websites for local artists.
Job-wise, Minnesota's employment conditions remain a mixed bag.
I had to take a leap of faith with the business I had been working on for almost 4 years (without much start up capital or promise of an income anytime in the near future). Started full time school to finish up my degree at Minneapolis Community & Technical College before transferring over to the University of Minnesota next fall. Student loans are helping me live at poverty level until this business starts to make enough money to supplement my income.
The state's jobless rate is steady at 7 percent, far lower than the nation. September data, however, also showed another drop in jobs -- down nearly 10,000 from August.
So like the rest of the country, Minnesotans are still waiting for something to ignite serious job growth. Creighton's University's newest Minnesota analysis today is projecting "very modest job gains" in the months ahead.
That's why stories like the one Stacy Baldus continue to keep us worried about the state's future. We've written over the past year about ongoing concerns the recession is chasing away Minnesota's future, forcing new grads to go elsewhere for work. In her case, that's Bottineau, ND.
"Having graduated in December of 2008, I worked as a substitute teacher for a year until I found a job (not related to my masters' degree) in North Dakota," Baldus wrote. "I moved, took a low paying job, and am not doing what I love. But I have an apartment, a job, and health insurance. For now, I'm surviving while missing my native Minnesota."
Her six word summary should have us all wringing our hands a bit: Found job in ND, miss MN.
BONUS: Check out the responses we got in the spring to our six-word career challenge.
NOTE: Our efforts were inspired by SMITH Magazine's ongoing Six-Word Memoir project.
Posted at 2:19 PM on October 25, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've been watching an unprecedented slide in Minnesota's labor force since the spring, waiting for the turnaround.
Steep drops in the labor force since April don't fit at all with the idea that we're in a recovery. Some 32,217 Minnesotans left the state's labor force (sum of the employed plus the unemployed) between April and August.
New data for September show a barely perceptible uptick in the labor force -- 383 Minnesotans.
So the labor force is still down by nearly 32,000 from the spring and the labor force participation rate -- the percentage of working age people who have a job or are unemployed and seeking a job -- stayed at 71.8 percent, the same as August and a rate not seen here since December 1988.
The crucial question we've been asking: Why isn't the improving economy bringing discouraged workers back into the labor force the way experts expected?
That's the way it's supposed to work -- things get better and all those folks who gave up start trying again.
Here are the updated charts on Minnesota's labor force and on the monthly labor force changes. Click on the charts for a larger view
We'll keep watching.
Among the best guesses as to what's happening -- displaced Minnesotans left the labor for and signed up for college in big numbers. Enrollment in the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system hit another record this fall.
The bottom line question, though, still stands: If we're in a recovery, why isn't the labor force growing?
This Great Recession is denting a lot of our conventional wisdom about downturns and recoveries. Is the state's labor force drop signaling some problem in the Minnesota economy we haven't yet discovered?
As always, take a look at the data and tell us what you're seeing. Post below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Posted at 8:44 AM on October 22, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've been getting solid responses to our question: Tell us what the Great Recession's done to your career -- in only six words.
We'll feature the responses in a post next week. We need to hear from you.
Data released Thursday show Minnesota's jobless rate stuck at seven percent
with the state down nearly 10,000 jobs from August. We know from the numbers it probably isn't feeling like a recovery to a lot of people. What's happening to you?
Post your six word career story below or use our handy form.
Looking for inspiration? Check out the responses we got last spring on MPR's Facebook page
NOTE: Our efforts were inspired by SMITH Magazine's ongoing Six-Word Memoir project.
Posted at 7:00 AM on October 21, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've been watching a weird phenomenon the past few months, a steep drop in Minnesota's labor force through the spring and summer. We'll know later today if it's continuing when the state releases updated labor force data along with the September unemployment rate.
Some 32,217 Minnesotans left the state's labor force (sum of the employed plus the unemployed) between April and August. There are guesses why, but no one good explanation.
The crucial question we've been asking: Why isn't the improving economy bringing discouraged workers back into the labor force the way experts expected?
That's the way it's supposed to work -- things get better and all those folks who gave up start trying again.
"The jobless may be going back to school, retiring early or taking care of family until the labor market creates opportunities that use their skills and match their reservation wage." Kyle Uphoff, a state labor analyst, told us last month.
The school explanation makes sense. Enrollment in the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system hit another record this fall.
The thing is, we've always believed that when the job opportunities return, the people will, too. Right now, that's not the case.
Minnesota's labor force participation rate -- the percentage of working age people who have a job or are unemployed and seeking a job -- slipped to 71.8 percent in August. We haven't see a rate that low here since December 1988.
Will September data show the state labor force is finally growing again?
Posted at 1:45 PM on October 19, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
My colleague Mike Caputo today picked up on our Monday MinnEcon post on "Green Jobs" hype and is trying to get a conversation started on it.
Please jump in. Mike runs a great space on MPR's Minnesota Today page with lots of room for good, interactive discussion.
Mike makes a really good point that whooshed over my head until he mentioned it:
It's not just public officials who see the hope in the "green economy." Many business and thought leaders see potential too, such as Lois Quam, former executive at UnitedHealthGroup, and founder of Tysvar, a Minnesota-based business looking to spur on the green economy. Quam says the U.S. and Minnesota are in the game, but policy and innovation need to keep apace, since global giants like China are moving to capitalize on the green jobs.Quam is coming to MPR for its next Bright Ideas forum (it's a free deal that happen on October 26 at 7 p.m., just reserve a seat or two).
Part of the challenge here is trying to figure out what qualifies as as green job. The Minneapolis Fed analysis I wrote about Monday makes it clear that definitions can be stretched to creative limits.
But maybe that's OK. One of our readers noted that "green jobs" extend beyond solar panels and wind turbines -- the folks who work the Port of Duluth importing the materials that build the turbines ought to be counted as benefiting from the Green Energy push, no?
Mike asks: What would you ask someone like Quam to convince you that the green economy has promise? What role should the public and private sectors in Minnesota play in the green economy?
Share some thoughts and talk it through in person next week.
Posted at 3:23 PM on October 18, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
"Green jobs" is often a quick answer to the question of Minnesota's employment future. It's what everyone wants. State officials are starting to count green job growth and it's a high priority for Twin Cities mayors.
But if you've been giddy about green jobs driving the new economy, a new Minneapolis Fed analysis will sober you up fast.
Yes, leave it to the guys at the Fed to detail why your conventional wisdom about green jobs and the future is wrong.
Below are the highlights from the Fed report.If you're a visual learner here's the way the Fed sees it.
That would be a green balloon about to be pierced by a sharp instrument.
The Fed, for instance, knows there's love for wind turbines on the windy plains and notes a Minnesota 2020 report claiming that if done right, the wind industry "can create thousands of jobs, [and] revive the economic base of many Minnesota communities hit hard by the recession."
But, says Fed writer Ron Wirtz, "There's just one little annoyance: As a job creator, wind power doesn't pack much punch...."
Xcel Energy has the most wind-generated power of any utility in the country, yet "it's really hard to quantify" the effect of the green movement specifically on company employment, said Beth Chacone, environmental policy manager for Xcel. "I know [the green economy] gets a lot of press, but we're not sure there is job creation."
Even the generally upbeat folks at the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development aren't sanguine about green jobs driving the state's future.
State labor market analyst Steve Hine tells the Fed:
...green jobs appear to be the latest in a long line of economic silver bullets -- new sectors with clear promise that got exaggerated beyond their real potential. "Ten years ago, high-tech was the ticket to never-ending economic growth," said Hine. Health care, biotech and telecom have also had a turn. These have been important economic developments, but they also have limits. The enthusiasm for green "is not a new thing," he said. "It's a grasp for the next new thing."Ouch.
If you're still thinking about green as an employment salvation, the report also details the, er, creative art of defining a green job. It's not pretty.
"Measurement idiosyncrasies," says Wirtz, "suggest that bold estimates for new green jobs have a methodological thumb on the scale.
"Add it all up, and those hoping for a green makeover might be disappointed if they are expecting a sea change in how the broader economy looks and acts."
It's a terrific analysis. Reporters love puncturing conventional wisdom, so I'm compelled to stand back and applaud the Fed's methods and detail.
It's an important message policy makers and others need to hear. Money's getting spent to retrain people hurt in the recession for "green jobs".
The competition among cities and states to spend money to attract green jobs is picking up speed. The Twin Cities "Thinc.GreenMSP" effort is "an unprecedented economic-development partnership between the two cities to retain, grow and attract green-manufacturing businesses and jobs" in the metro area.
The Minneapolis Fed's analysis ought to force us all to ask if the Green Jobs promise is worth the hype.
Take a look at the Fed research and listen to Wirtz in the video below. Then post below or drop us a line directly and tell us what you're seeing when it comes to green jobs in Minnesota.
Posted at 1:21 PM on October 12, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Back in April, we asked a simple question: Tell us what the Great Recession's done to your career -- but do it in only six words.
We got great, creative responses to that six-word challenge. With Minnesota's latest jobless data set for release next week, we wanted to hear from you again.
We were genuinely impressed by the thoughtful and heartfelt responses we got back in the spring, although some of them were hard to read.
Charles Oakes of Willmar told us he had to lay off staff and cut budgets at a program he runs that finds jobs for adults with disabilities. He summed up his experience in six-plus words: Nonprofit leader, hatchet man now. Woe is us...
We're going to follow up with Oakes to see how he's doing.
Click on the map icons to read stories from April on the recession's effect on the professional lives of your friends and neighbors. Then add your story.
Here are my six words: Journalism reaper. Step ahead. So far.
That pretty much sums up my professional life the past two-plus years -- happy and lucky to have a job writing and reporting and hoping it stays that way.
How about you? What words best describe what's happened to your career in this recession? Unemployed? New entrepreneur? Back to school to retrain?
Post your six word career story below or use our handy form.
We'll feature the responses in an upcoming post. We need to hear from you.
BONUS: Check out the responses we got last spring on MPR's Facebook page
NOTE: Our efforts were inspired by SMITH Magazine's ongoing Six-Word Memoir project.
Posted at 4:42 PM on October 7, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
My colleagues at Marketplace Radio this week are asking their national audience a question that we'd love to localize in Minnesota:
Is your employer doing anything to help avoid worker burnout?
We've heard plenty of stories from Minnesotans in our Network of workers shouldering more of the burden at work as colleagues are laid off and jobs are cut.
What's your boss or company doing to stop it? We're in a recovery, right? Seeing any signs that your workload is lessening or that management is trying to return to "normal" times with hours and work?
You can help Marketplace and MinnEcon by telling us what you see.
Use this link.
The Marketplace reporters want a national view for their story. But we'll be watching out for Minnesotans who respond.
Posted at 3:09 PM on October 4, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
There's lot of educated guessing in economics and not a lot of time spent looking back to see if those guesses were right.
I'm reminded of that after looking at the latest Creighton University Economic Outlook for Minnesota.
The September report notes recent declines in the Minnesota index but is generally positive. Creighton economist Ernie Goss says:
"During the official national recession, Minnesota lost almost 130,000 jobs. Since the recession officially ended in June 2009, the state has recovered almost 20,000 of the lost jobs. In terms of jobs, I expect the state to return to pre-recession levels of employment by the end of 2011."
That's pretty encouraging. Except, in May he predicted it would take until September 2013 to restore job numbers.
Minnesota's economy has begun adding jobs. Since the beginning of the recession, Minnesota has lost more than 125,000 jobs. Based on the latest state job data and Minnesota's recovery from the 2001 recession, I not expect the state to fully restore these jobs until September 2013.
I remembered the 2013 prediction because I posted on it.
There's been marginal improvement in the overall state economy since May but the employment picture hasn't really improved at all.
We won't learn September's data until numbers are released Oct 21 but it's mind-boggling to think we'll see an upswing sufficient to recoup by the end of 2011 all the jobs lost.
I emailed Goss about the big swing in his prediction on how fast Minnesota will restore jobs lost and got this response:
The turnaround is just a bit stronger than I anticipated. Minnesota has been adding jobs at a somewhat higher pace than I initially expected.I still don't get it. He's no fan of the administration's plan to repeal the Bush tax cuts for the most wealthy Americans. But will that really make the difference in whether 100,000 lost Minnesota jobs are restored in 2011 or 2013?However if Congress and the Administration fail to head off the massive tax increase slated to go into effect on January 1, 2011, I will adjust my outlook downward.
I've emailed Goss again to get some clarity on his analysis.
Meanwhile, I'll take my cue from Dave Senf, labor market analyst for the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development.
In a recent piece -- "The Great Recession lives up to its name" -- Senf looks back at the early 1980s recession and writes:
The unemployment rate after that recession remained above its pre-recession level until the middle of 1986, five years after the recession started and 3½ years after peaking.Even if economic growth exceeds expectations, Minnesota's unemployment rate may take longer to improve than in the past. Today's job market, while gradually improving, is in worse shape than 30 years ago, even though both recessions had a 6.8 percent unemployment rate one year after peaking
Posted at 2:35 PM on September 30, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
I made a pretty good case last year that the early 1980s recession (mine) was worse than the current downturn, but pulled back on that a couple weeks ago when the official word came that this recession is longer than the '80s.
Today, I retreat again.
Newly released research from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development has me convinced that while the state's jobless rate was bad in the early '80s, the overall labor picture in the Great Recession is worse.
Comparing key labor market indicators from the '80s and today, the report concludes, "today's job market, while on the rebound, is weaker than the job market rebound 30 years ago.The labor force expanded faster 30 years ago as stronger job growth drew workers into the labor force."
The reports graphics tell the tale (click on each to get a larger view). The unemployment rate was worse in the last Great Recession:
But the larger labor market conditions bottomed out and bounced back much faster then than today:
And there's no doubt it's been worse the past two years when it comes to initial unemployment claims. "Initial claims doubled during the Great Recession and are still 25 percent higher than pre-recession levels," the report says.
The spike in initial claims three decades ago was smaller, occurred quicker, and faded faster. A higher rate of hiring and a lower rate of layoffs in the 1981-82 recession produced a more robust job recovery than today.
The graph showing the current drop off in the labor force has me particularly vexed.
At MinnEcon, we've reported on the sharp, sudden drop in the state's labor force since April.
Why isn't the improving economy bringing discouraged workers back into the labor force the way experts expected? That's the way it's supposed to work -- things get better and all those folks who gave up start trying again.
We can't answer that yet. But it's worrisome.
Not only has the labor market here been worse than in the early 1980s (I now concede), but the "recovery" is not following the paths we've come to expect coming out of recessions.
To paraphrase the mutual fund industry, past performance is no longer a predictor of future success. Scary.
**********************************************
Got a different view on the job market? Post below or contact us directly at MinnEcon and tell us what you're seeing.
Posted at 2:05 PM on September 22, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Suppose the entire population of Winona disappeared over five months. We'd notice. And we'd ask, what's going on?
Winona's still there. But 32,217 Minnesotans left the state's labor force (sum of the employed plus the unemployed) between April and August. There are guesses why, but no one good explanation. August data show another drop -- not nearly the cliff dive we saw in June and July, but still down.
The crucial question we've been asking: Why isn't the improving economy bringing discouraged workers back into the labor force the way experts expected? That's the way it's supposed to work -- things get better and all those folks who gave up start trying again.
We know the number of state job vacancies is jumping. So where are the workers to fill them?
Minnesota's August labor force participation rate -- the percentage of working age people who have a job or are unemployed and seeking a job -- slipped to 71.8 percent. We haven't see a rate that low here since December 1988.
Online, state seasonally adjusted labor force data go back to 1976. There's never been a drop even close to what we've seen since April. (Click on the chart below for a larger view.)
"There is certainly no single obvious reason for the decline. We can really only speculate at this point," said Kyle Uphoff, assistant labor market information director with Minnesota's Department of Employment and Economic Development.
The reduction in workforce participation obviously runs contrary to what we might expect- people are dropping out of the labor force at the same time that opportunities are being created.One possibility is that there is a mismatch between the skills of the unemployed and the skills required in new jobs.
At our worst point in the recession, the state had lost 50,200 manufacturing jobs. We have gained back only 10,600 of those jobs. We have also lost 34,200 construction jobs -- a bleed which is still continuing.
It is possible that those who have lost jobs in those industries (or others) have simply given up looking for employment if there are no specific job openings requiring their skills. Lacking specific skills to transition to other industries or occupations, such groups may drop out of the labor force.
The alternative explanation, he added, may be more simple.
"The jobless may be going back to school, retiring early or taking care of family until the labor market creates opportunities that use their skills and match their reservation wage."
Why is this a big deal? Towns aren't disappearing and people aren't being kidnapped. But Minnesota's economic success has always been a draw. We don't really expect people to leave Minnesota to look for opportunity.
But that's no longer the case. We've highlighted the ongoing struggles of young adults in the Great Recession and Minnesota's ability to keep its young talent in state.
Tuesday's terrific MPR story on the boom and bust in Isanti County is stunning -- people in the construction trades who built the Twin Cities but can't afford to live here now.
The family recently decided to give up on Minnesota. They're selling everything they can, and next week they will get in their car and head to New Mexico.
Yes, it's just one family. And if the labor force swings back around by year's end, our hand-wringing will be forgotten quickly.
State experts, though, have been worried for more than a year about the future health of Minnesota's economy given what's already projected to be a slow growth, aging workforce.
We've always believed that when the job opportunities return, the people will, too. Right now, that's not the case.
The absolute worst scenario coming out of a recession this bad would be a Minnesota economy where the jobs are here but the people are not.
*****************************************
See something different from what we see? What's the job market look like around you? Post below or contact us directly.
Posted at 12:30 PM on September 20, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
I made a pretty good case last year that the early 1980s recession was worse than the current downturn. But as of today I can no longer complain that my recession was longer.
The official word came this morning -- this Great Recession lasted 18 months, from December 2007 to June 2009. The '81-'82 recession and '73-'75 recession held the prior record for post-WW II recessions at 16 months.
I'm still not ready to give up the idea that things were tougher in the early '80s. Why?
Unemployment was worse. The U.S. unemployment rate topped 9 percent for 18 months. The unemployment rate topped 9 percent in May 2009 and needs to stay that high through November to match the bad old '80s. It's been holding at 9.6 percent in July and August.
Here's a U.S. unemployment graphic from the St. Louis Fed. There's no doubt unemployment is bad in this downturn, but we'll see how it ends up looking compared to the bad old days that started in the late '70s.
Mortgage rates. Inflation was brutal way back then and we all paid a price.
If you're a potential homeowner in 2010, your interest rate for a 30-year fixed mortgage averaged 4.43 percent in August.
We're not sure what that rate will average this month. But we're pretty confident it will come in better than September 1981 -- when you would have paid a rate of 18.16 percent on a mortgage.
Economic activity? Well, this one's a little tougher. Here's a chart of quarterly, seasonally adjusted changes in GDP, inflation adjusted, from the first quarter 1979 to second quarter 2010.
OK, that's a pretty dramatic nose dive in the value of goods and services produced in this country during this recession. But look at those crazy drops in the early 1980s.
I'm going to hold out until December. That's when we'll know the November jobless data. If the unemployment rate is still tracking above 9 percent, it'll be worse (or at least a tie for worst).
Take a look at the data from the 80s and now and share your insights. Which recession is worse?
Posted at 9:24 AM on September 16, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Here's this morning's press release from the Department of Employment and Economic Development.
I'm trolling through it now. A few thoughts:
-- Minnesota construction jobs continue to get hammered, down 2,500 in August; down 8,100 from the same time a year ago and falling much faster compared to the construction sector nationally.
We noted earlier this week the hit construction jobs have taken during the recession.
This chart from the Minnesota Housing Partnership focuses only on residential building jobs, but it's pretty telling about the construction business generally.
Right now, there's not much hope for that trend line and all the people it represents.
-- Manufacturing continues to recover slowly. It lost 200 jobs in August but is up 5,600 from last year. Still, it's a long climb back from the glory days before the recession.
-- Only five of the state's 11 sectors added jobs in August. Professional and business services grew by 4,900 jobs but administrative and support services, which includes temporary help, accounted for most of the growth in this sector.
Experts typically view temp job growth as a positive leading indicator. But we've been seeing that for several months now and wonder when temp jobs will turn into permanent ones.
-- DEED identified 488 green jobs open in the state during the fourth quarter of 2009, most in environmental cleanup, education, regulation, renewable energy and sustainable agriculture.
See anything that jumps out at you in the data?
Posted at 12:20 PM on September 10, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Of all the changes wrought by the Great Recession the past two-plus years, we don't talk nearly enough about how the lousy economy is altering our family structures.
We've taken a run at some of that, looking at how the economy has driven young adults back in with mom and dad and examining the shifting definitions of household breadwinner.
The reality is when a family member takes an economic hit, somebody else must take up the slack.
When it comes to young children, a new national report shows grandparents are increasingly having to take on the role of raising kids.
Surveys by the Pew Research Center show the recession's triggered a spike in the number of children with grandparent caregivers.
Pew notes that while grandparents-as-caregivers is more common among blacks and Hispanics than whites, the sharpest rise since the recession began has been among whites.
The second table shows just how much grandparents have been leaned on during the downturn.
This isn't necessarily a bad thing. Plenty of parents would step in to help their kids no matter the circumstance and would jump at the chance to see their grandkids more often.
But we also know the recession's been unkind to older workers, their livelihoods and retirement portfolios.
Who'll take care of the grandparents?
*******************************
If you're taking caring of a grandchild or working through a changing family structure because of the Great Recession, drop us a line and share a story.
BONUS INFO: Terrific MPR video from earlier this year on the recession creating a return to multi-generational living.
Posted at 11:30 AM on September 3, 2010
by Chris Farrell
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
From chief economics correspondent Chris FarrellWhat a miserable start to the long Labor Day weekend, our yearly national tribute to the American worker. Federal statisticians reported that the nation lost 54,000 jobs in August and the unemployment rate rose a fraction to 9.6 percent. The government's broadest measure of unemployment-and-underemployment-and-marginal-employment also increased to 16.7 percent. While the private sector added 67,000 jobs, the pace of hiring remains anemic thirty-four months after the start of the Great Recession.
That's bad news for the job prospects of most workers. But the unemployment numbers have been positively dire for teenagers, the worst hit group during the Great Recession. The jobless rate for teenagers between 16 and 19 years old was 26.3 percent in August, up from around 15 percent before the recession struck.
Now that the summer is over it's worth taking a closer look at teens and jobs.
It isn't surprising that teens have had a tough time finding work. Who hasn't? And teens by definition don't have many skills to offer wary employers. The hike in the hourly minimum wage from $5.15 in 2007 to $7.25 in 2009 may have hurt a bit. Yet much economic research into the impact of an increase in the minimum wage on employment shows it has had little effect.
Still, the decline in youth employment has been precipitous. A closer look at the numbers suggests it's a tale of two America's: The teenage haves and the teenage have-nots.
For a majority of youngsters the decline in teenage unemployment reflects a long-term trend toward increased investment in schooling. College enrollment rates are at record levels with more than 70 percent of recent high school graduates going to college. That's up roughly 25 percent over the past quarter century. More than half of those ages 16-19 were enrolled in summer school sometime during June through August in 2009, close to three times higher than 20 years earlier, too. Better off parents are willing to pay for extra-curricular activities that may enhance a college resume, such as community service.
The real concern lies with lower income teenagers, especially from African-American and Hispanic families. Minority youths are concentrated in urban areas, while many low-wage entry-level jobs are in the suburbs (think food court). The growing ranks of the poor living in the suburbs tend to congregate in job-sparse low-income neighborhoods, too. Yet car ownership rates are low among the poor and for those dependent on public transit the systems often offer sparse coverage.
The Great Recession has cast a spotlight on the slow, steady erosion in the teenage job market. For those on the middle to upper rungs of the socioeconomic ladder, there's little cause for alarm to the extent that the lack of employment reflects greater investment in education. But the hostile job market is potentially disastrous for the long-term prospects for young adults from low-income families. The financial barriers to college are steep and among some minority groups the high school graduation rate is low, about 55 percent for Hispanics and 51 percent for African Americans. These young adults aren't even learning on-the-job skills that can pay off over a lifetime.
Posted at 11:53 AM on September 2, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Finding work in the Great Recession has been difficult enough. But for the jobs that are out there, what's the recession done to wages?
A look at the newest data from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development show some winners and losers among industries.
Overall, median wages in Minnesota for open jobs have fallen from $11 an hour in the fourth quarter of 2007 at the cusp of recession to $10.19 an hour in the second three months of 2010, about a 7 percent drop.
Public administration saw the biggest cut in wages for open jobs during that period, dropping more than 50 percent to $8 an hour. Median wages for vacancies in mining jumped 40 percent, to $20.23 an hour.
Check out the chart below (click on the chart for a larger view). You find all the historical data here.
For sure, the data isn't perfect.
Take wages in real estate, for instance, where the median wage for vacant jobs stayed the same ($10 an hour) between the fourth quarter of 2007 to the second quarter of 2010.
Had I started with data from the second quarter of 2007, it would have looked like a cliff dive.
For whatever reason in that quarter the median hourly wage for vacant jobs in real estate was $33.65 -- an aberration -- so it would have looked as though wages for vacant real estate jobs had plunged during the recession.
(I chose the fourth quarter of 2007 since the recession began officially in December 2007.)
Check out the historical data and if you see anything surprising or counter intuitive, post below or drop us a line.
BONUS: Here's the MPR News story on the improving picture for job vacancies in Minnesota.
Posted at 9:30 AM on September 1, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
When Minnesota saw a big drop in the state labor force in June, we asked in a half-funny way, "Hey labor force, where you going?"
We wondered why the improving economy wasn't bringing discouraged workers back into the labor force the way experts expected. But we were willing to believe June was an aberration.
Now we're not so sure.
The July data shows another big drop in the labor force. The chart below tracks the monthly Minnesota labor force numbers since the Great Recession began (click on chart for larger image).
June and July mark two straight months where 13,000 Minnesotans left the labor force.
Online, state seasonally adjusted labor force data go back more than 30 years, to 1976. There's never been a two-month drop even close to what we've seen in June and July. (Click on the chart below for a larger view.)
Minnesota's labor force participation rate -- the percentage of working age people who have a job or are unemployed and seeking a job -- was 71.9 percent in July. That's the lowest participation rate since 1989.
More than 30,000 Minnesotans are gone from the labor force since April. That just doesn't happen. Why is it happening now?
State experts have been worried for awhile now about the future health of Minnesota's economy given what's already projected to be a slow growth, aging workforce.
It's all moot, of course, if the August data shows a rebound. But a third month with a double-digit drop in the labor force will need some answers.
Anyone with perspective to share? Post below or drop us a line.
Posted at 1:30 PM on September 9, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Add category, Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator, Saving & spending
Consumer spending's taken a dive in the Great Recession. No jobs means no buying beyond essentials. We've heard that for months from Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network.
Things seem a little better lately, though. Minnesota's jobless rate is holding its own at 6.8 percent and hopefully will drop a bit more when new data arrive next week.
So is that changing the outlook on spending and savings? Not really.
We asked network sources a few weeks ago to take their economic pulse. Things looking better? Spending more? Putting off any big purchases?
The responses we got back tell us many people are still snake-bit when it comes to spending. Many of us still aren't feeling a recovery and those who are aren't ready to write big checks yet for anything that isn't absolutely necessary.
"I am not in a position to save anything," said Betsey Porter of Bloomington. "I have to pay for my (car registration) tabs which went from $35/yr to $219/yr with the purchase of a new used car last year. YIKES!"
Check out the map below to read some of what we heard. The colors indicate how folks summed up their current outlook in mid-August. We got one bleak and one bright. "Holding steady" and "looking better" held the day but enough "worrisome" responses for us to know that the recession is still weighing on our friends and neighbors.
Tell us about your household here and we'll add your responses to the map.
James Allen of Alexandria was among several parents who told us college bills would make it tough to save more this fall.
"I expect my financial situation to worsen," he told us. "I will have two children in college and I will also be going back to school, which means less earning power on my part."
One result: "We are putting off home improvements, especially carpet, shingles and replacing the deck. We have really cut back on non-essential purchases, have been for the better part of a year."
Tom Jorgens of Crookston was among the most optimistic of Minnesotans who shared a story with us.
"I see growing signs of a recovery. Business is increasing again," he wrote. He saw himself able to increase his savings and investments.
National data show the personal savings rate of Americans continues to climb.
Here's a chart by the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis showing personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income since 1970 (click on the chart for a larger view).
You can see savings took a dive in the 2000s but has been rebounding out of the recession.
The personal savings rate dipped to 5.9 percent in July, compared with 6.2 percent in June.
Still, it's light years better than the 1.9 percent recorded in November 2007 -- a month before the recession officially hit.
Here's another St. Louis Fed chart showing household debt payments as a percentage of disposable income. That debt burden continues to plummet. (Click on the chart for a larger view.)
We're hoping that when Minnesota's August jobless data is released next Thursday it shows unemployment falling. Recent news of a jump in job vacancies here is also a positive sign.
Even as a jobs recovery starts to reach more people, though, don't expect our love of leverage to return.
"At this point I'm just trying to pay down some debt and get a little ahead. Anything beyond that is being put off," said Paul Shryer of Eveleth, who said he was holding steady in August and expected about the same this month.
"I will save a bit more," he added, "mostly because I will (be) a bit closer to the surface."
*********************************
What's your household economic outlook? Post below or drop us a line directly.
Posted at 10:20 AM on August 27, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
My colleague Molly Bloom this week has been asking small business sources in MPR's Public Insight Network if the credit crunch is easing.
We want to give MinnEcon readers a chance to weigh in, too.
Nationally, there are a few cautious signs the business credit climate is improving.
The Federal Reserve's newest survey of officers from large banks found standards easing this spring on commercial and industrial loans to small firms for the first time since late 2006.
Click on the Fed chart for a larger, historical view.
![]()
Small firms are those with less than $50 million in annual sales.
That report gave the National Small Business Association hope that conditions were improving, though the group called it only a glimmer and said "access to sufficient credit remains a pronounced concern for America's small-business owners."
Last year MinnEcon got schooled by Minnesota small business people on the challenges of surviving in the recession.
Our sources then were telling us it was difficult to impossible at times in this recession to get the credit needed to run a small businesses.
So tell us now what you're seeing and help us put together future posts and stories.
Are you seeing credit easing? What could help strengthen your business? Post something below or contact us directly.
Posted at 5:00 PM on August 25, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic Lookouts, Jobs & unemployment
MinnEcon note: Teri Gibbons is a Rochester nurse and a MinnEcon economic lookout, sharing stories about the economy around her. In April, she gave us a thumbnail look at Rochester and shared frustrations about the housing market.
In her latest dispatch, she shows us why she's unconvinced that a recovery is underway.
Interested in being an Economic Lookout? Drop us a line.
I've written before about real estate and the job situation so I thought an update of how things have changed in Rochester over the past six months or so was in order. House sales are down almost fifty percent. Considering that sales were already stagnating when I first wrote it is a sad commentary about how our economy is allegedly improving. Three out of every five houses in my neighborhood are for sale and I see that all around town. Some houses are priced so low you would think they'd go fast but the loans just aren't out there due to people not having the higher down payments needed or because their credit rating was destroyed the past two years so rebuilding is like scaling a rocky crevice. The Workforce Center has an increase in persons with degrees -- usually middle age now in that void between getting their kids through college and retiring financially secure -- that are finding themselves overqualified for many jobs or unemployed in their field for so long that they are no longer marketable.The majority of jobs listed in the classifieds are for newspaper delivery or long haul drivers.Nurses living in the area are finding limited jobs but if they go to a website or two headhunters are wooing nurses from all over the US to work, in of all places, the facility they are being told there are no openings at.
Engineers are being laid off but then "consultants" from around the US and other areas of the globe are being brought in to do the job without benefits.
There needs to be another school levy if we are to be able to afford teachers and books but people are feeling tapped out so it is our children that suffer.
Unemployment extensions have almost doubled for this area. Media may project this image of billowing economic success but it is my opinion it is nothing more than an illusion.
Teri Gibbons is a registered nurse in Rochester. She says she's always looking at what's going on around her, trying to be impartial.
Statewide and Southeast Minnesota unemployment rates during the recession (click for a larger view).
![]()
*************************************************
![]()
Want to be an Economic Lookout? Drop us a line.
Posted at 10:17 AM on August 24, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
I have three years until my first kid heads for college and I just assumed I'd be relying on the (remaining) equity in my home to pay for a big chunk of the tuition.
I'm rethinking that now after looking at surprising survey data showing home equity isn't the college financing tool I thought.
The report by Sallie Mae, the national college finance organization, shows home equity makes up only a sliver of the resources used by families to pay for higher education.
Middle-income families used home equity in slightly greater amounts than high-income families. Yet, overall, home equity only paid for 3 percent of the typical middle income family's college cost.That's really surprising to me. For many Americans, their homes represent their largest single asset and so be the likely means to finance a huge purchase, like college.But it's not the case. Here's a breakdown from Sallie Mae's survey data (click on the chart for a larger view).
Scholarships and parent income are paying for college at levels higher than I expected. The report also notes, "Despite another year of sharp increases in college costs, more than half of families continue to pay for college without borrowing."
For those who do borrow, here's a breakdown of the parent borrowing piece (click for a larger view).
![]()
My first thought was that home equity is a small chunk now because equity's taken such a huge hit the past few years. Many people don't have any home equity left to spend for their kids' college.
And yet, Sallie Mae said the use of home equity credit grew this year compared to 2009.
The good news, I suppose, is that there are a lot more options beyond home equity and massive student loan debt to pay for college. Many families are cash-flowing a lot more college expense than I realized, which is encouraging and scary to me at the same time.
How are you paying for college? Doing anything creative or unusual? We know that families who've been hit hard by the recession are asking colleges to boost financial aid.
My colleague Tim Post reported this week that more grandparents are picking up the tab.
His report sparked a cool Facebook debate on whether students are working hard enough to pay their own way.
What's your plan? Post something below or drop us a line and share your knowledge.
Posted at 1:51 PM on August 23, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We got some decent news last week that Minnesota's jobless rate held steady for July at 6.8 percent, although it's been pretty much a given that nationally things still stink for job creation.
But some interesting national data from two sources today suggests that as Labor Day approaches the job picture may be better than we realize.
First up, the Bureau of Labor Statistics lays out an interesting chart showing, "Gross job losses from closing and contracting private sector establishments have steadily decreased, from a recent high of 8.5 million in December 2008 to 6.8 million in December 2009 -- their lowest level since June 1994."
Click on the chart for a larger view.
![]()
Next comes the national outplacement firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas, which takes a look at their data today and concludes, "the job market is well on the road to recovery and that it is rebounding sooner and faster compared to the jobless recoveries that followed the previous two recessions."
Its tracking of planned job-cut announcements shows a "dramatic decline in layoffs since June 2009."(Click on the chart for a larger view.)
Neither the Bureau of Labor Statistics nor Challenger is arguing that things are fine. And one look at this chart from the Federal Reserve bank of Minneapolis confirms this is the harshest post-war recession for employment loss.
Minnesota's most recent data came with some positive signs -- the state's added 29,100 jobs over the past 12 months -- mixed with the reality that construction and other sectors are still struggling badly and job-wise, it's a long climb back.
We're starting to see the same patterns emerge nationally. There are reasons to be optimistic. But optimism doesn't pay the bills.
**********************************
What's your household economy look like for September? Feeling better or worse about your economic prospects? Tell us and help our reporting.
Posted at 10:30 AM on August 31, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
We're perpetually intrigued by entrepreneurs willing to roll the dice and start a business in bad economic times. In prior posts we've focused mostly on data and haven't done enough to explore the stories of individual entrepreneurs.
So today, we're highlighting Greg Jenum, who's going for it. If you're in the same boat, you'll see yourself in his story. If you're thinking about taking the leap, you'll find something of a road map.
Read on.
Jenum, 42, was laid off last summer. He'd been working in sales for a metal fabrication company west of the Twin Cities. After he was cut, he spent several months looking for another sales / operations management job, "but came up with nothing."
What he did have, though, was a degree in industrial engineering and an idea.
Six months before the layoff, he'd started a part-time business out of his basement creating specialty, heavy duty tarps, including fitted coverings for catamarans.
He had some history in this area. "I have worked in manufacturing companies since I was a teenager. My dad is a partner in a similar heavy duty sewing company. That is where my background in this type of manufacturing comes from."
So the layoff brought an opportunity -- a chance to take a trade he knew well and build it into a business.
His company, Atomic Tarp, is running now out of a shop on Highway 7 east of Hutchinson.
We asked him to share a few thoughts about the challenges. "Doing all the work myself," was the first thing he mentioned.
Then he clicked off some more.
I think I was prepared for it but it takes a lot of organization and planning being everything from the janitor, to production, to the president. I am self taught in most of the things I do, including learning to sew.Marketing and getting the word out on the company and our capabilities.
I have created and manage my own website. My younger brother designed the logo and helped setup the initial site.Living lean and supporting a family of 7 (5 boys ages 14 -4). My wife has a part time job at the middle school.
I have spent the past 10 years or so moving myself into different positions within companies (Engineer, project manager, operations manager, sales, marketing) to give myself the experience of eventually owning my own company.
So the first thing to take away from Jenum's experience in starting a new business -- do something you know.
The second thing to take away: Find a local funding partner.
Jenum said about 70 percent of the funding for Atomic Tarp was done through a local bank. The remainder came through a less likely source: the Southwest Initiative Foundation, a non-profit that among other things makes micro loans of up to $35,000 to businesses in western Minnesota counties.
The foundation loan helped him move the business out of his basement and into a shop and buy more equipment. It's also provided him with a business consultant once a month with classes throughout the year.
Bernadette Berger, the foundation's micro enterprise program coordinator, ran some numbers for us that indicate there are others like Jenum trying the same thing.
I just ran our statistics to get new numbers of unemployed that received a loan from us to date, since July 1st, 2009 (the beginning of our last fiscal year).We have made 30 micro-loans since 7/1/09, and 9 of those loans were to people that had lost their jobs to the recession. (Two of those 9 were to one borrower).
Those loans were all made last fall and last winter. Right now the job market has probably picked up locally for the summer, so we are not seeing many unemployed coming to us to start a business.
Because of what happened with the recession and layoffs, most of our loans were made to male owned / managed businesses (23 of 30 loans, or 76%).
Over the 9 full years we have had the program, our portfolio had typically been made up of 60-65% loans to women, and 35-40% loans to men.
Because of the recession, more of the layoffs seemed to affect men, and more of the wives still had jobs (and are holding tight to them), thus the switch in our portfolio statistics.
There are some interesting cross-currents when we talk about entrepreneurs and recession.
The national outplacement firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas said recently its survey of job seekers showed only 3.4 percent opting to start a business in the first three months of 2010 and 3.9 percent in the second three months -- the lowest two-quarter average since the firm began tracking in 1986.
Its headline: LOWEST START-UP RATE ON RECORD AS JOBS, FRAGILE ECONOMY DETER ENTREPRENEURISM
On the flipside, we have data from the Minneapolis Fed showing the rates of new business formation in Minnesota, at least, stayed consistent despite the economy.
Jenum acknowledges it's been a slow start at Atomic Tarp, "as I have been trying to establish our own line of heavy duty sewn products, along with landing some consistent production contract sewing business. The summer has been better as this is the sailing season in the US and many purchase their replacement parts (catamaran trampolines) that we make here.
Jenum's reluctant to pass on advice at this point to would-be entrepreneurs.
"There is a lot of stress and uncertainty with being self employed. There is also a great deal of satisfaction in having shaped the business out of a few ideas, experience and good old hard work."
The long term plan, he says, is to "keep the company small (4-8 employees) and manufacture high quality, heavy duty products that are built to last."
Maybe the most important ingredient: "My wife has been very supportive and trusting that I can pull this off."
***********************************
Got a story or some insights to share about entrepreneurs or start-ups in Minnesota during the recession? Drop us a line.
Posted at 11:21 AM on August 21, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've been asking Minnesotans the past couple weeks to tell us their economic outlook for September. We'll be posting responses and stories next week and wanted to give MinnEcon readers one more chance to weigh in.
Take a minute and tell us how you're feeling about the economy. How will that affect your spending and saving decisions for September?
We've been pretty glum generally on this recovery, though we were a bit encouraged by the latest data showing Minnesota's unemployment rate holding steady in July and still better than the nation.
Economist Louis Johnston gave us a good read on why the state and national rates are on different paths.
Here's your chance to give us a look at the economy as you see it.
Are you feeling better about September?
All thoughts welcome. Post something below or use our handy form.
Posted at 7:47 AM on August 18, 2010
by Molly Bloom
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic stimulus, Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
As of March 2009, Minnesota had just 286 homes and businesses with solar installations, according to Department of Commerce data (on par with Wisconsin but well short of California's 60,000).
But a new Iron Range solar manufacturing project is set to give the state's energy mix a sunnier disposition. Silicon Energy, a Washington-based manufacturing company, is turning an old Iron Range mine dump just outside of Virginia, MN into a solar panel manufacturing plant early next year.
This plant will be the first business at the 40-acre site, which Mountain Iron hopes will be come a thriving renewable energy park. Silicon Energy says funding from the Iron Range Resources Board and incentives for Minnesotans to install solar panels were big factors in their decision to come to Minnesota.
Silicon Energy will be the 14th solar component maker in the state, according to the Minnesota Solar Energy Industries Association. That's far fewer than the hundreds of solar companies operating in states like California, but it's progress - and jobs.
Jennifer Hawkins, Renewable Energy and Clean Technology Industry Specialist with DEED, says that they're focusing on supporting development of the solar industry supply chain. So when companies like Silicon Energy are looking for a place to land they see Minnesota's healthy solar ecosystem as friendly place to be.
Not only are Minnesotans manufacturing more solar components in the state, we're installing more too, thanks in part to government incentives and Xcel Solar Rewards.
Public Insight Network source Daniel Williams is the vice president of Powerfully Green, a solar installation company. Williams says he's seen a serious uptick in business over the past year, especially during the last six months.
No wonder. It's hardly an explosion of activity, but it's still impressive: In the last five months alone, 250 new homes and businesses have been approved to receive solar installation rebates with another 104 requests still under consideration. That's nearly double the number in the state as of March 2009.
Xcel spokeswoman Patty Nystuen says there have been an additional 27 solar installation projects completed through their Solar Awards and another 150 likely to be completed by late fall.
Have you installed a solar project - or considered it? Post something below or drop us a line to share your experience.
Photos from CERTs via Flickr.
Posted at 3:17 PM on August 18, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
From economist Louis Johnston, St. John's University | College of St. Benedict(8/19 UPDATE: Minnesota's July rate came in at 6.8 percent, unchanged from June.)
The unemployment rate has behaved very differently in Minnesota than in the nation as a whole.
National unemployment rose above 9 percent in May 2009, reached a peak of 10.1 percent in October 2009, and fell to 9.5 percent in July 2010.
By contrast, Minnesota's unemployment rate peaked in May and June 2009 at 8.4 percent and fell steadily since then. (Click on the chart for a larger view.)
Why have the state and national labor markets behaved so differently?
A good place to start is to examine types of unemployment and examine their causes. Economists divide unemployment into three broad varieties: frictional unemployment, structural unemployment, and cyclical unemployment.
The function of the labor market is to match available jobs with available workers. If all jobs and workers were the same, or if the set of jobs and workers were static and unchanging, this matching process would be quick and easy.
In the real world, however, this process takes time and thus workers will be unemployed while firms and workers try to make good matches.
This process creates two types of unemployment even when the economy is operating at normal levels. Frictional unemployment is the short-term unemployment associated with this process. Structural unemployment is the long-term and chronic unemployment created by long-term mismatches.
By contrast, cyclical unemployment is the extra unemployment that occurs during a recession. Recession-induced declines in sales force firms to reduce their hiring and even fire currently employees.
The unemployment rate was about 5 percent in the U.S. and Minnesota before the recession. Almost all of this unemployment was either frictional or structural.
Since December 2009, frictional, structural, and cyclical unemployment have all risen.
It is too early to say with certainty why Minnesota has been done better than the nation as a whole. However, when the dust settles it will probably be because of two factors.
First, cyclical unemployment likely fell more rapidly in Minnesota than in the rest of the country.
The 2008 and 2009 stimulus plans in may have had a bigger effect on Minnesota than on the national economy. Or, the mix of Minnesota industries might have recovered more quickly from the financial crisis of 2008 than did other state economies.
Second, structural unemployment did not rise as much in Minnesota as it did nationally.
For instance, the collapse of General Motors, Chrysler, and to a lesser extent Ford decimated labor markets Michigan, Ohio, Wisconsin, Illinois, and Indiana.
Many of these jobs are never coming back, and this will keep structural unemployment high in these areas.
The collapse of the housing bubble also contributes to structural unemployment, since building activity will probably not approach mid-2000s levels for many years.
Carpenters, electricians, and the like will have a difficult time matching their skills with available openings; in many cases, these job-seekers may have to leave this sector and retrain for work in other industries.
Johnston teaches economics at St. John's University and the College of St. Benedict and is a regular voice on MPR News.
Posted at 1:00 PM on August 19, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic Lookouts, Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
Brent Olson is a Big Stone County commissioner who keeps a close eye on the western Minnesota economy. In May, he told us about spotting some hopeful economic signs in his hometown of Clinton.
In this latest post, he tries a cool experiment. "In one pleasant evening when we had a house full of people...I asked them to tell me what they wanted to about the economy."
The result: short videos that open a window on how our friends and neighbors are doing in the recession.
Given today's economic news, I thought this was a great time to post these. Minnesota's July jobless rate came in at 6.8 percent, unchanged from June.
The data came with some positive signs -- Minnesota has added 29,100 jobs over the past 12 months -- mixed with the reality that construction and other sectors are still struggling badly and job-wise, it's a long climb back.
The recent gathering at Olson's house offered a range of views and experiences on the state's labor market, which intrigued him. He wanted to get their unfiltered accounts.
"The guests ranged from a 17 year old about to be a high school senior who needed more hours (working) at the nursing home to a University of Minnesota employee with a PhD and a statewide staff," he told us.
Check out Olson's videos, then post your thoughts below. Tell us what you're seeing in this economy.
Interested in being an Economic Lookout? Contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Olson is a western Minnesota writer and Big Stone County commissioner
*************************************************
![]()
Want to be an Economic Lookout? Drop us a line.
Posted at 8:51 AM on August 17, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
MinnEcon note: Aaron Brown last week talked about his concerns that policy makers were hoping again the Iron Range's mineral wealth would save its economy.
With Minnesota's July jobless data due out Thursday, we wanted to come back to Aaron one more time.
In his latest Economic Lookout piece, he notes how the political talk about "jobs, jobs, jobs" sometimes seems like a crutch. The conversation, he says, needs to shift to "how do we create jobs without giving away the store...without bankrupting our local government units.
"It's a challenge that people here in the Iron Range are becoming more familiar with."
Check out his video then post your thoughts below.
Interested in being an Economic Lookout? Contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Aaron Brown writes the MinnesotaBrown blog. He teaches communication at Hibbing Community College.
*************************************************
![]()
Want to be an Economic Lookout? Drop us a line.
Posted at 7:48 AM on August 16, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota's newest jobless numbers will be out Thursday and we'll see if July unemployment stays below 7 percent.
But as we wait for the new data, we want to know: Is your household feeling a recovery yet?
Take a minute and tell us how you're feeling about the economy. How will that affect your spending and saving decisions for September?
It's an odd time. The economy seems to be improving. Minnesota's June jobless rate came in at 6.8 percent. But it still didn't feel like a recovery as the state disclosed more than 14,000 Minnesotans left the workforce that month.
Answering a few general questions about your household's economic forecast will help make our economy reporting smarter.
All thoughts welcome. Post something below or use our handy form.
We'll share responses in posts next week.
Posted at 10:51 AM on August 6, 2010
by Chris Farrell
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
From chief economics correspondent Chris FarrellThe recovery is intact, but it's subdued. That's what the latest employment report tells us. Taking into account the figures released by government statisticians this morning the economy has added 654,000 jobs so far this year. A majority of the job creation has come from the private sector. There are some glimmers of heartening news in the report. Specifically, the work week lengthened, wages ticked up a fraction, and private sector job growth more than doubled from the previous month. It reinforces the growing belief among economists and on Wall Street that the ominous prospect of a double dip recession is receding.
Still, it's going to take a long time for the job market to come back to life. That's the dismaying message in two created by Michael Greenstone and Adam Looney of the Hamilton Project at the Brookings Institution.
The first chart shows that the U.S. is recovering from the worst labor market in 60 years. The scholars look at the employment-population ratio--the ratio of the number of people employed to the total working age population--of the various recession since the end of the Second World War. The employment-to-population ratio is a broader measure of labor market health than the unemployment rate. By this measure, the U.S. is pretty sick.
The second chart is truly frightening. It suggests how long it might take to bring jobs back to their pre-recession level. So, if future job creation averages 208,000 a month--the average monthly job creation for the best year in the 2000s--it will take 11.5 years or 140 months to reach that goal. A more optimistic scenario is to take the best year of the 1990s. It would take "only" 5 years to close the job gap. It's worth staring at the chart.
My own sense is that companies will pick up their hiring in coming months, but nowhere near a record pace. The big driver of hiring will be lush corporate profits. "Pofits create jobs and profits continue to be the bright light in this recovery," says James Paulson, chief investment officer at Wells Capital Management. Lets hope business starts putting out the job-wanted signs soon.
Posted at 4:59 PM on August 5, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Ask Minnesotans these days why they work multiple jobs and you'll hear answers from fun money to desperate need.
Moonlighting has long been a big deal in the Upper Midwest. New data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics confirm that but also offer a deeper look at the role it plays in good economies and bad.
Moonlighting appears to be recession-proof.
Here's a BLS chart showing multiple job holders by state. (Click on the chart for a larger view.)
Minnesota is number four, with moonlighters representing 9 percent of total state employment last year. South Dakota (10.3%), North Dakota (9.8%) and Nebraska (9.5%) were the top states.
The second chart shows moonlighting has stayed at a pretty consistent pace in good economies and bad (Click for a larger view).
"Multiple job holding in the Upper Great Plains has been very common, even given different economic circumstances," says Richard Rathge, director of the North Dakota State Data Center who's studied the issue.
Some of that has to do with agriculture where folks are working several jobs because of seasonality. In addition, in rural areas wages are often low so some folks are picking up extra jobs to maintain a desired standard of living.When you consider that North Dakota's unemployment rate fluctuates very little relative to the nation, that suggests (moonlighting) is more due to structural issues (low wages, seasonal work) rather than shifts in the economy.
We asked Dave Senf, labor market analyst with the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development to share some thoughts on the BLS report. He's written before on the topic and gave us the heads-up on the new BLS data.
He thinks the averages may be underestimating the number of Minnesota's multiple job holders.
If you take the 8.8 percent and 9 percent (Minnesota moonlighting) rates which are annual rates and apply it to total annual employment ... multiple jobholders on an annual average were 244,622 and 245,852.The annual estimate (244,622 and 245,852) gives the lowest estimate of workers who some time during the year had more than one job... Four persons each who hold a full-time job all year but who hold a second job for only one quarter each year would be counted up as one multiple jobholder on an annual average basis.
So a lot more than 244,622 workers probably held more than one job sometime during 2008.
Earlier this year, we checked in with Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network about the pros and cons of working two or more jobs. Click on the icons below to read what they told us.
One other surprising nugget: The BLS report. indicates moonlighting increases with education: "Among workers age 25 and older, those with less than a high school diploma had a low multiple jobholding rate (2.4 percent). The rate was much higher (7.0 percent) for workers with an advanced degree..."
Workers whose main job was in education, public administration or health services were the most likely to be moonlighting. Makes sense that teachers, firefighters and others with flexible schedules would be most likely to pick up second jobs.
That doesn't mean they want to, of course. BLS noted that in 2004, the last time the question was asked, only 18 percent said they took second jobs for enjoyment. The majority wanted extra money or needed to pay down debt.
Leah Wilkes of Minneapolis moonlights as a cafe server 10 to15 hours a week to supplement her full time University of Minnesota job. She does it to pay bills and for a little fun money and said she likes working more than one job.
"With the serving, it's always a way to have cash in pocket and also, it keeps my body moving," she told us in March. I have been working in bars and restaurants for 20 years and sitting at a desk is difficult. I get my benefits from my job at the U, so I am in a better position than many in the service industry who don't have health or dental insurance."
On the downside, she added: "I'm tired."
Posted at 12:46 PM on August 3, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Here's my bias when it comes to Minnesota's new Angel Tax Credit: Minnesota's already a better state for business than many realize. And I'm skeptical of any efforts to use tax policy to keep or attract businesses.
That said, I wanted some perspective on the new credit from a potential investor. Tim Huebsch fills that bill.
Huebsch is among the first seven folks certified as eligible to receive the angel tax credit for a qualified investment.
A source in MPR's Public Insight Network , Huebsch's been writing and commenting recently on the credit.
Huebsch works full time in information technology. He said this was his first foray into angel investing. He paid the $350 fee and is now certified to get the credit if and when he does invest.
"You look back at some of the really successful companies we've seen come through the Twin Cities, each one started out as a small start-up," he said. "If we can spur additional ones ... that's really building the next generation of companies."
Supporting those new-idea companies is important, he added, "especially in an economy now where it's awfully hard to get lending through traditional financial institutions....it's bringing us in line with what Wisconsin has done. It will spur some interest and discussion in the field of high tech.
The credit provides financial breaks to individual investors or funds that invest in high tech start-ups or young companies -- up to $125,000 per year per individual investor.
State officials approved $11 million for tax credits for 2010 and $12 million for each year for 2011 to 2014.
So far 15 businesses have been certified as potential credit recipients
(I'd love to know more about these businesses and their plans, by the way. Drop me a line if you can add an insight.)
For me, one of the key questions is it worth the money? How do you judge that? Jobs?
Return on investment is obviously an important goal for an investor. But Huebsch also views it as a way to test a concept, a pilot program to see if the incentive works.
I'm encouraged by the fact that we're trying something and doing it at a responsible level."
What's your take on the Angel Tax Credit? Post something below or drop us a line and keep the conversation going.
Posted at 3:00 PM on July 30, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Seems like each time we write a story about a Minnesotan finding work , we're confronted with a batch of worrisome data and stories of struggle.
That's the case today. New data shows the national economy hobbling along -- growing, but not at a pace that will trigger the burst of new job growth we've been expecting.
Sources in our Public Insight Network have been reminding us that a recovery without jobs isn't much of a recovery.
While things are looking up for people with work, it's a continual battle for the jobless, one that will worsen as unemployment benefits and other aid expire.
"The odds are horrible," said Pam Pommer, a Network source from Bloomington, one of more than 20 Network sources who checked in with us on their job search and told us what it's like out there.
"I applied for an office job at the city of Bloomington and there were about 300 other applicants, and we were first screened by a 100-question, multiple choice test," Pommer told us. "The pay being offered by many jobs is horrible and online applications and responses keep the process so impersonal."
She's been able to keep health coverage in the recession by the federal COBRA subsidy . "That has been a lifesaver for me. But that will run out in a couple of months."
Click on the map icons below to read what Pommer and others in our Network told us about the job market when we asked, "How's it going?"
Unemployment-wise, Minnesota's doing better than the nation. But that's no comfort to those who cannot find steady work. The new federal unemployment benefits extension won't help some long-term jobless folks and it seems to be creating more confusion.
"The 'extension,' only secures the transition from one tier to the next for those who have not yet exhausted the three tiers and the extended benefit (or fourth tier) of unemployment benefits. I'm in the fourth tier - and when the fourth tier expires, so do my benefits," said Kristine Holmgren, a Network source from Minneapolis.
"So I'm good for about four more weeks and then the ceiling falls in on me -- as it already has on millions of other Americans."
The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis offers a telling graphic on how lame the jobs rebound is in this recession compared to others. Here's their look at changes in Minnesota unemployment in this recession compared to others.
The (appropriately) gray line shows just how how much the job market has tanked in this recession compared to downturns past. I still believe the 80 and 81 recessions were worse. But as this recovery limps along, I'm less convinced.
Keith Nelson told us his graphics career took a hit in the recession and hasn't come back.
"I have found occasional short stints, but nothing lasting more than a few weeks," said Nelson, a Network source from Minneapolis.
As I have now totally exhausted my unemployment funds, the lack of any predictable income is causing me a lot of stress...it has been a rare occurrence that I even get a notice that a position has been filled by someone else when the job is in the graphics field.
Basically, he said, it's "very much like throwing applications down a black hole. The job market is so dry that it is hard to convince myself to even try."
*****************************************
What are you seeing in the Minnesota job market? Post something below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Posted at 11:45 AM on July 28, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've met and talked to a lot of Minnesotans -- too many -- struggling with job loss and all the pain that comes with it. So when those who've shared stories with us find jobs, we want to make sure we highlight it.
Tom Koller's one of those folks we didn't want to forget.
An unemployed machinist, he started letting us track his efforts to retrain for a post-recession world.
Last fall, he wrote:
I was a PC tech (several years ago). The industry pretty much died. I did some driving and machinist work. The machine I was taught is not used now. I was laid off for lack of work.I now need a current certification to get a job in a significantly changed computer industry.
The (Dislocated Worker) program is an effort in progress for me. I am turning 50. I am looking for help from them to get schooling to re-qualify myself for computer work.
By January, he'd been retrained and was ready. But he was still looking for work. It was an unvarnished lesson: retraining doesn't mean a new economy job is waiting. It's a fact that's come to the surface nationally this spring.
When Koller did find work it wasn't anything that matched his training.
He'd taken a job -- "no skill or education required" -- picking up and delivering cable TV and internet equipment. With his unemployment benefits exhausted and savings nearly gone, this was his best option.
So here's the good news. Koller dropped us a line recently to tell us he found work. Not exactly what he trained for, but something connected to technology. He's working for a company the refurbishes laser printers.
He'd interviewed with the company a year earlier, he told us. "They told me then that they chose someone else that was about as qualified as me, but had more recent experience. But I was choice number two."
He got hired recently when they needed another technician.
At this point he says he's finally making money "equal to what unemployment paid with the cable job."
And for as much trouble as the Great Recession has caused him, it's worth noting that the refurb work he's been hired for jumps during hard economic times.
Stepping back, looking at where he's been in the past couple years, Koller offers this advice on the jobless journey.
Know your limits, skill, money, education. Figure out new ways to use your limits. Know that to survive, you may not be able to live as you did.Do not waste time looking for jobs that do not fit your qualifications, even low pay ones. If it is a job everyone is qualified for, everyone is applying. You are gambling on your future, the only thing you can count on, is that things can get worse. Plan to prevent this.
****************************************
MinnEcon's all about sharing the stories of Minnesotans in this economy. Every smarter makes us all a little smarter. Tell us your story about the economy.
Posted at 11:36 AM on July 27, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've been intrigued with some unusual research out of the University of Minnesota examining our brains, feelings and motivations when we're out of work.
On the day we posted, the Pew Research Center published some equally fascinating stuff about the emotional toll extracted from people who want jobs but can't find one.
The national research group calls it, "Lost Income, Lost Friends -- and Loss of Self- respect."
The U study, which followed Minnesotans trying to find work, together with the Pew surveys, have us thinking we need to do more to look at the human side of being unemployed.
Among people who've been unemployed at least six months, 44 percent said the recession has cause "major changes" in their lives. We're not talking positive changes.
On MPR's Minnesota Today site, my colleague Mike Caputo has opened a discussion thread on the emotional roller coaster that is on the job search.
Please jump in and share your experience. The more we know, the smarter we get. Try Minnesota Today, post something below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
After reading the U research, we reached out to Tom Koller, a Minnesotan in MPR's Public Insight Network who's been letting us follow his journey through unemployment and retraining via the Minnesota workforce programs.
Koller was laid off as a machinist in 2008, he's been navigating state programs for job seekers to become a computer network administrator. He got a job after months of working through the state retraining system -- but not the one he was training for.
We asked him to take a look a the U research abstract and offer some thoughts.
I would think it's obvious, that at times people need a break from stress. A break with a positive attitude is more effective than when you are depressed. Also, having a routine to cover all bases in a job search works to keep the breaks from becoming excessive.My routine started with checking email, responding to urgent ones, then checking for new listings and responding accordingly. There were times I would find none. That is when I would start studying. If there were listings, I would follow up. As for study, I would go until my brain hit the day's limit and then I was done.
One important thing for me, was to focus on search sources that were easy to use. That pretty much was Craigslist. Focused and eternally updated.
I didn't apply to everything. That is demoralizing in itself.
The other side to that, is it is a hiring market right now. You will not get a job you do not fit.
An accountant will not be considered for a job digging ditches, the odds on having the needed strength and endurance are low. A ditch digger will not be considered for an accounting job because there are plenty of certified and experienced people available. So don't waste time looking for work you are not qualified for.
I looked for work I had done, then closely related work, then the related positions I was training for. All initially with good pay. The best I did was come up in second place. But when the second unemployment extension was looking iffy, and I was low on funds, I looked for low pay work. I found work quickly that touched on several past jobs, using the experience in new ways.
Then just as I started making money equal to unemployment on the pay-per-piece job, my earlier second place became good enough.
We'll be posting something separately later on Koller's new work.
Given the topic, though and the frustrations that surface in the U and Pew surveys, we wanted to give the last word to someone who's lived it.
"My best advice," said Koller: "Know your limits, skill, money, education. Figure out new ways to use your limits. Know that to survive, you may not be able to live as you did."
Posted at 11:01 AM on July 26, 2010
by Chris Farrell
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
From chief economics correspondent Chris FarrellAfter a long fight Congress recently extended unemployment benefits for the long-term unemployed. Nevertheless, the debate exposed a fascinating discussion in economics. It also highlighted the need to avoid simplistic economic concepts.
The economic argument against extending the nation's unemployment benefits is simple: Increasing the length of unemployment benefits has the perverse effect of increasing a spell of unemployment. The opponents aren't hard-hearted. It's simple economics.
Here's how Arthur Laffer, chairman of Laffer Associates and a leading supply-sider, illustrated the idea on the editorial page of the Wall Street Journal:
On the face of it, the idea that higher unemployment benefits won't lead to more unemployment doesn't make much sense. Imagine what the unemployment rate would look like if unemployment benefits were universally $150,000 per year. My guess is we'd have a heck of a lot more unemployment. Common sense and personal experience indicate higher unemployment benefits will make unemployment less unattractive and thereby increase unemployment even in the Great Recession.
But the idea is anything but simple, even though most economists would agree that logic suggests a trade-off. (However, no one is making $150,000 on unemployment insurance--far from it.) But a new generation of economic research suggests the impact is relatively small. For instance, a 2000 study by economists David Card and Phillip Levine found that a 13 week extension leads to a one week increase in the average number of weeks of unemployment insurance collected by workers.
Even more important when thinking through an economic question like this is to weigh the costs against the benefits. For example, unemployment insurance allows families to keep up their consumption; the unemployed tend to spend most of the money they get, a boost to the economy in times of trouble; and unemployment insurance allows workers to search for a job that fits their skills better than simply settling for anything that pays. Harvard University economist Raj Chetty offers a slide show that goes through our existing knowledge of the trade-offs when it comes to unemployment insurance.
For example, he highlights a single earner with children and no savings. Without any unemployment insurance the parent is forced to make difficult choices to put food on the table and pay the bills, perhaps spending little time with her children or skipping medica their medical appointments. For this parent, unemployment insurance will increase the length of unemployment as she chooses to spend more time with children and to search more efiiciently and patiently for a good job. But this increase in duration is not a negative effect generated by distorted work incentives. It's a net benefit of having more cash on hand.
Here's the net result, according to Chetty:
*Evidence shows that even in normal times the benefits of unemployment insurance are large relative to work disincentive costs
*The benefits of unemployment insurance are likely to be larger in this deep, long recession. That's especially true for the long-term unemployed because of depleted assets, the collapse of credit markets, and risk of foreclosure
*The work disincentive effect of unemployment insurance is likely to be smaller than usual now with the great recession and slow recovery. People likely to take any job they can get.
*So, weighing costs against benefits, extending unemployment insurance further in current economy would significantly increase economic welfare
In other words, economics says Congress did the right thing and isn't stimulating joblessness. .
Posted at 11:50 AM on July 23, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
MinnEcon note: Dave Peters directs MPR's Ground Level project, a cool local journalism effort. He gave us a heads-up on a dispatch from Nancy Leasman, a Ground Level blogger in Todd County.
Nancy found a neat story about a Todd County business -- a barrel maker that can't find the workers it needs to grow.
It's a small reminder that while we wring our hands about high tech jobs and training, there are still jobs out there that rely on ancient skills and apprentice workers.
Here's her report.
Earlier this week, I had a lovely conversation with this area's only coopers. Yes, Todd County has a barrel making business: Black Swan Cooperage, just north of Clotho, next to the Berkness Sawmill. Heidi and Russ Karasch sat down with me and I learned about the fascinating history and present day job of barrel making.
I'll be writing about the cooperage for print publications but one of the Karaschs' comments really hit me as I look into the future of this county. They said that they can't find employees here in Todd County.
Historically, becoming a cooper required a seven year apprenticeship. Apprentices received a small amount of pay but since they started young, often around 14 (which Heidi did as she learned the trade from her father), by the time they were ready to start a family, they had a living wage.
Black Swan Cooperage pays a living wage; starting pay is $10 / hour. With modern day mechanization of parts of the process, it takes about two years to become a good cooper. The cooperage invests in its employees by teaching the necessary skills.
According to a recent MPR essay, our society has so emphasized education and technology that the number of skilled artisans is at an all time low. The essayist suggested a return to valuing the skills of hand work. But, are young people willing to take on the physical labor that goes with hand work?
The Karasches recently hired six new employees. Only one showed up on the first day of work. They don't know why the others didn't arrive for work. They tried to hire non-English speaking workers but found the communication barrier a stumbling block in crafting barrels.
This is one small example but what would this mean if it becomes a trend? What happens to an aging county if the work force is unwilling or unavailable to support the local economy?
Posted at 1:50 PM on July 22, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Anxiety is a natural consequence of being unemployed. Regular MinnEcon readers know we've heard some harrowing tales of life in the recession.
But there's some unusual research out of the University of Minnesota that examines our brains, feelings and motivations when we're out of work.
Maybe the most interesting takeaway: A good day of job searching -- and good feelings that come from it -- can be hazardous.
While it might make you feel good, the U research shows you're likely to use it as a reason to back off.
7/23 UPDATE: Minnesota Public Radio's Mike Caputo has opened a discussion thread on this issue at MPR's Minnesota Today site. Please jump in and share your experience.
We're reading through the study -- "The Job-Search Grind: Perceived Progress, Self-Reactions, and Self-Regulation of Search Effort -- which is set for publication in next month's issue of the The Academy of Management Journal.
We're also trying to talk to one of the study's authors, U prof Connie R. Wanberg, for some additional questions. If we do we'll post more.
The study and the quotes from Wanberg provided by The Academy of Management Journal, though, are pretty fascinating.
"The standard advice to the unemployed," Dr. Wanberg observes, "is to treat a job search like a full-time job. Yet, only about 7% of our sample devoted six hours or more daily looking for work, while over 60% devoted a half day or less. True, research has not determined how many hours a week is optimal, but it has shown that the more hours per week or per day one devotes to a job search, the greater one's chances of finding a job.In any event, spending three or four hours a day or less certainly doesn't amount to a full-time effort."
Wanberg also warns that job seekers tends to "take breaks after progress in their search. Some individuals have a tendency to put 'all of their eggs in one basket,' and presume after applying for and researching a given job that they can take time off, because they are convinced they will get that particular job."
At MinnEcon, we've talked to lots of unemployed people over the course of a year. We're sharing the findings with some of those folks to see if it matches up with what they went through.
If you have some thoughts, post below or contact us directly at MinnEcon.
One final piece of advice from the study:
"Unemployed job-hunters tend to let up after a day of progress and positive feelings, whether the individuals involved are strongly goal-oriented or not," comments Prof. Wanberg. "The big difference is seen after a bad day: people who are strongly goal-oriented shake off the blues and blahs and forge ahead more than ever the next day, while individuals less able to rise above those feelings let their efforts lag. Unemployed job-seekers do well to keep two truths in mind: a job search is a bit of a roller coaster and it's important to keep an emotional balance."
Our own poor work habits and procrastination compelled us to skim the report and use the good stuff from the press release. But we're digging now and when we get more we'll post again.
Make us all a little smarter. Drop us a line and tell us what day-to-day unemployed life is like for you or someone you know.
*************************************
Note: We came across this research after reading a post on the Wall Street Journal website.
Posted at 1:07 PM on July 19, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
We've been looking and thinking recently about entrepreneurs in Minnesota.
We wanted to try to keep that discussion going and wanted to hear from Minnesotans who've taken the leap. They're self employed. Some are rolling the dice as older entrepreneurs in a recession.
None of it's easy. Many of the sources in MPR's Public Insight Network who responded to our query on entrepreneurs weren't making a ton of money from their independent gig and still held on to a job that could pay the bills.
(Tell us your story.)
"I have an office management business but currently have no clients. I also raise German Shepherds dogs but can't afford to buy a new male so there are puppies,"
said Suzette Riches, a Network source from Holloway in western Minnesota.
"I work one day a month as a finance manager for a manufacturing company," she added. "Without social security and unemployment, I would not be able to live."
Click on the map icons below to read what dozens of other Minnesotans told us about the dreams and realities of being self-employed.
Philip Lacher of Brooklyn Park told us about working full time while trying to pursue his wood carving passion as a small business.
After I came back from Iraq I really delved into my wood carving as a hobby. I had been carving since the age of 12 when my grandmother taught me. However, it really helped me with my transition back to civilian life in that I was able to relax and focus on creating something, rather than breaking/destroying something.During my transition, someone stated that many vets coming home start their own businesses, because they want to be in control of their own work lives, rather than doing some other person's bidding. Someone in my family suggested I start selling my carvings, so going online was the logical next step. It required very little in terms of start up costs, as I already had most of my tools already.
This business does not sustain me, but really helps support my wood carving. My dream job would be to open up a shop on the North Shore and carve full time. However, with the economy the way it is I really have no illusions that someone buying something artistic is much lower on the totem pole.
There's been a healthy discussion lately about how entrepreneurial we really are in Minnesota.
Much of that discussion, though, has been tied to high tech business creation. Minnesota has a new "angel tax credit" providing tax incentives to investors willing to take a risk on high tech start-ups.
But should we paying more attention and doing more to support the entrepreneurs that are helping rebuild the economy but don't have the sexiest business?
A lot of the folks we've heard from are people with great plans who might not get the attention they deserve. People like Chuck Waibel from Milan.
"We run a winter-only CSA (community sponsored agriculture business) operated out of a special greenhouse that I designed," he wrote us.
My wife still has a full-time job, and I two part-time ones. In the next few years we intend to transition to complete self-employment.Our business is unique, offering fresh Minnesota vegetables in the winter. We also have published a book on our efforts, and have spoken widely in the Mid west and Canada on our techniques.
We plan to greatly expand our efforts- it's just a matter of time, funding and effort.
Why's he doing it?
"We saw a need that wasn't being met,"Waibel said, "and realized that it was our task to meet it."
But "everything, from insurance to supplies, assumes that a person is in effect indentured to some big corporation," he added. "We can work around this, but it's annoying."
Tell us what you're seeing when it comes to small business, entrepreneurs and the self-employed dream. Post below or contact us directly.
BONUS INFO:
The research group EMSI. recently looked at the number of micro businesses by state for 2007. Here's their graphic showing the states with the greatest and smallest percentages of micro (fewer than 10 employees) and small businesses (click on the graphic for a larger view).
![]()
Minnesota came in with 72.6% micro businesses, just below the national average.
Posted at 12:19 PM on July 15, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The most surprising data coming out of today's Minnesota June jobless report is the fact that some 14,000 Minnesotans left the labor force during the month.
What's that about?
Some of it's due to the end of 3,700 temporary Census jobs.
But the improving economy was supposed to be bringing discouraged workers back into the labor force.
Some experts had anticipated a rise in the unemployment rate as those who gave up looking for a job began looking again (and so would get counted in the labor force data).
But after a steady climb, the seasonally adjusted labor force in June is back to about where it was in January.
And while the June drop amounts to just under a half percent decline in Minnesota's labor force, it's the biggest monthly decline we've seen in years.
MPR will be reporting on the issue later today using sources from our Public Insight Network.
My colleague Elizabeth Dunbar reported this morning:
Officials said they don't know why so many unemployed Minnesotans are no longer seeking jobs, which means the state doesn't include them in the labor force for statistical reasons. The state work force participation rate is now 72.2 percent, while the national rate is 64.7 percent."It's certainly I think reasonable to speculate that some of this nearly 14,000 person departure, has been driven by some discouragement," said Steve Hine, the state's labor analyst.
But Hine said it's easier to see that as a national trend rather than a Minnesota one. The state has gained some 17,000 jobs in the last two months, an encouraging sign for workers.
"I'm a little hard-pressed to sort of understand that," he said of the declining work force participation rate.
My colleague Bob Collins wondered aloud back in December about who were these "discouraged workers" who were leaving the workforce in a recession?
We've tried before to get at the idea of Minnesota's real unemployment number.
Today's drop in Minnesota workforce could be just one other aberration in a recession full of aberrations.
But at this point in the "recovery," we're supposed to be talking about people who'd given up looking for work who are now encouraged enough that they are looking for work again.
Here's the historical data for Minnesota's work force, employment and unemployment.
Tell us what you see.
UPDATE: We asked economist Louis Johnston of the College of Saint Benedict and Saint John's University to take a look at the data and share some thoughts. He writes:
As Steve Hine said, Minnesota is following the national trend, with the (labor force participation rate) falling both in Minnesota and nationally.That said, we still don't know why they both fell in June. It could simply be a sampling issue. (The federal Bureau of Labor Statistics) says that for May, the labor force participation rate in Minnesota could have been as low as 71.3% or as high as 74.
Thus, there may have been no real change from May to June, just noise introduced through the survey.The data show that Minnesota is still doing better than the national average.
**************************************
Definitions from Department of Employment and Economic Development "Measuring Unemployment" report, December 2009.
The "civilian labor force" is the sum of the employed plus the unemployed.
The employed are all people who, during the reference week,
a) did any work at all as paid employees, worked in their own business, profession or on their own farm, or worked 15 hours or more as unpaid workers in an enterprise operated by a member of their family, and
b) all those who were not working but who had jobs or businesses from which they were temporarily absent.
The unemployed are
a) people who had no employment during the reference week, were available for work, except for temporary illness, and had made specific efforts to find work sometime during the four-week period ending with the reference week, and
b) people who were waiting to be recalled to a job from which they had been laid off, regardless of whether they have been looking for work.
Workers who are "marginally attached" are people who wanted to work and had looked for a job sometime in the prior 12 months.
"Discouraged workers" are people who stopped looking for jobs because they believe none (are) available for them.
Posted at 12:27 PM on July 14, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
A year ago, we asked: Is the Great Recession growing Minnesota entrepreneurs?
We didn't have a lot of numbers then, but we had anecdotal evidence it was happening and pretty solid data from that last recession that downturns bring out our inner entrepreneur.
We still don't have definitive answers. But new research by the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis is opening a window on entrepreneurs and recession -- and poking holes into some conventional wisdom.
Minnesota can be a tough place to talk about entrepreneurs. This is the region that helped create the medical device industry and develop super computers. But the state doesn't look great in some comparisons of entrepreneurial activity.
But we have seen a flurry of people at least trying in the recession. The Minnesota Secretary of State's office reported a big jump in new business filings in 2009, 15 percent more than 2008 and the largest one-year gain in new business filings since 2002.
The Fed went looking for people who started new businesses in Minnesota in 2008 or 2009. They ended up talking to about 20, not enough to be scientific but enough to get a sense of what's happening.
When it came to funding their business, the owners who talked to the Fed said much of the money came from personal savings and credit. "They did receive funding from sources such as community banks, credit unions, government agencies, family members, and friends, but only after using their personal savings to provide an initial equity injection."
The Fed also found that, "of the 32 Minnesota-based companies included on the Fortune 1,000 list, well over half were started during tough economic times."
Maybe the most surprising finding is that the failure rates of new businesses are remarkably consistent in good times and in bad.
Generally speaking, new businesses struggle, whether they are started during a recession or an economic boom. In fact, most studies agree that the majority of new businesses fail.When we look at five-year survival rates for the new firms started in Minnesota in any given year during the period from 1982 through 2005, the pattern for each year's batch of new firms is the same: the survival rate drops sharply in years one and two and flattens in years three to five."For any given year," the Fed wrote, "an average of 45.1 percent of new firms survives to age five. In other words, companies founded during recessions are no more likely to fail than any other new company. "One other nugget that should keep us hopeful: The Fed reported, "All of our survey group members indicated that they believe the economic woes are not over yet. Still, they are optimistic about the future."
*******************
If you're trying to start a Minnesota business in this recession, please drop a line and let us know how things are going.
Here are some recent posts we've done on entrepreneurs and Minnesota.
>Minnesota's Entrepreneurial Spirit?
>Economic Lookout: Entrepreneur in a recession
>Portrait of an entrepreneur
Posted at 1:00 PM on July 8, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
If you were a Minnesota teenager in the Old Economy -- year 2000 -- the odds were good you were part of the state's workforce. If you were a young adult in that economy, you had a decent chance of getting a job without prior experience or a college degree.
But those entry level opportunities seem to be slipping away.
New research from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development showing the recession widening the gap between people with some work experience and those without.
It also shows the recession accelerating the retreat of teens from the workforce while their jobless rates skyrocket.
Together, those facts ought to keep us up at night.
There's great value to that foot-in-the-door job. It gives teens a first taste of the responsibilities of work. It provides important training for adults. We need teens and young adults to help rebuild the economy. But the recession's leaving people behind.
DEED found:
In the Twin Cities, nearly 55 percent of job openings in fourth quarter 2009 required some form of post-secondary training, compared with 31 percent of openings during fourth quarter 2001. Likewise, the number of entry-level opportunities--those requiring no previous experience--declined from 38 percent in the fourth quarter of 2001 to 26 percent in the fourth quarter of 2009.Here it is in a DEED graphic (click on the chart for a larger view).
One more piece of data from DEED shows the rise of people 55 to 64 years old in the workforce as the teen workforce numbers decline (click on the chart for a larger view).
Youth labor force participation rates declined by more than 16 percentage points in the past 10 years, as Minnesota's youth opted for other opportunities, such as additional education. Those who choose to search for part-time or summer jobs are now forced to compete with a larger pool of job seekers, some with more skills and experience. As a result, average unemployment rates for youth ages 16 to 19 topped 21 percent in 2009.We've been writing a ton about education and the demand for youth jobs during this recession and we know the problems out there.We saw 4,000 kids apply for 1,300 jobs this year in a popular Minneapolis paid summer internship program.We also know that teen jobs have become a crucial piece of family income for some families in the Twin Cities hurt in the recession.The current troubles that are squeezing job chances for teens and people with no experience or a college degree may simply be a fact of life in the Great Recession. Or we may be seeing a shift in the labor force that will be widening the haves and have nots even as the recession ends.Tell us what you're seeing. We're interested especially in businesses that hire teens and entry levels young adults. Are your hiring practices changing? Drop us a line and make us all smarter.
Posted at 12:26 PM on July 7, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The "$100,000 waitress" was the talk of the day Tuesday. Minnesota gubernatorial candidate Tom Emmer discussed a lower minimum wage for people who work for tips, arguing that some restaurant servers make upward of $100,000 a year and that businesses needed more wage flexibility.
It was sound off time after that.
MPR news had a solid news story on the issue. My NewsCut colleague Bob Collins dove into Myths and the minimum wage debate.
We asked Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network if tips should be figured into someone's base wages. We got some terrific responses we wanted to highlight.
Leah Wilkes is a Network source who moonlights 10 to 15 hours a week at a Twin Cities café. That's the real situation for many people who wait tables. It's not a career. It's a means to bring in some needed cash in a state that has one of highest percentages in the nation of people who work multiple jobs.
Emmer cited a report that used data from 1999 to make the case that "tip credits have essentially no negative impact on wages for tipped employees" and would ultimately help businesses.
That minimum wage check, however, serves a very practical need, says Wilkes.
"I can't remember the last time I actually got a paycheck from my service job. In other words, the paychecks are garnished to cover the taxes on the tips that I make," she told us.
"It's not icing on the cake and usually at the end of the year, I owe a little more." She add:
Almost all service industry people I know don't have benefits. I do, because I work another job. But for the majority, any illness or injury (off the job) is not covered and I have seen people lose their shirts for emergency visits - not only in the cost of care but also in the lost shifts. There is no such thing as "sick time" in the service industry. You miss the shift, you lose the money.She also noted that "on average, a bartender will make 15 to 20 percent of their sales. So a $100,000 a year bartender, for instance, would be generating $500,000 in sales. "Multiply by that by several servers and bartenders and it sounds like a pretty successful restaurant to me."As the MPR story noted, $9.36 is the current estimated median wage of wait staff in Minnesota and a state expert says only 10 percent of the state's servers earn more than $17.64 an hour or $37,000 a year."I wait tables to supplement my full time day job," said Christine Rosenquest, a Network source from Minneapolis who described her occupations as auditor / waitress."Tips are never a guarantee! My tips can range from $50 for a Saturday night to $300. Tips depend on everything from the weather, holidays, and a person's mood. Not to mention that waiting tables is a hard job."
Drop us a line and share your insights.
Posted at 12:03 PM on July 6, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Back in November, my MPR colleagues and I examined the issue of young adults moving home in the recession. It was a compelling package, driven by the voices of Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network.
But we lost track of the issue until Allison Stratton dropped us a line recently with six words:
Pay cut, wage freeze. Parents' house.
We'd been asking MinnEcon readers to tell us -- in six words -- what happened to their housing during the recession.
Stratton's comments got us thinking about people we've talked to in their mid-20s or older who were hurt in the recession and needed to move in with family. The economy's still pretty bad, but it's better than last year.
So are people who moved home in 2008 and 2009 financially secure enough in 2010 to be back out on there own?
If you have a story to share, drop us a line.
Stratton 24, is an interior designer in the Twin Cities. She moved home in November when her apartment lease was up. She wrote us:
After my pay was cut 25% and a wave of lay-offs in my company, I decided it would be best to live with my parents until I felt secure. Now I feel secure, but haven't been able to save any money, and need a raise before I can be on my own again.She's hoping to be on her own again by the end of the year, but added: "I don't see myself moving out until I get my full pay back and get my savings back to what it should be."
On the upside, she says work at her business is picking up, "so I hope that the financial struggles of the employees lessen soon."
My friends and co-workers have all been affected by the economy in some way.None of them have moved home, but they have all had to adjust their lives in some way. One friend took a job outside of her desired career path. Another took a part-time retail job while she built her own freelance client base. One friend had been stuck in a $9/hr internship for a couple years until he was able to land a bill collection job a few months ago.
My co-workers have had to cut back on their budget significantly. I think my student loan payments have put more of a strain on my finances compared to them. But, that is a separate financial issue for us quarter-lifers that I think needs to be addressed!
Regular MinnEcon readers know we've worried about new grads, their job prospects and what happens if they decide they can't stay in Minnesota.
Stratton's story reminds us that even for new grads with jobs, this recession has been a struggle.
Nationally, 13 percent of parents with grown children say one of their adult sons or daughters has moved back home in the past year, the Pew Research Center reported in March.
Social scientists call them "boomerangers" -- young adults who move in with parents after living away from home. This recession has produced a bumper crop.The current decline has been particularly steep among young women; the proportion who live by themselves fell by a full percentage point to 6.1%. Among young men, the share living on their own fell 0.2 percentage points to 8.4%, a statistically insignificant change.
Happily, Stratton said she has a "great relationship with my parents.They are very supportive and understanding of my situation."
But it's also "an emotional strain for me to owe them rent and be "mooching" off of them at this age!"
Here's a survey from collegegrad.com that we highlighted in November. It found:
Among 2009 U.S. college graduates, 80 percent moved back home with their parents after graduation, up from 77 percent in 2008, 73 percent in 2007, and 67 percent in 2006....nearly 70 percent of recent grads did not have jobs lined up when they graduated.
Check out this cool video from MPR about moving home.
Here's some good, quick advice from the blog, "Adult Children Living at Home," about making this relationship work.
Posted at 12:05 PM on June 30, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
Brent Olson, a Big Stone County commissioner, told us a story back in April of the huge demand for a single government job.
Based on the county jobless rate, Olson figured "nearly thirty percent of the people looking for a job applied for ONE job."
It was a mind-blowing observation. But Olson's one of MinnEcon's Economic Lookouts and his insights into the western Minnesota economy have been spot-on.
We recalled his words this morning as we read through new research released today by the state Department of Employment and Economic Development that shows the Great Recession has carved tornado-like paths of job losses and shrinking job opportunities across Minnesota.
Some of the worst hit counties sit next to the counties showing job growth. Here's a map produced by DEED. (Click on the map for a larger view)
The report notes:
Between third quarter 2007 and third quarter 2009, Minnesota lost 143,000 jobs or 5.3 percent of total employment. Nicollet County in southern Minnesota, with the highest employment loss (12.6 percent), is near counties with some of the lowest losses. Employment gains have been witnessed in nine counties, with Murray County in southwestern Minnesota having the highest gain of 4.7 percent over two years.
Here's a county map for reference:
![]()
Big Stone County was one of those nine that saw job gains. But it's a grimmer picture in the counties around it.
And you can see Olson's April observations come to light in DEED's data on shrinking job opportunities.
The Upper Minnesota Valley counties include Big Stone, Chippewa, Lac qui Parle, Swift and Yellow Medicine. At the end of last year, that region had nearly 40 unemployed Minnesotans for every job vacancy.
The state says:
Overall, the number of statewide job vacancies dropped 55 percent between the fourth quarter of 2006 and the fourth quarter of 2009.The gap between job opportunities and the number of unemployed is much more drastic in Greater Minnesota. While there are 7.5 unemployed per job opening in the seven-county Metro Region, there are 10.2 unemployed per opening in Greater Minnesota.
These ratios have increased substantially since 2006. Upper Minnesota Valley represents the worst-case scenario of going from one of the lowest unemployment ratios to the highest--up 15.8 times over three years.
As Minnesota gropes its way out of recession, that job opportunity gap might end up more worrisome than the unemployment rate.
It's worth repeating that in some parts of Minnesota there were five unemployed people per job opening at the end of 2009 while in other parts there were 40 jobless people per vacancy.
Since then, the overall statewide unemployment picture has improved . But it's increasingly clear that it'll take some parts of Minnesota a lot long longer than others to recover from the recession's damage.
What's the job picture look like in your part of Minnesota? Drop us a line and tell us. Help make us all smarter about what's happening across our state.
BONUS INFO: Online help wanted ads in Minnesota dropped in June, MPR reported today.
Posted at 12:00 PM on June 29, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment
I spaced out completely yesterday while posting on the national data on schools that produce the most nurses. I didn't include similar data for Minnesota.
We'll make up for that today with a few graphics.
Below is data on students who completed a two year or four year RN track program in 2009 at a Minnesota-based college. The numbers come from the federal IPEDS database.
I focused on those two degree programs because they're the most likely to produce new nurses that add to the supply. (Some bachelor's programs target working nurses moving up the degree ladder and so don't add to supply.)
Here are the Minnesota institutions producing the most two year RN graduates:
And here are the major four year institutions:
(Thanks to Josh Wright from the research firm EMSI for pulling the IPEDS Minnesota data together for us.)
Here's a look from the Minnesota Office of Higher Education on the growth of bachelor's and associate's degree graduates from RN programs. It shows about a 50 percent increase in annual graduates over four years, from 2004 to 2008.
That jump has come in years (even before the recession) when statewide RN vacancies were relatively flat -- and then took a dramatic dive.
(Source: Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system)
There's no doubt the recession is to blame for Minnesota RN vacancies falling off a cliff in 2009.
Demand for new nurses in Minnesota will bounce back. But when does that happen? How will it affect the job choices for nurses, especially graduates from two year programs, in the short run?
Posted at 12:20 PM on June 25, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've talked to a lot of people during the recession who've been put out of work and absolutely need their unemployment benefits to make ends meet. Now it appears the extension of jobless aid from the feds is near an end.
The Pioneer Press this morning reported, "In Minnesota, about 600 people a week are exhausting their benefits. State officials estimate that number will double in September."
We'll be taking a deeper look at the issue in upcoming posts checking in with MPR's Public Insight Network to see how those who've been getting jobless benefits are faring.
They are people like Kristine Holmgren, who told us her story back in March of being unemployed while trying to hang on to her home.
"I am in the final, final, final cycle of unemployment benefits," she wrote us this afternoon.
My "balance" is $4800 -- and will expire, I estimate, in early September. I was SO hoping for an extension of benefits - but I'm not planning on it.Some of the biggest frustration we've heard from Holmgren and others in our Network revolves around just getting straight answers to questions like: Exactly what unemployment aid is available from state and federal sources? How much do I have left? When, precisely, is the end?Please, let me know if you hear ANYTHING about an extension.
Holmgren says she's been trying to get answers on what Thursday's Senate vote means for her future but with no luck yet.
I've called Klobuchar and Franken's office - - - but their staffs are woefully inadequate in this issue. They seem to know next-to-nothing about our predicament here. No one, no one can answer any questions about the legislation that currently failed.
Posted at 12:08 PM on June 24, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
When Minnesota ends up near the bottom of a list, a few clicks from Mississippi, we should take note.
That's where the state finds itself in a new index of entrepreneurial activity produced by the Kauffman Foundation.
There are limitations to the data, no doubt.
Still, the report opens the door to what could be a good conversation: Is the Great Recession generating new entrepreneurs and self-employed careers?
Post something below or share a story here about what you're seeing.
We'll also get some good data in a few weeks when the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis releases its survey and research on small businesses start-ups in the Upper Midwest during the recession.
For now, though, two questions. 1.) How's the recession affecting entrepreneurial activity and 2.) Why isn't Minnesota more entrepreneurial?
In decades past, this question would have been a joke. This is the region that helped create the medical device industry, develop super computers and other cool stuff. But, arguably, we're in kind of a rut and the debate seems to be stuck in a political battle over taxes.
In the Kauffman report, the states with the lowest rates of entrepreneurial activity were Mississippi, Nebraska, Pennsylvania, Alabama and Minnesota, which showed a rate of 220 new business owners per 100,000 adult population in 2009. (Check the bottom of the post for Kauffman's methodology.)
Generally, the Midwest states track lower. The main reason is that there is less population and economic growth in the Midwest, says Rob Fairlie, the study's author. "Areas that are faster growing with lots of construction typically have a lot of new businesses. Construction has the highest rate of business creation of all major industries."
Here's a map of of the Kauffman index. Oklahoma and Montana were tops with 470 new business owners per 100,000.
![]()
We speculated last year that the recession was spawning entrepreneurs.
We've profiled a Mankato entrepreneur with a business creating clothing from bamboo fibers.
We've also worried aloud about Minnesota's ability to keep its best and brightest in-state.
Together, the work we've done created more questions for us than answers on recession, entrepreneurs and Minnesota, which is why we need your help.
Please add to the discussion. Tell us your experiences being self-employed or starting a business in the recession.
We plan to talk in-depth with Fairlie, the Kauffman author. We'll add your stories, his comments and new data to future posts and we'll all get smarter about what's happening.
**********************************************
Here's the boilerplate on how Kauffman creates the index: The index seeks to measure the "the rate of business creation at the individual owner level."
Presenting the percentage of the adult, non-businessowner population that starts a business each month, the Kauffman Index captures all new business owners, including those who own incorporated or unincorporated businesses, and those who are employers or non-employers.The Kauffman Index is calculated from matched data from the Current Population Survey (CPS), a monthly survey conducted by the U.S. Bureau of the Census and the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Posted at 12:36 PM on June 21, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment
We spent a good chunk of last week examining the question: Are colleges producing too many registered nurses?
We heard from lots of people who say no, that the shortage of RNs is real and that the idea schools are producing too many is wrong or that any imbalance is simply a short-term blip caused by the recession.
Our audience has been great about passing on data to us. Much obliged. We'll have at least two posts on the issue this week.
Today, we look at Minnesota and national data suggested by a reader: The number and pass rates of students who take the NCLEX exam for the time to become registered nurses.
This is the gateway national exam that "measures the competencies needed to perform safely and effectively as a newly licensed, entry-level nurse." So as a measure of annual new supply of nurses, it's not bad. (As we'll also see, it's not conclusive!)
Let's look first at Minnesota data (.pdf page 20). The National Council of State Boards of Nursing reports that 2,939 students in Minnesota took the NCLEX RN test for the first time between October 2008 and September 2009. A total of 2,501 passed.
That likely underestimates the number of new nurses supplied annually, however. The national nursing group doesn't provide state-by-state data on repeat takers -- students who failed the exam once and tried again. Nationally, repeaters made up about 11 percent of the total pool of successful U.S. test takers.
So if we tack on 11 percent on to 2,501 we get about 2,776 students who passed the NCLEX in Minnesota in the most recent 12 month period available.
Here are the two estimates we have for the demand for RNs in Minnesota:
State officials project a need for about 2,400 new nurses a year through 2019.
EMSI projects 2,629 Minnesota RN openings per year though 2015.
The EMSI data suggests the supply of new Minnesota nurses matches up pretty well with projected demand, though the official state projections suggest an annual oversupply of about 17 percent.
If you step back, though, and look at the national and international supply of nurses, there's still reason to be worried.
The national nursing council data (.pdf page 19) show a total of 132,940 U.S. students passing the NCLEX exam for the first time in fiscal 2009. That's significantly higher than the 105,020 annual national need EMSI projects.
Now add in the number internationally educated students who took the NCLEX exam for the first time or repeated and you get a total of 148,266 nurses who passed the exam and are able to enter the health system work force as RNs.
Nearly all those international students come from countries where the council expects them to be licenses and in U.S. states and territories.
In fiscal 2006, that total number of domestic and international students passing came in at 128,154.
That's a big jump in just a few years.
The Bureau of Labor Statistics still views the overall job outlook for RNs as excellent and notes that "hundreds of thousands of job openings will result from the need to replace experienced nurses who leave the occupation."
The American Association of Colleges of Nursing says, "The United States is in the midst of a nursing shortage that is expected to intensify as baby boomers age and the need for health care grows. Compounding the problem is the fact that nursing colleges and universities across the country are struggling to expand enrollment levels to meet the rising demand for nursing care."
The national data, though, show the supply of students passing their gateway RN exam each year is significantly higher than the annual needs BLS and others are projecting.
So how do we reconcile the data? Drop us a line if you can do it.
Posted at 12:29 PM on June 18, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment
We continue to write and ask questions about the supply and demand for nurses. It's generated a terrific conversation at our site and at Economic Modeling Specialists, the research group that's been equally interested in the topic.
We don't have any definite answers. (If you do, drop us a line.) So in this post, we'll dive a little deeper into the data.
The EMSI researchers got the ball rolling when they created this chart showing the number of students completing a nursing program last year and their projection of annual registered nurse openings through 2015.
As we noted, there are lots of caveats, including the fact that the data counts people who are in nursing currently and moving up the degree ladder.
The EMSI guys then sent us the Minnesota data broken down by degree. The big number of 2009 nursing completers -- 4,271 -- includes associate's, bachelor's and master's, degrees for nurse anesthetist and public health nursing, etc.
We decided to look at associate's and bachelor's completers in 2008. Those are the folks most likely entering nursing for the first time.
That works out to 3,200 and matches up with data produced by the Minnesota Office of Higher Education.
Some of those bachelor's degree grads aren't new to nursing. Some bachelor of nursing science programs are designed for people who are already nurses and are simply adding to their knowledge, so they aren't necessarily adding to the supply.
So we'll lop 10 percent off the total and that brings us down to about 2,880, which is in line with the tally by the Minnesota Board of Nursing of all Minnesota program graduates preparing for registered nurse licensure in 2008.
So let's round off: 2,900 registered nursing grads in 2008. EMSI estimates Minnesota will need to add 2,600 nurses a year for the next five years. Minnesota state estimates put the new nurses need at an average of 2,400 a year through 2019.
Arguably, we can look at the data and conclude Minnesota schools are producing 300 to 500 more nurses a year beyond the projected need, which is pretty close to what we were talking about in our first post on the issue.
Let's assume the students entering the registered nurse job market with a bachelor's degree have an advantage over those with a two- year degree.
So if the oversupply falls completely on the 2,000 associate's degree completers, we're talking about 15 percent to 25 percent of associate degree completers who might have a hard time finding work.
I realize I'm in absolutely squishy territory.
In my work in journalism, I typically don't let the audience into my thought process. As you can tell, it's scary and vaguely incoherent.
But I think we ought to take a closer look two year programs.
We've seen a spike in the enrollments for two-year nursing programs. Are those grads viewed equally with bachelor's holders in seeking RN jobs? Could we end up with an oversupply of two-year degree registered nurses and a shortage of RNs with a bachelor's or higher?
In a post yesterday, EMSI highlighted an interview with Mary Bennett, director of Western Kentucky University's School of Nursing, who's been following the discussion. In her EMSI interview:
Bennett said graduates from WKU's baccalaureate program aren't having trouble finding jobs, but the issue might be at the two-year level. "I think [the US is] probably at this point overproducing associate-degree nurses," she said.
*******************************************
We're going to look at the two-year issue in a post next week. If you're connected to a two-year program as a student, instructor, dean, whatever, we'd love to hear from you.
We're also looking for placement data for two year nursing school graduates, locally or nationally. If you have some for your school, please send it.
One last thing: an Alabama community college is offering nursing students a guarantee: If you don't have a job offer within six months of graduation, you'll get a full tuition scholarship for an additional 30 credits.
Posted at 12:06 PM on June 23, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment
Our posts on the supply and demand for nurses are driving some good discussion. As always, tell us what you know and we'll make it part of the conversation.
Today, we turn the prism a bit to look at a new facet: Two year nursing programs.
As we drill down into the data on graduations and degrees, we're seeing how the recession and the promise of a well paying, flexible job in nursing are attracting lots of new students to two-year programs.
But there's also concern that the supply of nurses from those two-year programs is growing too fast.
"I think [the US is] probably at this point overproducing associate-degree nurses," said
Mary Bennett, director of Western Kentucky University's School of Nursing, who's been following the discussion here and on the blog of the the research group EMSI.
Bennett told EMSI that graduates from WKU's baccalaureate program aren't having trouble finding jobs, but the issue might be at the two-year level.
Minnesota's public two-year colleges have seen a huge jump in nursing grads the past few years.
The numbers are higher if you look at the associate's and bachelor's degrees in nursing for all Minnesota institutions. According to the Minnesota Office of Higher Education, a total of 3,146 degrees were issued for associate's and bachelor's programs in the registered nurse category, a 50 percent increase from 2004.
At the same time vacancies for new nurses have plummeted.
(The charts were produced by the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system, responsible for roughly 8 of every 10 nursing graduates from Minnesota schools. )
There's no doubt the number of openings will rise again with economic recovery. But that's a big drop in the past year or so and we don't have good data on how long it's taking to place new graduates of two year and four year programs.
We checked in with Janis Hollenbeck, interim dean of nursing and allied health programs at Minneapolis Community and Technical College.
She told us that MCTC pulled back its nursing admissions from 120 to 90 in the school year that just ended in response to nursing layoffs in the Twin Cities. For the fall, though, admission slots returned to 120.
She wrote:
MCTC reduced the number of admissions to the Nursing Program from 120 to 90 last academic year (fall semester 2009 - spring semester 2010). This was in response to layoff of Registered Nurses by Twin City hospitals that occurred during the previous academic year (fall 2008 - spring 2009).All programs must be sensitive to the employment opportunities of their graduates and when local employment numbers reduce and/or layoffs within a vocation occur, institutions should be responding by reducing output of graduates in the area of reduction. That is what MCTC did in direct response to the layoff of RN's in the Metro area.
There have been no additional layoffs of RN's in the Metro area during academic year 2009 - 2010 and some rehiring of RN's and thus MCTC has responded by returning admission to the Nursing Program during academic year 2010-2011 to the former number of 120.
MCTC's program is unique in that students in the Nursing Program can attend part-time (most programs require full-time attendance by nursing students) and thus the 120 persons admitted in the coming academic year will graduate anywhere from 2 to 4 years in the future, and there is indication through a slightly improving economy, and the prediction of need for RN's, that there will be employment opportunity during the time frame when these students will graduate.
"My current reading, based on what December 2009 and May 2010 graduates are telling us, is that employment of new graduates is slow and graduates are participating in many interviews and applying for positions that are not their priority interest in order to gain employment in-field.
"The current metro area nursing labor dispute is further muddying the picture so it is quite difficult to know what to anticipate with regard to employment for new graduates."
As MinnEcon and EMSI continue to explore the issue of supply and demand in nursing, I'll admit I'm concerned about graduates from two-year programs.
Are their job prospects as good as RNs with a bachelor's degree or higher? Could we end up in a circumstance where there's a shortage of nurses with four-year degrees and an oversupply of nurses with associate's degrees?
Without complete data on placements, it's hard to know.
So the next step in our reporting is to try to talk to new graduates of two-year nursing programs about their experiences.
If you're a recent graduate of a two-year RN program or know someone who is, please contact us and tell us about the job market you've seen. We'll post your responses and add to the discussion.
**************************************
It's worth pointing out again that most experts dismiss the idea of an oversupply of nurses in the pipeline.
We contacted the National League for Nursing, a nursing education group, looking for job placement data for two year nurse graduates (we thought they kept that data but they did not.).
"What we do know from anecdotal evidence is that the current recession has encouraged many experienced RNs to work more hours and has brought retired nurses back into the labor force," said Kathy Kaufman, a senior researcher with the group, wrote us.
At the same time, economic pressures have forced many Americans to cancel elective medical procedures and to postpone non-acute medical care. As a result, in some regions and job markets newly licensed RNs are momentarily facing a difficult job market. However, the underlying conditions that created projections of a shortage of over one million RNs by the year 2020 have not changed, and there is broad agreement among analysts that the tight job market for new RNs is merely transitory.It seems like an unquenchable demand. But if we need a million nurses in 10 years, that's 100,000 new grads a year and nationally we had 148,266 (.pdf page 19) U.S. and international students passing a key test for the first time last year for U.S. RN credentialing, a number that's been growing significantly.
Those are people prepared to enter nursing for the first time. Will they all find work?
Posted at 12:00 PM on June 17, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment
We have a great conversation rolling around the question: Are colleges over supplying nurses? The couple posts we've done are generating comments from Minnesota and across the nation with data and insights.
Please keep it going. We're doing a kind of cool, transparent journalism here as we grope for answers, and your vantage point is crucial. Tell us what you're seeing.
Researchers at Economic Modeling Specialists Inc. also continue to dig into the nurse supply issue with us, providing some great insights.
In this post, we'll highlight two important perspectives from experts who do not believe Minnesota colleges are over supplying nurses.
Jane Foote is executive director of HealthForce Minnesota, a public-private effort to boost the number of health care workers. Adam Suomala is director of member relations for Aging Services of Minnesota, a group that includes assisted living and care centers throughout the state.
"Everybody believes we're still going to be short nurses," said Foote, a former dean of nursing at Minneapolis Community and Technical College.
Looking at the data from our first post on the issue, Foote said, "The numbers don't really match up with what industry is telling us the needs are. We ask our employers that -- 'Are we preparing too many?' Their word to us is, 'Don't stop.'"
She characterized the current supply / demand situation as a "lull before the storm" as health care demands rise and Minnesota's aging nursing workforce begins to retire, although she did mention that one community college is scaling back its nursing enrollment for next fall.
The state's public two-year colleges have seen a huge jump in grads the past few years.
Foote, though, says the nursing programs are not money-makers for the state's community colleges and public funding covers about half the costs.
The challenge, she added, is that there's always a lag time between what employers say they need and the community colleges' ability to increase the flow.
Suomala made some great points in responding to our initial post. He wrote:
To date, the focus on the "right number of nurses" in Minnesota has been almost exclusively around positions in the hospital -- I would encourage you to look at the demographic "boom" of older adults hitting our healthcare system, and the many careers available today in older adult services... specifically skilled care centers, assisted living, and home care.Following up, he laid out for us an array of worries about the growing and extending needs the state will face taking care of its rapidly aging population and how that will fall increasingly on nurses and other health professionals.A common hope of emerging nursing graduates may be a day shift at Children's Hospital, but the reality is where Minnesota needs their service most is in the many expanding arenas serving older adults.
State officials, he said, refer to the wave as the "silver tsunami." The aging population will want more home and community-based services that may not be available "without a healthy workforce to do that work. "
Part of the challenge there, however, is convincing nurses to come to senior care, rather than hospitals. There is a pay gap with hospitals generally paying nurses better wages and offering more flexibility.
Suomala told us:
I was recently in a room full of unemployed nurses here in the metro. I asked them to raise their hands if they were looking for jobs in hospitals. They all raised their hands. I asked them who was considering a career in an aging services setting (care center, assisted living or home care, etc.). Only two hands stayed up.Something simply has to change with the mindset of Minnesota nurses in the opportunities out there for jobs. Today and for tomorrow. I can understand the frustration of a grad who can't get their dream position working the day shift with babies at Children's Hospital after graduation or living the life TV and film paint with shows like E.R. But that doesn't mean there aren't nursing jobs -- good jobs, rewarding jobs -- all over Minnesota today (and certainly in the future) in the field of aging services.We're still going to dig into data in future posts about the supply and demand for nurses. But Suomala certainly has me thinking. Could we end up in a circumstance where the system is oversupplying nurses for hospital jobs while less desirable but still vital nursing jobs go unfilled?Once again, more questions than answers from us. Help us fill in the gaps.
Posted at 11:01 AM on June 16, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The Federal Bank of Minneapolis was understandably grim at the start of 2010 as it predicted a so-so recovery for the year and, really, a miserable 2010 for Minnesota job growth.
Six months later, the Fed's newest forecasts offer a little sunshine for the rest of this year and into 2011.
The bottom line in Minnesota: If you have a job, you should see your income rise. If you're unemployed, the job market will be better but still won't be roaring back. If you're connected to new home construction, hang on tight.
Below are all charts produced by the Minneapolis Fed and released this morning. You can find all the data here. Click on the charts for a larger view.
If you only have a few minutes, try the audio slide show. Either way, if you see something interesting, drop us a line and tell us.
Here's a look at the Fed's employment growth predictions:
("UP" in the charts refers to Michigan's Upper Peninsula)
Not great, but this is a better outlook than at the start of the year when the Fed was projecting no job growth at all for Minnesota and western Wisconsin in 2010.
The slip of sunlight on employment growth won't have a big effect on the state's jobless rate.
If you are employed, you should see a bigger paycheck. Personal income for Minnesotans is expected to rise the next couple years, although it will still track slower than the nation, according to the Minneapolis Fed.
Yes, MinnEcon readers, it's at this point that I'm starting to wonder if my "Fed outlook brightens" headline was too optimistic. But I'll push ahead.
The Minneapolis Fed delivers a bleak forecast for housing starts, noting that, "In Minnesota and Wisconsin, housing units authorized have not only dropped sharply during the past few years, but they are also below levels observed over 30 years ago."
The chart shows a tough 2011.
Said the Fed: "Since forecasting models typically rely on long-term and recent trends, it is not surprising that the model points to a continued drop. At some point, population and market pressures will likely spur a more sustained demand for housing."
But the Minneapolis Fed, a group with a pretty good track record of economic forecasting, concedes it doesn't know when the turning point will come.
6/16 UPDATE: Minneapolis Fed economist Rob Grunewald told reporters it will likely be several years before Minnesota recovers all the jobs it lost in the recession.
"At that pace of growth and what out forecast models show going forward, it will still take beyond potentially 2013 to achieve the employment levels seen prior to the recession," he said.
***************************************************
Today's Fed data match up pretty well with the insights of Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network.
We've been asking people to finish the sentence, "I'll believe the recession's over when ... "
Here's what folks told us back in February.
Check it out and the you give it a shot: "I'll believe the recession's over when..."
Posted at 11:27 AM on June 15, 2010
by Chris Farrell
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
From chief economics correspondent Chris FarrellThe American economy is starting to mend from the Great Recession, the nastiest downturn since the 1930s. The return to growth and better economic numbers is welcome, although a number of nerve wracking problems lurk in the global economy, especially Europe's sovereign debt crisis and China's slowdown.
Yet assuming that the expansion remains intact, it will still take a long time for the worst labor market in 60 years to show signs of vigor. The unemployment rate is steep at 9.7 percent and the unemployment-and-underemployment rate is even higher at 16.6 percent.
That's bad news for the job and income prospects of most workers, from blue collar employees looking to earn a paycheck at a retail store and on a factory floor to white collar managers seeking a spot in a cubicle and an office.
These are catastrophic numbers for workers with less education and less skill. Recessions often accelerate an underlying economic transformation that has been gaining momentum for years. Well, it has been apparent for the three decades that the earnings gap between those workers with a college degree and more and those with a high school degree only and less has been widening. Take this chart created by David Leonhardt of the New York Times in a recent article on the value of a college education.
The unemployment disparity between the educated haves and have nots is striking. Below are two charts of unemployment rates between 2000 and May, 2010. They look very similar at a quick glance. But the perecentage differences are striking.
Here is the unemployment rate of of those 25 and older with less than a high school diploma since 2000. Over the past decade the unemployment rate for this group never got below 6 percent. It has been 15 percent or more since May 2009.
Contrast that experience withthe unemployment rate of workers 25 and older with a BA or more.
The unemployment rate of this group over the past decade hasn't breached 5%. Little wonder more and more people worry that America is evolving into a two-tier society.
Posted at 12:00 PM on June 11, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
A jump in the demand for temporary labor is typically viewed as a good sign of recovery -- employers taking baby steps, at least, to hire people and start producing goods and services again coming out of recession.
And as a newly released survey from the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis shows, demands for temp labor in the region are jumping.
The downside (yeah, there's always a downside) is that the Great Recession's driven a lot more people to seek temp work and that's hurt pay. Also, the concept of "temporary" appears to be changing.
Here's how the Fed breaks down by businesses in Minnesota, western Wisconsin and North Dakota (click on the chart for a larger view)
![]()
"Staffing services firms report that their business is picking up--aggressively in some cases," the Fed writes.
"The unpleasant news? "With an ample supply of available workers, client firms are picky about whom they choose to accept for temporary work, and pay rates generally have been flat, or worse ... A medium-sized staffing agency in Wisconsin commented that office and administrative professionals used to earn between $12 and $14 per hour, but "now, $10 with no flex."
The Fed's findings reinforce what my colleagues at MPR News have seen in their reporting.
Annie Baxter's story last fall laid out how temp jobs are a mixed blessing in this economy.
And in a recent MinnEcon post, MPR's chief economics correspondent Chris Farrell highlighted research showing that for low-income, low-skill workers, a temp job "actually lowers a worker's employment and income prospects over time. It doesn't lead to full time work."
Another frustration is that the staffing companies responding to the Fed survey say their clients "are still taking a wait-and-see approach to full-time permanent hiring, preferring to stay as lean and flexible as possible by depending on temporary and contract workers for long periods."
That's a good sign if you're a business trying to find your footing coming out of the worst recession in decades. It's not so good if you're a worker hoping your part time gig will turn into something permanent.
***********************************************
Got insight into Minnesota's temp labor market? Post below or contact us directly.
Posted at 2:01 PM on June 4, 2010
by Chris Farrell
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
From chief economics correspondent Chris FarrellIt's hard to put a good spin on today's employment report. Sure, the headline figure that the economy added 431,000 jobs in May looks good. But the bulk of the job gain came from hires for the Census Bureau and that survey work ends soon. The private sector added a mere 41,000 jobs. Of course, however disappointing, the 41,000 private sector gain was a huge improvement over the loss of 334,000 private sector jobs in May 2009.
One positive sign is that for the eighth month in a row temporary hiring's were up in the private sector. It's a traditional sign that a pick-up in full-time employment is coming. Companies prefer to hire temps during the early stage of a recovery in case the rebound falters. Once it's clear that the expansion is durable employers often offer temps a full time job. It's also a good way for employers to screen though potential hires.
At least that's the theory. A recent study into the temp market for low-income low-skill workers throws cold water on the idea, at least for a critical segment of the labor market. In Do Temporary-Help Jobs Improve Labor Market Outcomes for Low-Skilled Workers? Evidence from 'Work First,' economist David Autor of MIT and Susan Houseman of the W.E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research suggest that temp work actually lowers a worker's employment and income prospects over time. It doesn't lead to full time work.
The scholars looked into a welfare-to-work program in Detroit. The Detroit Work First and Michigan Unemployment Insurance data sets they tapped into are from 1999 to 2003. Work First places people into either temporary work or long-term positions. The results of the study show that hires into full time work increased their earnings by about $2,000 annually compared to what they earned before. In sharp contrast the earnings of temp workers dropped by some $1,000 a year compared to their previous earnings history. "Thus, despite much descriptive evidence to the contrary, our analysis indicates that temporary-help placements have no net beneficial effect for the earnings, employment and labor market advancement of low-skilled workers.
Basically, the full-time jobs did better because the earnings were more stable and they also acted as stepping stones into stable jobs. But placement into temp work increased job churn and more employment in the temp sector rather than a ladder into a permanent position.
The economy still has upward momentum, despite a number of worrisome headwinds. But when it comes to people living around the poverty line it will take years of economic growth before the low-skill poorly educated sector of the job market sees an improvement.
Posted at 11:27 AM on June 2, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The long climb back is a recurring theme for us now when we talk about jobs in Minnesota. With a decade's worth of job growth wiped out in the Great Recession, the obvious question is when do we get it back.
A new estimate indicates it will be 2013.
"Since the beginning of the recession, Minnesota has lost more than 125,000 jobs," Creighton University economic Ernie Goss wrote in his June regional economy update.
"Based on the latest state job data and Minnesota's recovery from the 2001 recession, I [do] not expect the state to fully restore these jobs until September 2013."
The good news from Creighton's survey of supply managers is that May was the tenth straight month the index has risen above "growth neutral," indicating there are positive things going on in this economy.
If Creighton's estimate holds true it will be a total of nearly six years between the start of the recession and when Minnesota restores the jobs the recession killed.
Posted at 12:00 PM on June 9, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment
Thousands of Twin Cities nurses on Thursday plan to stage a one-day strike. Staffing levels make up one of the fault lines in the talks over a new contract.
I don't want to dive into the specific staffing issues surrounding the strike. But it has me thinking about a question I've worried about for more than a year: What's the right number of nurses?
With our aging population, it's been a given that health careers will be in huge demand and that nurses, the people we rely on most in the health system, will be crucial.
It's also been a given that we have a huge shortage heading into the future. But is that the case?
MinnEcon raised this issue last year when local hospitals were laying off nurses. It seemed like the market was all out of whack: nurses losing jobs while new nursing school graduates struggled to find work while record numbers of students continued to enroll in nursing programs.
The conclusion then was that it was simply a short term problem triggered by the recession. And yet:
The number of registered nurse job vacancies in Minnesota has plummeted, from 2,237 in 2008 to 536, according to data collected by the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system (Click on the chart for a larger view).
At the current rate, the market is producing more nursing grads than the system needs. MnSCU data show "the total supply of new nurse graduates at the professional-level (RN) from both public and private institutions has increased over the past nine years. In 2008 it reached 2,800."
The state Department of Employment and Economic Development estimates about 2,340 openings for registered nurses each year between 2006 -2016.
Another group, Economic Modeling Specialists Inc., projects a need for about 2,577 nurses a year through 2019, according to MnSCU.
Between the two estimates, Minnesota schools are producing 9 to 19 percent more nurses than the state's projected to need.
Of course, not all of those grads will stay in Minnesota. But grads outside Minnesota are also likely to seek work here.
As my colleague Mike Caputo noted last year, in 2008, all of the 130 baccalaureate graduates of the University of Minnesota nursing school had jobs waiting for them at graduation, In 2009, only 20 percent graduated with a job in hand.
This year, about one third of the nursing school grads had jobs, said Connie Delaney, dean of the U's nursing school.
"As with last year, we expect all to have jobs within months," she said. "Although health care needs are high, the financial pressures on our health system are impeding its ability to address these needs," affecting when graduates get hired.
Another complicating factor in trying to manage supply and demand here is that Minnesota has one of the country's highest rates of part-time nurses.
A 2004 federal survey (.pdf page 130) estimated 44 percent of Minnesota's RNs worked part-time. Only Vermont, with 45 percent, was higher. The national average was 30 percent.
MPR's Lorna Benson, who writes on health issues and has been covering the contract talks, told me:
A few of the nurses I've talked to told me that they work part-time because it gives them more control over their schedule. So for example, a nurse might willingly accept a two-day per week shift because it's easier to take vacations or plan things outside of work. They said nurses who work full-time have a very difficult time scheduling time off.That makes sense. It also makes understanding the market demand that more difficult.The part-time jobs come with benefits (you must work a minimum of 16 hours per week) and part-time nurses also have the option of picking up extra shifts at their discretion.
Some nurses still end up working a full 40 hours per week even though they are part-time.
So what do we have?
We see a huge push into nursing because of the perceived future need. It's coming especially from MnSCU's two-year degree programs. It's been accelerated by the recession.
We have a market that's been able to handle high numbers of new nurses because many here choose to work part time.
But will that structure stay in place in the future? If more Minnesotans enter nursing programs expecting or needing full time work, what happens to the market then?
I'm laying out data and raising the issue not because I have answers but because we need a conversation about how many nurses the market can handle.
It's an issue that's popping up in other places this graduation season.
So take a look at the data and what I've written and answer the questions: What is the right number of nurses? Are we correctly supplied for the future?
Post something below or contact me directly at MinnEcon.
Posted at 11:12 AM on May 28, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We took a look Thursday at the controversy over whether a job offer was made to a potential University of Minnesota basketball coach. The question led to a $1.2 million judgment against the U.
It got me thinking about those gray areas in the job world. I mentioned Thursday I could recall a bunch of jobs I took on a handshake or a phone call, almost afraid to ask, "So, the job is mine, right?"
MPR News reporter Martin Moylan took a look at those issues through the eyes of legal experts.
I'm looking for people to share stories of being in similar circumstances that I plan to follow up on next week.
Meanwhile, I reached out to some human resources executives in MPR's Public Insight Network to share some thoughts about the art of the job offer and how to avoid these kinds of sticky (and possibly expensive!) situations.
I got back two solid responses I wanted to share. Neither are connected to the U case. Take a look and then add to the conversation.
"Most recruiters are very careful about offers so that there is no confusion over whether a formal offer has been extended. That does not mean that only a written offer creates an obligation," said Mike Carey, senior vice president for human resources for PDI Ninth House, an executive recruiting and strategy firm.
When a recruiter or a manager from an organization extend an offer verbally, I would consider it binding and an obligation. If not legally, at least ethically, the hiring organization has created a verbal contract at that point.However, the gray area comes into play over what was actually said and implied....Managers and recruiters should be very clear about where they are in the process and tell the candidate explicitly, that they are still in the pre-offer stage.
Candidates, he adds, should never agree to something without seeing the offer in writing to avoid this kind of situation.
These kinds of problems are easily avoided when an organization has a process to hire people and stick to it, says Melanie Ulrich.
"From my prospective, if a verbal agreement is made with no exceptions stated, it can be held up on a court of law," said Ulrich, senior manager for compensation and benefits at Twin Cities Public Television.
There was no verbiage from Tubby say "pending background checks" or "I just need to run this up the ladder"---from what I have seen from the conversations, it was all absolute. I know when we hire someone, we state that the hiring is contingent on background checks.If you've been in this gray area before -- job offer or not? -- either as a prospective employee or as the one doing the hiring, share your story and make us all a little smarter.Its amazing how one or two phrases like the ones I stated above could have been uttered and would have saved the U the million plus dollars.
Posted at 11:23 AM on May 27, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
"A 14-minute phone call has cost the University of Minnesota $1.2 million."
That's how the Pioneer Press this morning summed up the trial over whether University of Minnesota basketball coach Tubby Smith made a job offer to a potential assistant or simply discussed the possibility.
Beyond the cash and basketball angles, it got me wondering when a job offer is a job offer and when it's just talk.
Finding or keeping a job has been tough enough in the Great Recession. We're starting to hear more stories of people getting hired, which is great. But as hiring slowly resumes, do workers need to make absolutely sure they have a deal in hand?
I can recall a bunch of jobs I took on a handshake or a phone call, hoping the paperwork would follow. There's a lot of trust greasing the hiring wheels, it seems. Is it misplaced?
I'm reaching out today to human resources pros MPR's Public Insight Network on this issue. I'd love to be able to get some discussion going.
If you've been a position where you weren't quite sure if a job offer was made to you, post something below or contact me directly.
I'd also love to hear from the people who do the hiring. Do you end up dealing with prospects who try to pretend they got the job when you made it clear they did not?
I'll do some reporting on this over the next couple days and post on it next week. We really need MinnEcon readers to offer their insights and stories.
In the Smith case, the assistant, Jimmy Williams, quit his job at Oklahoma State believing Smith had offered him one at Minnesota. Smith said he'd never offered that job and didn't tell the assistant to quit.
Minnesota backed away from Williams after athletic director Joel Maturi pointed out NCAA recruiting violations in his past, according to the Associated Press.
The jury sided with the assistant. The U said afterward it stands behind Smith and is weighing an appeal.
Posted at 12:00 PM on May 21, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Two big pieces of employment news Thursday couldn't have been more jarring.
First came a hopeful sign for manufacturing in Minnesota's April unemployment data: 1,500 new positions and a fourth straight month of gains.
Hours later, Polaris Industries announced it would shut down a western Wisconsin plant.
Together, they got me thinking about the roller coaster ride manufacturing jobs have been on the past decade. A look at some long term data shows just how far we've fallen and the steep climb back.
Here's manufacturing employment since the recession began in December 2007.
That looks bad enough. But check out this chart of manufacturing employment since 1990 and you can feel your neck snap back as you contemplate the drop.
Here's a chart of monthly manufacturing employment, seasonally adjusted, since 1990, using federal Bureau of Labor Statistics Data.
(click on the chart for a larger view)
Looking at the charts, it's hard to believe Minnesota will find its way back on manufacturing. Employment in durable goods manufacturing (equipment, technology, machinery, etc.) is down nearly 30 percent from its peak in the 2000s (August 2000) -- more than 75,000 jobs gone.
During 2008, manufacturing boasted roughly 340,000 jobs -- 13 percent of the state's workforce, generating 15 percent of all wages paid.
Two years later, manufacturing's down below 300,000 jobs and 11 percent of the workforce.
A recent survey shows some optimism among the state's small and mid-sized manufacturers.
But it's a long road back to the summer of 2000 when some 400,000 Minnesotans were making things that built the economy.
*****************************************
Got a different view or better data? Post below or contact us directly.
Posted at 12:00 PM on May 12, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Are government workers overpaid compared to private sector employees?
That's the provocative question Chris Farrell, MPR's chief economics correspondent, asked recently on MinnEcon.
Now, that question's running just below the surface in the Minnesota budget crisis.
Gov. Tim Pawlenty recently called public employees "over-benefited and overpaid compared to their private-sector counterparts," the Rochester Post-Bulletin reported.
This issue is always a tough one to navigate. So in the weeks between Farrell's post and the governor's comments, we reached out to MPR's Public Insight Network to try and keep the conversation rolling.
We got some solid perspective from public and private sector Minnesotans.
"I would have been paid higher wages, but maybe had poorer benefits in the private sector. However, I was well compensated and have no regrets ... I believed in what I was doing and was having an impact on society and the environment.," said Loren Bergstedt, a retired civil engineer from Esko.
What people don't understand is that there are many very committed employees in the public sector. They are there because they believe in what they are doing. They have many frustrations with regulations and the bureaucracy. There is also the bad impression many have of public employees. Many (most) of my conservative friends never really believed I was competent because if I was I wouldn't be a public employee.
Click on the map icons below to read what other Minnesotans told us, and then add your voice.
Brian Lueth, a credit union manager from Arden Hills, thought public and private sector wages were probably similar but that public employees enjoyed much better benefits -- "no guaranteed retirement and health care ends when I leave my job."
Farrell brought some national data to the debate that jibes with Lueth's insight.
"The wage gap isn't a worry. It largely reflects the rewards to education," Farrell wrote. "However, there is a big difference between the private sector and the public sector: Benefits. The recent trend shows a disturbing increase in government worker benefits vs. the private worker benefits."
Farrell's already sparked some good discussion.
Given the governor's comments and the current budget chaos, we don't see the issue disappearing any time soon.
So let's have at it. Post something below or contact us directly.
How do your wages and benefits compare to what you'd earn if you switched sectors? What should people understand when they discuss government wages and benefits versus private sector compensation?
If you could, what would tempt you to change sectors?
Posted at 12:00 PM on May 11, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic Lookouts, Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
MinnEcon note: Jessica Sundheim gave us a view recently on the health of the economy in and around Fergus Falls. Today, she gives us a personal look at the jobless recovery and what it means for Ottertail County.
Interested in being an Economic Lookout? Contact us directly at MinnEcon.
A great deal of attention is paid to the want ads in our household. My husband has never really quit looking for a job since we moved here five years ago.
His current employment is not related to his educational background. With a bachelor's degree in biology and a teaching certificate, he is suited to be a naturalist in the field. For a few years he managed an environmental learning center, but the private funding was cut and we were back at square one.
Right now, my husband works for a company selling food door-to-door. He leaves around 8:30 a.m. and comes home at around 10:00 p.m.
When he started the position he made straight commission, which made for some interesting months. Over the years the company set up a more consistent pay structure in exchange for mandated quotas.
The hours are difficult for our family of six, but the job pays better than retail and includes benefits.
Yes, I single-mom it during the week. But harder than that is watching the dreams, hopes and aspirations of a person I dearly love slowly dwindle. Nearing forty, I feel that my husband is resigning himself to whatever the market will offer.
In rural communities teaching jobs are somewhat precarious because of declining enrollment and tight budgets.
Teachers who have the least amount of seniority are the first ones cut. The insecurity coupled with a very low starting salary has left my husband completely disillusioned with the idea of being a science teacher.
It's not just our family. Many of our friends have similar stories, although some offer hope. One friend stuck it out with a pop delivery job for years in order to keep their health insurance.
Others work alongside my husband and share job leads as they all compete for something with better hours and lower pay.
Another friend drove 45 miles back-and-forth for work until just recently when, after three years, he was able to find a job in his field, here in town.
There are often of jobs available in retail, service, and factories, but they all offer low wages and a high rate of turn over. Many do not include benefits. As a result, when my husband recently applied for a factory job with Cargill, there were quite a few applicants.
They first had to complete a series of personality type tests, and interviews followed for those who passed. Fifteen people, including my husband, were interviewed for two positions. The job entailed working a swing shift, 7 a.m.-7 p.m. or 7 p.m.- 7 a.m., with a few days off in between. It also required working all major holidays, but we were thrilled with the idea of my husband either finishing work at 7 p.m. or going into work at 7 p.m.
Twelve years ago, I could not have imagined him applying for this type of position, so far outside of his skill set.
However, today that position would translate into at least three hours of family time per day, plus having him home during the supper hour! The salary was similar to his current salary, except it offered annual increases in pay (not hours worked). The position also included benefits.
Unfortunately, my husband did not get the job, but he responded as he always does, by immediately getting back out there and combing the want ads.
I often hear speculation about whether this will be a "jobless" recovery. Lately, national numbers show businesses are hiring again, and I was pleasantly surprised to see that reflected in our local want ads.
There was a period of about a month this spring when there was nothing of note in the paper, and prior to that the ads were sparse. Though there is a seasonal fluctuation in employment in our area, the new job listings contain some real winners. Because health care is one of the area's biggest employers, most of the "good" jobs (living wages + benefits) require medical training.
Others also involve technical expertise -- computing, electrical engineering, agricultural background, or at least one year of experience in the field. The rest of the job openings are in retail / service industries (Pizza Hut needs servers) or in factories or processing plants (i.e. turkey production).
As a full-time student at our local community college, many of my colleagues are younger than 20 working toward nursing degrees, getting generals out of the way, or earning college credits while still in high school.
In one class, our instructor asked more than twenty-five students how many planned to stay in the area or return after completing their education.
I was stunned when I looked around the room and I was the only one with her hand raised.
This is a fabulous town with excellent schools and beautiful surroundings. Yet, how can I blame them? How many in my generation would have ever volunteered to work twelve to fifteen hour shifts and Saturdays, in careers far outside of our interests, for wages that offer lifestyles that pale in comparison to what our parents had at our ages?
I came out of the 1990's when a student went to college to earn her bachelor of arts degree with the encouragement of a bright future in whatever field she so desired.
My colleagues are far more savvy.
Many are highly specializing in technical fields that result in careers that cannot be exported, and hold no illusions of finding employment close to home.
Jessica Sundheim is a full-time student and mom
*************************************************
![]()
Want to be an Economic Lookout? Drop us a line.
Posted at 11:59 AM on May 7, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Dale Petrie lost his accounting job in the recession and struggled to stay ahead of his debts. But something good's happened. He's found a job.
His story -- together with today's national data showing private sector job growth in April was the strongest in four years -- should give us all reason for a little hope.
Petrie, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, let us document his uphill climb in the downturn. The St. Paulite saw his job end in February 2009 when the the company he worked for shut down.
We wanted to share his story for a couple reasons. He was kind enough to share the bad stuff so we wanted to make sure we highlighted something good!
Beyond that, his story tells us a little about how to get a job right now and that the changes people have made to cut back their spending may be permanent.
Over the winter, Petrie told us of being whacked by credit card companies and frustration competing with lots of qualified people for too few jobs.
"Basically it's a buyer's market right now, and the job search makes me feel like damaged goods," he said then. "I'm finding it harder than ever to land a job, or even an interview in this market, and every lead ends up being a dead end.
In March, he said he and his wife had slashed their budgets but were still taking on debt and exhausting credit lines. With jobless benefits running out, he worried he'd have to take a low-wage job outside his field.
It didn't happen. He dropped us a line a few days ago to tell us he'd be hired as an accountant by a local office of a major national financial company with total compensation better than his old job.
Petrie believes his success had less to do with the improving economy and more to do with the people who interviewed him. The interview, he said,
... had little to do with my qualifications in fact, most of that came through on my resume, but a lot of it was more to see if I'd be a good fit for the role and the environment, and I believe the first time I met with my new supervisor, he could see that my unusual career path was very similar to his.With a job secured, Petrie says his biggest concern is "digging out of the debt hole we have created."We were often on the same wavelength about a number of things, and just as with other jobs where I clearly was just about as qualified as one could be, I was often passed over for another candidate, and I think a lot had to do with the other candidate, whether he/she fit the profile they were looking for more so than I did.
There will be changes in our lives...Today I think we feel fortunate and are intending to live more frugally, at least until we regain the financial security we once thought we had.But instead of the difficult choice of whether to try to pay a credit card bill in full or let it ride, or not to have our leaking toilet repaired, we are now faced with good choices, like which of our health and dental plans should we opt into, etc.
In Minnesota, the employment picture for business and professional services is a lot better now than even six months ago.
In November, state officials reported that sector was down more than 20,000 jobs from the year before. By March, business and professional services returned to positive territory, although many of those were likely temp jobs.
We'll know more on May 20 when the state releases Minnesota's newest numbers.
And even though today's national data showed an uptick in unemployment, there's strong evidence companies are starting to be confident enough to hire.
Petrie's seen a lot of the best and worst of the recessionary economy. In some ways things are better but "I think it's still very stagnant and it is only by sheer luck that I managed to find a role that fit me so well."
I guess what I take from that is that even when everybody seems to be downsizing, there are still some areas where things are growing, there is some new job creation happening, and maybe it's happening with the larger companies first.I'm not so sure things are going to start turning around for everyone just yet. This job I received was a newly created position which took the company 4 months from the time I first talked to them until they actually offered me the position, and I had actually already stopped expecting to ever hear back from them when I got the offer.
I still see a lot of suffering out there, a lot of turmoil, and it feels to me like maybe we're not losing a bunch of jobs anymore, but the ones we lost haven't really started to come back yet....These economic wounds won't heal quickly for employees OR employers...
Looking back, he says, "Were it not for my wife's 1/2 time employment which she attained shortly before I lost my job, I don't know where my family and I (self, wife, 8 1/2 year old son) would be. I had been laid off many times before, but had never experienced a stint of unemployment anywhere near this duration."
His wife, a part-time librarian, also found new work in her field that will allow her to work nearly full-time hours.
Petrie and his wife start their new positions on Monday.
Posted at 12:00 PM on April 29, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
We asked you recently to tell us what the recession's done to your career and we asked you to write short.
Really, really short. Six words, precisely.
MinnEcon readers flooded us with creative responses from practical ("Raise? +0%, Insurance? +26%. Tough year.") to sadly philosophical ("Insurance, overtime, vacation. Unhappy; stifling dreams.") to surprisingly upbeat ("Career colleges booming. Job is safe.")
So then we threw the question to MPR's Public Insight Network, asking for their six word career stories -- and the story behind those words. Once again our sources gave us a vivid view on the recession. (You can add your voice here.)
3 jobs rolled into one.
That's how Susanna Patterson of Stillwater summed her career in the past year or so.
"Layoffs at our company have the 'survivors' filling in the gaps created by our less-fortunate colleagues," she wrote. Her job(s): "Secretary, accounting, receptionist, sample department, etc., etc., etc...."
Art. What art? Why buy art?
Minneapolis painter Christi Furnas said she learned that,"after the housing bubble popped, having walls was more important for people than finding original art to hang on them." She's confident, though things will pick up.
Here's one that surprised us: Churches hurting, want younger male pastor
"The large number of baby boomers who are pastors are having trouble finding calls because they are too expensive," wrote Karen Grandall, a pastor from Spring Valley. "As one council member said, 'Why have a Cadillac when we can get a Chevy?' We have to take part time in order to find something."
Click on the map icons to read stories of how the recession's affected the professional lives of your friends and neighbors.
The recession turned into a blessing for some, a chance to change gears professionally.
"I was laid off from my job as a blogger for a web development firm but have found a new career as a freelance writer. Best thing to ever happen," said Jodi Chromey of Shakopee, who threw a bit of math in her headline: 11 months of cube-free freelance > 9-5 cube dwelling
Kevin Sweeney of St. Paul feels like he's had some job security in this recession.
"I work in corrections and unfortunately, a small minority of people have just not figured out how to live honestly and peacefully with their neighbors. They keep breaking the laws and I keep my job. It's really too bad things are that way," said Sweeney, a juvenile probation worker who summed up his career: Still have one and APPRECIATE it!
Others told us how their lives changed when the recession torpedoed career plans of family members.
Mothering with family in the basement.
That's how Meeka Urlaub, a stay at home mom and international education worker in Minneapolis summed up her experience. "My sister-in-law and her family have moved into our basement, since her husband has been out of work for over a year."
Job-wise, there wasn't much to applaud in the most recent Minnesota unemployment numbers. We'll get the next set of numbers May 20. But experts have told us not to keep our job growth expectations low in 2010.
Maybe the hardest story to read came from Charles Oakes of Willmar. He told us he manages a community rehabilitation program that finds jobs for adults with disabilities.
"I have laid off staff, cut benefits, reduced wages, increased co-pays, and canceled most training and memberships. I have disappointed more employees & friends in the last 18 months than in my entire 30 year career in nonprofit management," he wrote.
"I have personally had my pay and benefits reduced too for things that we have no control over at all."
He summed up his experience in six-plus words: Nonprofit leader, hatchet man now. Woe is us...
Post your six words below or drop us a line.
BONUS: Check out the responses we've received on MPR's Facebook page
NOTE: Our efforts were inspired by SMITH Magazine's ongoing Six-Word Memoir project. SMITH and our public media colleagues across the country are exploring six-word economy stories. Check it out.
Also, read the newest entries at SMITH -- 6 words on the financial crisis.
Posted at 12:00 PM on April 26, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
AKA desperate recent grad.
That's how Tayler Anderson signed off her email to us last fall.
She was a new college graduate who, like so many other young adults in this recession, couldn't find work in her chosen field. She was working part-time at a Bath and Body Works to pay the bills.
This morning, Tayler's mom emailed with some good news: Tayler found a way to earn some money and get a foothold on her career. The graphic design major snagged a paid internship with Columbia Sportswear.
Celia Gust told us her daughter's leading a fabric design effort for baby and girls clothing at Columbia. "It's not typical that an intern would be made the lead designer, but Tayler has gotten rave reviews for her work from management."
It is an internship, of course. It comes with minimal pay and no benefits, but "at least it's full time," Celia Gust said. "There is the hope and promise that it will convert into a 'real' job at the end of the internship in September. "
Tayler's story has us wondering if the paid internship is taking on a vital role for new grads in this recession -- a bridge to the recovering economy.
We ran across this intriguing data from the job site SimplyHired.com
While "paid internship" is still a relatively small part of its offerings, it notes that listings for paid internships are up 141 percent since August 2008.
4/27 UPDATE: SimplyHired.com says its jobs database consists of about three million U.S. job listings, so the .06% of matching jobs on the chart translates to about 1,800 paid internship offers at the end of February.
We tend to think of internships, even paid ones, as a nice add-on to a resume or a way to pick up some extra money. But maybe the Great Recession is restructuring the path between college and the workforce.
We're following up with Simplyhired.com and some other places to see if Tayler's experience is becoming more the norm.
If you have some thoughts on this, drop us a line.
"You can imaging how proud of her I am," said Celia Gust, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network. "Let's just hope this all translates into something permanent."
Posted at 12:00 PM on April 23, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic Lookouts, Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
MinnEcon note: JP Rennquist told us in December he was "new to unemployment" but working his contacts and staying positive. In his first Economic Lookout report, he gives us a look at the challenges of being jobless in Duluth and the hope for better days.
Interested in being an Economic Lookout? Contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Monday Morning Job Club, Duluth. After a six week hiatus I finally returned to job club last week. And it had grown.
The club is a semi-formal gathering of unemployed people led by staff from the Minnesota workforce center and the city of Duluth workforce development program.
We had our biggest group ever.
That may have been due to the fact that we had a recruiter from Thrivent Financial for Lutherans looking to fill a few spots in its newly expanded Duluth office.
Or it may have been just that unemployment keeps rising here in Duluth, in spite of a few glimmers of hope .
I started coming to job club after I lost my non-profit job last November. It draws people from the old economy (teachers, manufacturers, construction workers) and the new economy (writers, web developers, telemarketers).
Some are displaced homemakers dealing with an empty nest, a divorce or the loss of a primary wage-earner in their family. Some are ex-prisoners navigating the difficult passage from incarceration to independence. Others are baby boomers nearing the end of their professional careers or young adults at the dawn of their working lives.
One man is trying to get back into the workforce after taking six years off to be a stay at home dad to his special needs daughter, who is now in school. Another guy, a recent addition who showed up during my hiatus, got laid off by Sam's Club when they outsourced their food samplers to an outside firm.
The structure is pretty simple: start with who you are and the kind of work you have done or what you might be interested in doing, later we go around the tables again and share the results from our efforts or things we'd like help with. If there is time, we share goals for the next week. Along the way there is a lot of conversation and, perhaps surprisingly, a lot of laughter.
There is definitely a lifeboat philosophy there - people realize that everyone is essentially in the same boat and they offer lots of support, encouragement and ideas to other job seekers.
Each person gets a piece of heavy card stock paper to write their name on and put in front of them on the table.
When I started coming, the name cards fit neatly in two rows on just one table. Now they cover almost two full tables. There is a stack of cards about 2 inches high for people who have been gone for awhile, either for jobs or other distractions. That's where I found mine.
I had gotten a job but instead of a new career it turned into a temporary position. They couldn't afford me, "after all," the owner said, sales were in a real slump.
I was a little embarrassed to go back after telling everyone I had a job. The people at job club were sorry to hear that my job didn't work out, but they were also happy to welcome me back.
Most of them had been through something similar before.
In March Duluth's Advanstar communications announced they were laying off 100 employees. Well, they weren't just laying them off, the company, which specializes in publishing, events and web design, said it was outsourcing them to a company in Asia.
Some of those outsourced employees have already been to job club even though their severance packages run through the summer.
Being unemployed is not fun in this job market, it's a real challenge, it's demoralizing and sometimes it seems like it's never gonna end.
But for me, and a thick stack of other attendees, Monday morning job club at least makes the job search much more bearable, and for some people who have come and moved on now, it's helped to make their searches successful.
JP Rennquist describes himself as "pretty broke" but with a million-dollar view of Lake Superior from his modest home in Duluth's Central Hillside neighborhood. He runs a couple of micro-businesses out of his house, does a lot of volunteering and is "waiting for his ship to come in."
*************************************************
![]()
Want to be an Economic Lookout? Drop us a line.
Posted at 11:00 AM on April 22, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic Lookouts, Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
MinnEcon note: Jessica Sundheim is a Fergus Falls student and mom and one of the most active sources in MPR's Public Insight Network.
In November, she gave us a personal look at how the federal stimulus was helping her family. In February, she relayed stories of friends who've had to roll the dice on health coverage.
Today, she gives us a thumbnail look at the economy around her in Fergus Falls and Otter Tail County.Creating jobs that can sustain a family is probably the region's biggest struggle, she says. Area farmers also had a tough 2009.
Still, "our economic outlook isn't all that bad," Sundheim says. "We're able to continue to attract new businesses. And those that have been here for over a century continue to make it even in the toughest of economies."
Check out her report and then post your thoughts below.
Interested in being an Economic Lookout? Contact us directly at MinnEcon.
Unemployment in Otter Tail County (click on the chart for a larger view)
![]()
Source: Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development
Jessica Sundheim is a full-time student and mom in Fergus Falls.
*************************************************
![]()
Want to be an Economic Lookout? Drop us a line.
Posted at 11:18 AM on April 16, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator, Saving & spending
From economist Louis Johnston, St. John's University | College of St. BenedictOn Monday, the group that makes the official call on recessions and expansions said that while things were looking up, it would be "premature" to date the end of this downturn.
There's no doubt data are sending mixed signals.
Industrial production, Gross Domestic Product (the chief measure of U.S. output) and similar data tell us that the economy is starting to grow. Industrial production has increased every month since June 2009. GDP grew in the 3rd and 4th quarters of 2009.
On the other hand...
Household after-tax income has been flat, leading some analysts to worry that household consumption will slow down in the coming months. Employment data tell us that firms are boosting output through increased productivity of their current workers -- not through new hiring.
Add to all of this the fact that recessions affect different areas of the country in different ways and at varying times and you can see why it's hard to pick an end-of-recession date.
Minnesota, fortunately, looks to be past the trough, though the unemployment data released on Thursday indicate that employment is not yet growing.
Officially, a recession is a period in which the economy grows at a rate significantly below normal. It can last from a few months to more than a year. Nationally, the economy last peaked in December 2007.
Experts at the National Bureau of Economic Research want to make sure they get the recession's end-date right. They do not want to go back and revise it if new data show their first choice was wrong.
What ultimately matters, though, is not the exact date the recession ended. What matters is whether households and businesses believe that their economic prospects are looking up, and they begin to consume, invest, and hire.
Johnston teaches economics at St. John's University and the College of St. Benedict and is a regular voice on MPR News.
Bonus info: Here's a chart showing annual changes in U.S. economic growth during recessions and expansions. (Click on the chart for a larger view.)
Source: Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis
Posted at 3:00 PM on April 13, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(40 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We'll remember the Great Recession for the way it reached into Minnesota's middle-income homes and put many professionals out of work for the first time.
We've talked to scores of people in MPR's Public Insight Network who hoped a college degree and knowledge-based economy would insulate them from the downturn. It didn't.
So how's the recession treating your chosen work?
We've been doing six-word challenges lately with good feedback. We asked folks to sum up their recession experiences and to tell us about their health care coverage.
We got creative, heartfelt responses that we've posted and shared with our public media friends across the country at economystory.org.
We'll do the same with your six-word entries on the recession and your profession.
Here are some posted already at economystory.org:
"Lost two jobs gained an LLC"
"Take work when you're offered it."
"Adjust to reality, give up dreams."
Here are my six words: Journalism reaper. Step ahead. So far.
That pretty much sums up my professional life the past two years -- happy and lucky to have a job writing and reporting and hoping it stays that way.
How about you? What words best describe what's happened to your career in this recession? Unemployed? New entrepreneur? Back to school to retrain?
Post your six words below or drop us a line.
BONUS: Check out the responses we're getting to this on MPR's Facebook page
NOTE: Our efforts were inspired by SMITH Magazine's ongoing Six-Word Memoir project.
Posted at 10:00 AM on April 14, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic Lookouts, Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
MinnEcon note: Brent Olson was one of the first voices in our original Economic Lookouts project. He's a county commissioner and keeps a close eye on the economics of western Minnesota.
He helped us last summer examine job creation and the stimulus.
Today, he shares a story of high demand in Big Stone County for a single government job.
Based on the county jobless rate, Olson figures "nearly thirty percent of the people looking for a job applied for ONE job."
Check out Olson's report, then post your thoughts below.
Interested in being an Economic Lookout? Contact us directly at MinnEcon.
(Unemployment in Big Stone County (click on the chart for a larger view)
![]()
Source: MN Dept of Employment and Economic Development, seasonally unadjusted
Olson is a western Minnesota writer and Big Stone County commissioner
*************************************************
![]()
Want to be an Economic Lookout? Drop us a line.
Posted at 12:00 PM on April 7, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
Numbers don't tell the story of the Great Recession. Data give us a look from 30,000 feet. But it's what you're sharing from your vantage point in your neighborhood that really tells what's happening.
A few weeks ago, we put the challenge out to you and sources in MPR's Public Insight Network to sum up your life in this economy in six words. We've highlighted a bunch already. (You can add your voice here.)
Today, I wanted to try to make it easy to read the responses from Minnesotans in our Network who said we could share their stories and use their names.
Click on the map icons to read them.
Click here to see a full page version of the map.
Here are a few that caught my attention.
Twenty three. Still living with parents. Ugh. That's how Matthew Porter of Inver Grove Heights summed up his Great Recession.
I'd wanted to move out of my parents' place for a long time. My friend had offered to be my roommate in Minneapolis while he went to school at the U of M, and I'd said I'd needed to find a better job first. I went searching, and found this great $13/hr full time spot that did contract work for Home Depot, aced the interview, passed the drug test, etc.We ran into a number of folks in their late 50s and 60s whose retirement funds were torpedoed by the stock market drop.I waited a good while waiting for that call to say I'm hired, consistently calling myself and pestering the poor man on the other end, until he told me finally that he'd just had to lay off about 20 people, and I wouldn't be hired after all. I've done a few jobs here and there since, in the long run, I'm still stuck in my low-paying retail spot.
At the age of 58 it is looking unlikely that I will be able to have a regular, safe job. I am a part time consultant/contractor no benefits, moving into my unhealthy years, and no support system. Jobs that I have applied for end up hiring less experienced/qualified but lower cost hires. Frustrating yes, insurmountable, no.Still working; No raises; Next year? Business and profits have dropped significantly the past 12 months, said Elizabeth Gilthvedt, a self employed optometrist and small business owner in Owatonna.
Still, she's been able to keep all eight full time and one part-time staff "employed through a combination of great team work and paying attention to keeping down expenses."
Unfortunately no one, not even the boss (i.e. me!), have had raises or made any production bonuses (based on increased sales & receipts.Jobs remains the critical issue for many Minnesotans. While our jobless rate is still below the nation, the state's job growth is projected to lag our neighbors in the Upper Midwest.We are continuing to work hard to enhance our patients lives by providing the best possible eye health and vision care and are staying optimistic about the coming year.
We'll get a better picture next week when state officials update the state's jobless rate. When it drops, the lives of Minnesotans will improve and, hopefully, we'll see these stories turn from struggle into hope.
Share your six word recession story with us now. We'll add it to the map.
NOTE: Our efforts were inspired by SMITH Magazine's ongoing Six-Word Memoir project.
Posted at 10:22 AM on April 6, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
We've heard the "buy local" call from many merchants during this recession. Even in good economic times, many struggle to compete against national chains and it's been harder in the downturn.
The reality is consumers on tight budgets want the best deals and lots of choices.
So what do you do? You can tell us today.
MPR is hosting an online forum at 3 pm on the decisions confronting Baldwin Township, a fast growing community north of the Twin Cities trying to decide what it wants to be.
A central question is how much to throw open the door to retail developers and big businesses that can keep taxes low and deliver convenient shopping but potentially wreck Baldwin's rural, small town nature.
The live forum today at 3 pm will take on the question: How do you know when the "big box" development is right? You can join in below.
Even if you're not connected to Baldwin, we want you to tell us where you shop and if you think it matters. Pose a question and join the conversation.
Posted at 12:00 PM on April 5, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic stimulus, Jobs & unemployment
We really don't know how many jobs the stimulus is creating or saving. For all the national and state accountability sites, finding good data continues to be a challenge and trying to get a solid answer on even the most basic questions is a chore.
This came back to me again recently when trying to track down how many jobs have been created or saved in roads and transportation stimulus spending in Minnesota.
I checked in with the Minnesota Department of Transportation on Friday after seeing a jobs number on its site that just couldn't be right -- 483 full time equivalent jobs.
It wasn't. A MnDOT spokesman said that represented only jobs from the last quarter of 2009 and that the total FTE was about 1,500. That made sense and I was going to post the 1,500 number on Friday but then the spokesman called back and said they were still working on a calculation and I shouldn't use the 1,500.
It was Good Friday and many people were out of the office, so I'm not faulting anyone. MnDOT said they would try to get a number to me today. I'll update this post when they do.
The reality, though, is the no matter the number, the expectations created when the federal stimulus passed in February 2009 of massive job creation haven't come to pass.
We've been skeptical for months about job counts. But I really did think the most accurate numbers would come from counting road and construction projects.
That hasn't been the case. Here's a thumbnail look at how the numbers have changed.
-- Back in February 2009, just after the stimulus passed, state leaders were using Federal Highway Administration estimates that the first 60 projects in Greater Minnesota transportation alone would create approximately 5,000 jobs.
-- By August 2009, MPR's Mark Zdechlik was reporting that officials were backtracking on how many road construction jobs the stimulus would create.
-- Weeks later, though, MnDOT was still telling the Legislature that 3,448 "direct on-the-project state and local jobs" had been created via stimulus funded road projects.
-- By the fall, the numbers had been revised to 1,038.67 full time equivalent jobs created or saved.
Tim Worke, director of the transportation and highway division for the Associated General Contractors of Minnesota, the trade group for the state's road and bridge construction companies, says he had the same struggle "estimating job numbers with any accuracy or confidence" when he did research for a presentation in February.
"The problem is the counting methodology and what constitutes a 'job,'" he said. Different federal offices used different approaches and reporting techniques so different numbers were generated.
"The reality is that the construction industry is in a depression and not a recession," he added. "The (stimulus) projects allowed some firms to hang on through a very difficult time and the opportunity allowed them to retain workers who otherwise would have been laid off or not called back to work."
Worke pointed to recent testimony before Congress from a Minnesotan and AGC member who talked about how vital the stimulus money was to keeping her job.
So how should we view the stimulus when it comes to jobs and road construction?
It's pretty clear the estimates of massive job creation early on were way off. So how do we judge, ultimately, if the spending was worth it?
"The failure of the (stimulus) program in the highway sector was that it was over sold publicly as a huge job opportunity program for folks that were out of work," Worke said.
"The reality has played out more as a job retention program and not a job creation program."
Posted at 12:00 PM on April 2, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Housing & mortgages, Jobs & unemployment
1.) The $14 billion in taxpayer money spent funding home buying tax credits may not be worth the cost. Economist Louis Johnston raised questions that I hadn't thought about before, including: Are the credits just an attempt to re-inflate the housing bubble?
If that's the case, the housing value roller coaster ride isn't over yet.
2.) New, well intended plans to help unemployed people modify their mortgages and avoid foreclosure will likely provide little help.
There are sweeteners to boost payoffs to second mortgage holders and that may help get short sales moving.
But Realtor Carrie Newhouse, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network who does a lot of short sale work, told us the efforts are mostly creating "false hopes" for many.
3.) Your health stories. Oh my goodness.
We asked MinnEcon readers and Minnesotans in our Network to sum up their health care and coverage experiences in six words.
Once again, you were honest, creative and compelling. More than 100 people responded and I'll be following up with many of you in coming weeks to see if you'd be willing to talk in greater detail.
Some samples:
Housing or insurance. Can't afford both.
Great insurance. Horrible care. Life outstate.
This one came in this morning. It's more than six words but still gets to the point.
$6,000 deductible. Choose between children. OR Choose between children. What to do?
We're still looking for stories. Share your six words here (OK, it can be a little longer).
Here are my six words: Job questions: Prior conditions covered? Affordably?
What did you learn this week about Minnesota's economy? Post below or contact me directly.
Posted at 2:23 PM on March 30, 2010
by Chris Farrell
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
From chief economics correspondent Chris FarrellAre government workers overpaid relative to private sector employees? That question came up on two separate occasions recently, once when I was moderating a panel in St. Cloud and another time while giving a talk in Dassel. Both times the questioner was upset that government workers make an average of $70,000 while private sector workers pocket an average of $45,000. I'm not sure where that extreme difference in pay came from. Nevertheless, I have seen various news reports putting the government worker premium at $8,000. That's still a large number.
But is the pay differential true? This is going to be a long post. But it's an important topic. And while I think the wage concern isn't warranted there is a worry, as we'll see.
First, let's look at pay. Peter Orszag, director of the Congressional Budget Office, convincingly argues that the pay gap is a misleading statistic for federal workers compared to private sector workers. The key is education and experience. He ran the numbers:
But the truth is that a comparison of federal and private-sector pay, even by occupation, is misleading because the employees hired by the federal government often have higher levels of education than their counterparts in the private sector - even within the same occupations. When you factor in the education and experience of the federal workforce, there is no statistically significant difference in average pay levels.
He uses the example of registered nurses working at the Veterans Administration.
They care for the complex injuries and illnesses of our wounded warriors and veterans. Partly reflecting the complexity of the care they deliver, nurses working for the federal government are more than twice as likely to have a college degree as those employed by the private sector (24 percent relative to 11 percent). As another example, database administrators are twice as likely to have a post-collegiate degree in the federal government as those working in the private sector (31 percent versus 16 percent).
He continues with an apples-to-apples comparison.
Overall, roughly half the federal workforce has a college degree, compared to about a third in the private sector. Most of the difference (82 percent) in average pay between the federal government and the private sector is explained by these differences in education. Holding education constant, federal workers earn $1,604 more than their private-sector counterparts on average. That is where the experience of the federal workforce comes into play. More experienced workers tend to earn more, and the federal workforce, by and large, is older on average than the private workforce. If you hold education and age constant - and thus have an apples to apples comparison - federal employees earn slightly less than those in the private sector on average, although the difference is not statistically significant.
In other words, after taking into account education and age the difference between the federal and the private sector disappears
What about the state of Minnesota? It's essentially the same story. I contacted Steve Hine, research director at the Labor Market Information Office for the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development. He quickly put together some state-wide numbers. The figures aren't comparable to Orzag's adjusted numbers, but they're suggestive: The public sector wage premium disappears after making important adjustments, especially education and skill.
Specifically, public administration hourly wages in Minnesota are 7% higher than private sector wages, $23.08 per hour vs. $21.59. It's a gap of $1.49. (His data breaks down employment levels by major occupational category. It's broken out into private sector industries and the public administration industry. It doesn't quite capture the differences between the private sector and all government workers since some government workers are in industries other than the public administration, most importantly in education and health care. Still, the total number of employees in public administration makes up a majority of employment in government.)
Yet that overall figure masks important differences. For instance, in the "protective service occupations" pay on the government side is 51% higher than in the private sector side of the ledger. But the public industry category includes state troopers and county sheriffs while security guards are on the private side. In in the management occupations, government wages are 73% of what the private sector pays.
More importantly, government has a relatively high employment concentration in the higher paying occupations that require a college education or more. Hines points out that the legal, science, business and engineering groups are all relatively high-paying and the share of government employment in these groups is higher than in the private sector. On the other hand, low-paying sales jobs and food serving jobs are under-represented in government. "I did a quick calculation and estimated that if the employment distribution in government was the same as that in the private sector, the average government wage rate would be $21.30, a percent or two below the private wage of $21.59," he says.
In essence, the wage gap isn't a worry. It largely reflects the rewards to education.
However, there is a big difference between the private sector and the public sector: Benefits. The recent trend shows a disturbing increase in government worker benefits vs. the private worker benefits. Economist Michael Mandel on his blog Mandel on Innovation and Growth notes that public-and private-sector worker benefits moved together until 2004. Companies started clamping down on benefits, but the public sector didn't.
Most of the difference has to do with retirement benefits. State and local government pensions aren't in great shape already. It's a worry.
Posted at 11:12 AM on March 26, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Housing & mortgages, Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
1.) That second wave of mortgage and foreclosures we've been worried about for months is close to hitting.
We're through the worst of the mortgage crisis. But that doesn't mean we're done. "Exhibit A" may be this map from Minnesota Housing Finance Agency illustrating non-prime adjustable rate mortgages still to reset:
Thanks to the Minnesota Home Ownership Center for pointing it out to us.
We're particularly interested in those dark blotches in Crow Wing and Cass counties. We're planning a deeper look at what that's about.
Are those the really nice lake homes built when the economy was great and may be in danger of foreclosure when the loan resets and the monthly payments are recast?
If you know something about housing and home loans in that region, tell us what you're seeing.
2.) We really need to pay attention to the talks on a new nurses contract.
It's really flying under the radar at this point, but the formal negotiations have begun on a new contract between 12,000 nurses and six hospital systems in the Twin Cities. The current deal ends May 31.
I can't imagine a nurses strike given the lousy economy and the flux in the nation's health care system. But it worries me.
The Minnesota Nurses Association notes: "The last time there was a large-scale RN strike in Minnesota was summer 1984, when 6,000 nurses walked off the job for 35 days. It remains the largest RN strike in U.S. history."
So that strike happened about a year and a half after the early '80s recession bottomed out in November 1982.
Experts tell us the economy has already bottomed out in the recession and while we don't have an exact date, the economic timing of the '84 strike and a potential 2010 strike is eerily similar.
One source in MPR's Public Insight Network pointed out to me earlier this week that we may see a generation gap form in the current talks between older nurses who see pension benefits as a huge contract issue and younger nurses who don't believe they'll ever see much of a pension anyway and won't strike over it.
If you have any thoughts on this or just want to talk about the nurse contract talks generally, drop me a line.
3.) Six word recession? Grace under pressure.
More than 200 of you shared your recession experiences in (mostly) six words. And they were great. Thank you.
I'll be reaching out to many of you in the coming weeks to see if you'll share a bit more of your story. That's what MinnEcon's all about.
If you haven't sent in your story, take 2 minutes and sum up your recession.
Posted at 12:00 PM on March 25, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
You did it. You captured the pain, wry humor and resilience of surviving the Great Recession. In six words (mostly).
I wasn't sure what we'd get when we asked MinnEcon readers and Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network to describe their recession experience in six words. More than 150 200 responded.
You gave us a revealing look at life in Minnesota in this recession. Let's keep it going. If you haven't tried it yet, give it a shot and describe your recession in six words.
My colleague Molly Bloom was intrigued by these responses from our Network:
"Holding my breath, survivor's guilt, re-evaluating," wrote Shane Baker, a Rochester teacher.
"I've fallen and I can't get back up (yet)," said Todd Lewandoski a former airline pilot from West. St. Paul. "Very profitable airline suddenly closed," he added. "Airline retirement raised from sixty to sixty five combined with the economy means no jobs for at least two more years." He's now pursuing a nursing degree.
Check out the wordle that Steve Mullis, MPR's associate online editor, built from the responses we got from our Network, from the Web site posts and from responses this morning to MPR's Today's Question.
A wordle creates a visual image where the words that are used most are the largest.
Mullis was struck by two words that ended up fairly prominent: "Back home."
That's been a recurring theme we've heard from the Network during the recession -- adult children, damaged financially in the recession, moving home with parents and relatives.
We've posted on that before. Today, Kerri Miller and the Midmorning program took a deep look at the issue. Click the play button to listen.
Many of the words in the wordle (click on it for a larger view) need little explanation. Job. Debt. Broke.
But I have to say I was struck by the size of the word "fortunate."
OK, now it's your turn. Sum up your recession in six words. Or you can just post something below. Here are my six: Surviving on journalism despite average skills.
Scroll through some of the responses we've received:
Below are the responses Mullis found intriguing. Take a look. Are you in there?
"Graduating has never been so terrifying."
"Old job vanished. Fortuitously, new job."
"We don't mind Mac & Cheese."
"I'd like to be Joe Mauer."
"keep crappy job at all costs."
"Me: Poor. You: Same. Us: Exhausted."
NOTE: Our efforts were inspired by SMITH Magazine's ongoing Six-Word Memoir project.
Posted at 12:03 PM on March 22, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(13 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
Waiting for Joe Mauer's new Twins deal turned into a mini-drama the past few weeks. But there's another contract deadline looming that will really hit the Twin Cities hard if a deal doesn't get done.
Formal negotiations began last week between 12,000 area nurses and six hospital systems.
The current contract is set to expire at the end of May for nurses working at North Memorial, HealthEast, Allina, Methodist, Children's and Fairview. The union says it will vote May 19 to either ratify the new contract or authorize a strike.
Given the recession, the hobbled economy and the problems in health care funding generally, it's hard to imagine the nurses and hospitals not finding common ground.
We followed talks between Honeywell workers in the Twin Cities a few months ago where there was concern about a strike but workers ended up voting more than two to one for a new contract.
A nurses strike would be an earthquake in the Twin Cities. Staffing levels and pension fund contributions are likely to be the biggest issues, according to the nurses association.
So we're going to be following this issue pretty closely.
We got a heads-up on it from a nurse in MPR's Public Insight Network recently when we asked about her economic forecast for spring and she told us, "I am concerned I may have to go on strike in June."
If you're connected to nursing or hospitals -- nurse, doctor, administrator, patient -- tell us how you view the nursing contract talks and how a strike would affect you and the region. Post below or contact me directly.
This is the contract we all need to watch.
Posted at 3:26 PM on March 18, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
They are tired.
Your friends and neighbors in Minnesota who work multiple jobs are beat. There are probably more of them you realize.
We posted a few weeks ago on some new data showing Minnesota with one of the highest percentages of multiple jobs holders in the country. We got some good feedback from people who wanted to share their stories. (Add your voice here.)
We wanted to learn more about how and why people do it.
There are some obvious reasons. Farm states have the highest percentage of people with two or more jobs. That makes sense given the seasonal work in agriculture and farmers who may work winter jobs. But a North Dakota State analysis also fingered low wages, limited benefits and underemployment (part time, seeking full time) as reasons why people take two or more jobs.
These folks are compelling because we often forget them. They're employed so they don't turn up in monthly jobless numbers.
Today's numbers showing Minnesota's unemployment rate stable at 7.3 percent seem upbeat. But it misses the struggles of people who must work multiple jobs to stay afloat.
Dottie Titus of Minneapolis works four part time accounting jobs, including a 24 per week temp job. She told us she does it because she can't find full time work and needs more money for household bills.While the set-up provides some flexibility and more income, she gets no benefits and pays for her health coverage.
She's tired and has a good reason beyond the schedule.
"I have been battling cancer, and it's hard to find a full time job that will let you take a day off every other week for chemotherapy," she said. "My doctor has told me to limit my work to 24 hours a week but that doesn't bring in enough income to pay my annual $10,000 bill for health insurance, deductibles and co-pays; so I work more hours."
Click on the icons below to read what some of the Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network told us recently about the pros and cons of working two or more jobs. Share a story here.
Leah Wilkes of Minneapolis has a full time job at the University of Minnesota but also moonlights as a cafe server 10-15 hours a week. She's also doing it to pay the bills and for a little fun money. But she says she also enjoys working more than one job.
"With the serving, its always a way to have cash in pocket and also, it keeps my body moving," she said. I have been working in bars and restaurants for 20 years and sitting at a desk is difficult. I get my benefits from my job at the U, so I am in a better position than many in the service industry who don't have health or dental insurance."
On the downside, "I'm tired. It's exhausting to work 50-55 hours a week. Also, I work every Saturday so if there is something that I want to do, I have to try and get it covered. Less freedom."
Here's a map put together by North Dakota State researchers (click on it for a larger view):
![]()
Nicolle Westlund of Mounds View spoke for a lot of recent college graduates when she told us she was working a bunch of part time jobs because she couldn't find a full time gig. Her jobs include editorial intern, program coordinator and writing tutor.
"I get a variety of experiences and tasks on a weekly basis -- and I get to sleep in one weekday a week!" she said. "While one of my jobs requires work in an office at a computer screen, another gives me interaction with high school and middle school students, so they help balance each other out."
The problem is that she's still struggling to earn enough to live on her own. "Even though I'm a year out of college, finding a full-time job has been difficult and the monetary repercussions require that I still live with my parents."
The overall data show North Dakota and Nebraska were tops with 9.7 percent of employed people working more than one job in 2008. South Dakota, Vermont and Minnesota rounded out the top five with 8.8 percent of employed Minnesotans saying they worked more than one job. The national average was 5.2 percent.
Some of the data defy explanation. Some of the lowest unemployment states have the highest rates of multiple job holders. And Dave Senf with the Minnesota employment department has noted that multiple job holding tends to rise during expansions when job opportunities are good.
So explaining the multiple job numbers is still a bit of a mystery. Understanding the struggles of people who are juggling several jobs is not.
BONUS INFO: MPR's radio story on the unemployment numbers features Shawn Tweten of New Ulm, another Minnesotan who responded to our multiple jobs query.
He's worried he won't be able to break free from working several jobs and he made an intriguing point.
It's disheartening, almost, to the American dream kind of thing. There's this ideology that you go off to college, you get a degree, you get a good job, you have a house with 2.2 kids and you're set in your job for years and years.***************************************
Posted at 4:46 PM on March 12, 2010
by Chris Farrell
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment
From chief economics correspondent Chris FarrellPaul's recent post on jobs versus the environment reminded me of a classic political economy problem deeply embedded into the whole discussion of freer trade.
The case for freer trade and open markets is overwhelming. Economic evidence and economic history alike support the view that freer trade over time invigorates economy's by encouraging the spread of new ideas, new technologies, and new ways of organizing everyday life (to paraphrase economist Joseph Schumpeter). Consumers enjoy lower prices and greater choice. Competition from overseas rivals encourages corporate efficiency and innovation.
Here's the thing: The benefits of a free trade and open border policy come with a considerable price tag. Not everyone benefits. As everyone who took Economics 101 knows, the gains from trade are dispersed throughout the economy while the costs are highly concentrated. Too many employees have felt the downside of "creative destruction." Thanks to the routine corporate restructurings, downsizings, reengineerings--pick your favorite euphemism--during good and bad times (like now), there's little job security and stagnant wages.
Combating the downside doesn't mean adopting protectionist measures. (Just ask the 1930s protectionists Messrs. Smoot and Hawley or look at the experience of Cuba and North Korea.) But let's agree on that and move on.
Instead of writing editorials and Op-ed pieces extolling the virtues of free trade, the economics profession should declare victory. The free trade debate has largely been won even though sometimes its two-steps forward and one-step back. Economists and other interested in the issue should focus more of their intellectual firepower on coming up with ways to support workers dislocated by international competition, deregulation, and technological innovation. In an era of high job loss, unemployment, wage stagnation, long-term unemployment, and underemployment, unaffordable or unavailable health insurance, and increasingly at-risk pension plans the truly important questions involve constructing a better safety net for workers (and not their companies). Healthcare reform is one potential step in the right direction. But much more needs to be done.
This way, the benefits of free trade are enjoyed and the downside minimized.
Posted at 12:00 PM on March 10, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
MPR's getting a lot of response to our Question of the Day on balancing environmental protection and job creation.
But here's another question: What do you do when you're getting the economic benefits and someone else is paying the environmental costs?
We started thinking about that as we recalled the Enbridge pipeline expansion in northern Minnesota, a controversial project to bring tar-sands oil from Canada into the U.S. that's expected to be completed by the middle of this year.
We mentioned the project and its hoped-for economic benefits to northern Minnesota in a post last fall, after the U.S. State Department backed a permit.
MPR also produced a deep piece on the economic boom and thousands of jobs the pipeline's construction was producing in northern Minnesota communities that badly needed the work.
"The Bemidji area alone saw an influx of close to 800 well-paid pipeline workers. Some were hired locally, and some come from other parts of the country," MPR's Tom Robertson reported in November.
But while Minnesota's enjoying a short-term boost, pipeline opponents argue the environmental costs are being tallied somewhere else -- in open pit mines in Alberta, Canada and, eventually, around the globe as the crude is refined.
"Minnesotans need to understand the whole story," said Sarah Risser, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network from St. Paul who told us in emails last fall and today that she believes there's been too much focus on job creation and not enough on the environmental cost.
"Of course, I understand how important it is to get Minnesotans back to work." she said, "but I also believe we need to ensure that people understand exactly what the pipeline is bringing to our state."
The crude oil that will run through the pipeline is considered some of the dirtiest on Earth. According to the Natural Resources Defense Council, extracting bitumen from the Tar Sands and turning it into crude oil is a dirty, energy-intensive and destructive process. It takes four tons of material dug out of open pit mines to produce a single barrel of oil. Mining bitumen from the Tar Sands requires open-pit operations comparable to mountaintop removal coal mining in Appalachia: large tracts of boreal forest are cut, wetlands are drained, layers of soil and peat moss are removed, important habitat is lost.
In the end, it's probably a lot easier to answer the environment vs jobs question when it's the same group of people affected directly by both. It's harder to parse when someone gets the jobs creation and someone else pays much of the environmental price.
******************************************
Thoughts on the issue? Post below or contact me directly. And please try Today's Question.
Posted at 5:32 PM on March 5, 2010
by Chris Farrell
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
From chief economics correspondent Chris FarrellThe unemployment rate stayed steady at 9.7% for February. Payrolls declined by 36,000. It's a disappointing report considering it takes payroll job gains of at least 100,000 a month just to keep up with population growth. As Paul put it in a post earlier this morning "there's still a long road to walk before we get to a recovery that people feel."
There's even mixed feeling among some market observers about what is normally considered a bright spot in the employment numbers: An increase in temp jobs. According to today's Bureau of Labor Statistics report, temporary help services added 48,000 jobs. What's more, since reaching a low point in September 2009, temporary help services employment has risen by 284,000.
Numbers like that are typically considered a healthy sign for future job growth.
The reason is that companies like to hire temp workers first when the economy is making the transition from contraction to expansion. This way, they don't take on additional fixed costs, especially employee benefits. But when management is confident that the recovery is truly gaining traction, companies start offering their temp workers full time jobs and also put out the help-wanted sign.
One of my favorite blogs to regularly follow is Calculated Risk. It has an intriguing chart on temp employment compared to full time employment.

It's a complicated chart, but the red line is an adjusted three month average change in temporary help services and the blue line is the three month average change in total employment (excluding temporary help services.) The temp data goes back to 1990, which isn't a very long data set.
Still, it shows that temp employment appears to lead overall employment by about four months.
Here's the thing: Calculated Risk wonders if the rise in temp work this time around isn't a precursor to full time job growth. The future is temp. Management is increasingly willing to hire a just-in-time work force with no benefits and job security. It's what this recent Business Week cover story on the disposable workers speculates could be the future.
The economic numbers don't really provide an answer. It's unlikely that most companies will embrace a disposable workforce. The downsides are painfully obvious. But it's very possible that companies will rely on temp workers much longer than in the past.
This an important story to follow in coming months.
Posted at 12:00 PM on March 5, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
It was good this morning to read the national jobless rate held steady at 9.7 percent, better than expected. That followed news early this week of job growth in Minnesota during January.
But there's still a long road to walk before we get to a recovery that people feel.
That's what we heard when we asked Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network to give us their personal economic forecast for March. How were they feeling about their household economy? Would they be saving or spending? Most of the couple dozen responses we got made it clear jobs and debt are still major sources of worry.
You can add your voice here or post something below.
Marty Ganser, a research engineer from St. Paul, described his financial outlook as worrisome. "I would have said 'holding steady,' except for the recent notice of layoffs by my employer, slated for late March.That is really the big worrisome question."
He and his wife are expecting their first child soon, he added. "We're holding off on any further big-ticket baby items, and prioritizing our debt in the event I get laid off."
Things seemed better for Linda Kvanbeck , an administrative assistant and horse show judge from Northfield. Her husband took a new job in January, "which is an immense help to our finances." But she worried over her short-term finances.
Among the issues she's dealing with, she owns a horse barn that needs the roof replaced.
"We will save less money as we continue to pay off credit card debt. Some debt has been retired, but we have a long way to go," she said. "It is difficult to see any way to put on a new barn roof in the next two years, as all of our disposable income is going to debt and to caring for the horses."
Job growth is obviously crucial to making things better in Minnesota. But the professional forecasters continue to tamp down prospects for this year. The latest caution comes from Minnesota's newest economic forecast :
The slow pace of job creation in Minnesota for the remainder of 2010 and early 2011 will make it very difficult to put the state's unemployed, displaced, and underutilized workers back to work promptly.Even as she expects her financial situation to improve this month, Jo Hendricks told us she's worried about her job prospects.A tax refund will brighten her short-term picture. She said she'd use it to pay accumulated debt and boost her savings. "This is major as it reduces the stress of being in debt while being employed but under-employed."But then came an "Arghhh" when we asked about possible changes at work. "We are," she said, "looking at furloughs."
Even with average growth of 6,000 per month in late 2011 through 2012, (Minnesota Management and Budget) economists believe it is likely that a higher state unemployment rate may become the new normal for the foreseeable future.
********************************************
What's your household economic forecast? Post below or share a story here.
Posted at 11:34 AM on March 4, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've explored how the Great Recession has changed the dynamic in many households. MPR's Rupa Shenoy had a terrific piece this week on how more women than ever are the primary breadwinners, especially in Minnesota.
But here's the question: Is this a permanent shift? Will the changes that families are having to make last beyond the recession?
We started wondering that as we read through responses from Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network. (If you haven't shared your story yet, please drop us a line.)
Some saw the shifts as temporary, a way to survive the recession. Others saw it lasting awhile as their spouse returns to school or changes careers.
"Nearly every woman I know (friend and family) is currently making more money than her husband / significant other, or is more educated," Lindsey Jackson, a Network source and health educator from Lindstrom wrote us.
Some viewed it as a permanent and necessary change.
"We could not function at our current standard of living if my wife did not continue to work. She has surpassed my highest wage ever and enjoys her work," said Shawn Hanna of Minneapolis.
My retirement income is now approx. 1/3 of our household income and hers is the other 2/3. This is a long-term change and we should be able to continue with this arrangement for another 5+ years until she retires. Seeing my wife excel in her field has been wonderful experience. Far from feeling less of a man when she surpassed me, I felt fulfilled. She suffered financially as a low paid teacher and now still teaches (in a way) and is compensated accordingly higher. I simply take the gender out of my thinking.Much of the current circumstance is driven by the deep losses in male dominated industries, especially manufacturing, the hardest hit sector in Minnesota. That created a "he-cession" but new research indicates the gap has closed in Minnesota.Bao Vang, a leadership program coordinator from St. Paul, told us about the shifts in her family economy."It's been tough being the sole breadwinner...What was a temporary arrangement is now a long term change. I only buy things for the kids (such as clothes) and not buy things for me or their dad, unless it is absolutely necessary. Our family was actually able to weather the economic downturn since we have been living off one income for the past three years, but it puts tremendous pressure of me to not lose my job."Click on the map icons below to read what others told us about their situations.
For some, the need to bring in an income runs deeper than economics.
"I have always made more money and carried the health insurance benefits," said Sheri Lechner, a clinic directory from Savage.
"My dad died when I was 15 and my mom could barely get by to support 3 daughters. She had only a high school education (same as my dad) but he had always made more money and had the job with benefits," she wrote us. "I always knew I did not want to depend on anyone else to support me."
Tell us your story about the changing economic roles in your home.
Posted at 11:30 AM on March 3, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Our Tuesday post on the broad measures of unemployment talked about people who worked part time jobs but wanted full time. That got us thinking about how many people might be working multiple part time jobs to make ends meet.
Data published recently give us a good look at how Minnesota compares to the nation. Minnesota has one of the highest percentages of multiple jobs holders in the country.
North Dakota and Nebraska were tops with 9.7 percent of employed people working more than one job in 2008. South Dakota, Vermont and Minnesota rounded out the top five with 8.8 percent of employed Minnesotans saying they worked more than one job. The national average was 5.2 percent.
Here's a chart put together by North Dakota State researchers (click on it for a larger view):
![]()
Farm states have the highest percentage of people with two or more jobs. That makes sense given the seasonal work in agriculture and farmers who may work winter jobs. The North Dakota State analysis also fingered low wages, limited benefits and underemployment (captured by that broader U-6 measure we talked about Tuesday.)
Still, the multiple job data is kind of a mystery. It would make sense that states with high official unemployment rates also had high part-time job rates. But that's not necessarily the case.
We wrote a post last year on working multiple jobs in a lousy economy. We used research from Dave Senf with the state employment department where I botched some important facts.
In correcting us, Senf wrote that multiple job holding was higher back in the tight labor market years of 1999 than during the recession years of 2001 - 2002.
Multiple job holding tends to be cyclical, increasing during expansions when job opportunities are good and declining as the job market weakens during recessions. Workers who wanted a second job during the labor shortage years of the late 1990s had an easier time of finding a second job than those seeking a second job during the soft job market between 2001 and 2004.If you're working several jobs, post below or contact me directly and tell us why.
Maybe there isn't an absolute connection between multiple jobs and the recession. But my guess is a lot of the two-jobs holders these days are like Colin Mansfield.
Mansfield, a Public Insight Network source from West St. Paul, told us last spring:
I have two jobs. My main job was cut last year from full-time, 40 hours per week to 21 ours. My second job pays a little more, but is only 10 hours/week, teaching at a school.I learned last week that the school has had to cut its budget so far that the teacher I work with has been moved to a different area for half his time and so my job will go down to 5 hours/week as a result. Apparently, I earn so little money that cutting my job completely would make very little difference to the school's bottom line, so they're keeping me on.
For now... I just turned 60 and the likelihood of finding much beyond a Wal-Mart greeter these days is minimal.
Posted at 6:00 PM on March 2, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The January employment numbers, released today, look pretty good. The most jobs created in a month since April 2005 and a downtick in the unemployment rate are encouraging.
But we know there are still many folks struggling to make it through this recession and that the true unemployment rate is worse than the monthly percentage that gets published.
How much worse is open to debate. But let's look at the broadest measure of unemployment -- the U-6.
U-6 counts people who are working part-time but want full time. It also counts "discouraged workers" -- people who've stopped looking but who would take a job if they could find one.
Tack those on to the traditional unemployed and you get an average jobless rate of 14.2 percent in Minnesota during 2009, according to data just released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
That's a lot higher than the 7.8 percent average for 2009 using the official calculation -- total unemployed as a percent of the civilian labor force.
Click on the chart and you'll see a comparison of average U.S. and Minnesota U-6 unemployment rates since 2005.
![]()
You don't hear a whole lot about U-6. State officials don't find the annual averages particularly useful. Still, it's worth exploring for a couple reasons.
We know there are a lot of marginally employed and discouraged people out there that ought to be part of the conversation. Over the past year, we've heard from dozens of people in MPR's Public Insight Network about those kinds of struggles.
MPR's Elizabeth Dunbar got at that issue with a story this afternoon.
We also know from today's Minnesota economic forecast, it will be a long, slow grind for people who need jobs.
State economists are now projecting:
Minnesota will only add about 29,000 jobs over the next 12 months, or 2,400 jobs per month on average. While this is certainly better than losing jobs, Minnesota's labor market needs to produce an estimated 24,000 jobs a year, or about 2,000 a month, to simply keep pace with population growth and new people entering the workforce.The slow pace of job creation in Minnesota for the remainder of 2010 and
early 2011 will make it very difficult to put the state's unemployed, displaced, and underutilized workers back to work promptly.Even with average growth of 6,000 per month in late 2011 through 2012, (Minnesota Management and Budget) economists believe it is likely that a higher state unemployment rate may become the new normal for the foreseeable future.
So even as the official rate improves, many of your neighbors will still be struggling with employment, won't being counted in that official jobless tally and the immediate prospects for something better don't look great.
Jay Johnson of Chanhassen, a mid-50s engineer trying to re-enter the job market, told us recently he decided he would stop looking for work "so that other people in greater need will have a better chance at working. Statistically," he concluded, "I probably do not exist."
****************************************************
Are you part of the underemployed? Working part-time and want to be working full time or know someone in that situation? Not looking but would take a job if offered? We'd love to hear from you.
Post something below or contact me directly and share a story.
Meanwhile, click on the map below to read the stories of people who told us a year ago they were looking for jobs. Some found work.
Most, though, were still dealing with the frustrations of a job search: job applications, waiting for call backs, having to re-tell their jobless stories.
(This post included material from my MPR colleagues Elizabeth Dunbar, Bill Catlin and Annie Baxter. It also cribbed from a piece last year on U-6 by my colleague Dan Olson.)
Posted at 8:00 AM on March 2, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
Back in December, we wondered how many kids would apply for a popular Minneapolis youth summer jobs program, thinking it might be a barometer of how young people were faring in the recession.
Now we have our answer -- a record 4,000-plus applications for STEP-UP.
Notification letters are going out this week. Program leaders still hope to have a total of 1,350 jobs recruited and in place. But right now they're 300 jobs short and are busy contacting employers.
(If you're a business interested in the program, here's some information.)
These are paid summer internships. Youth ages 14 to 21 are matched with jobs in private businesses, government, non-profits and education.
The jobs pay at least $7.25 an hour, so they are a big deal in a recession that's hit young people particularly hard. Last summer, STEP-UP received 3,200 applications for 1,300 jobs.
This year's roughly 4,050 applicants are "definitely a record since STEP-UP was branded as such in 2004," said director Tammy Dickinson.
"I think it shows how much teens have been impacted by the job market, in many cases having to work much harder to find work since in some cases adults that are unemployed are shifting into jobs that teens would typically fill," Dickinson said.
No doubt.
In its teen summer jobs outlook report last spring, the state employment and economic development office saw an entry level labor market getting more crowded as "experienced workers are hit by layoffs, older workers delay retirement and brand-new college graduates seek employment outside their fields of study."
With so many breadwinners unemployed, it would be easy to dismiss the struggles of teens and young adults who are trying to find work. Minnesota's newest overall jobless numbers will be out this morning and no one's expecting a turnaround. (UPDATE: jobless rate came in at 7.3% for January, down slightly from 7.4% in December.)
But as we noted in a prior post, that summer cash isn't just "fun money" any more. In many households it's a vital piece of household income.
Dickinson says many of the employers that were on board last year are working with STEP-UP this year because of their commitment to the program and the benefits the interns bring to their companies.
However, "we are still stretching in the tighter economy to get enough employers to pledge jobs for 2010."
Posted at 2:30 PM on March 1, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
We're going to be deluged this week with Minnesota budget and economy news. The newest state unemployment data comes out Tuesday morning.
Also that morning comes the state's newest economic forecast.
It's likely that the data in both of those reports will line up with what Creighton University's very good economic analysis told us today about Minnesota.
Creighton creates a "leading economic indicator" for a bunch of Midwest states, including Minnesota. It's based on a survey of business supply managers and a score of 50 or higher indicates expected growth.
Minnesota's score rose to 57.4 in February, up from 51.4 in January, survey data released today show. It's the seventh straight month indicating growth.
And that's the good news. The bad news is that Minnesota's lost nearly 30,000 manufacturing jobs "or more than 8.5 percent of its manufacturing base," Creighton economist Ernie Goss notes.
"For the second quarter of 2010, based on our surveys, I expect minimal manufacturing job gains and very modest overall job gains."
That's likely the message we'll get tomorrow in the state's economic forecast and jobless data: Worst is over, brighter days ahead for people with jobs. But for people that need jobs it will be slow going. Minnesota employment will not come roaring back in 2010.
Posted at 11:30 AM on March 1, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Tom Koller's been letting us follow his journey through unemployment and retraining via the Minnesota workforce programs.
So when a legislative report recently questioned the effectiveness of those retraining programs, we wanted to get his view. Turns out the concerns in the report match up pretty well with Koller's experience.
Laid off as a machinist in 2008, Koller's been navigating state programs for job seekers to become a computer network administrator.
He has a job now after months of working through the state retraining system -- but it's not the one he was training for.
Before we look at what Koller's doing now, let's ask a question -- Should state jobless programs be judged on how well they help people find good jobs? What should we expect state jobs search programs to deliver.
Post your thoughts below or contact me directly.
Koller, 50, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network from Eden Prairie, was laid off as a machinist in 2008 and entered the state dislocated worker program to retrain for a future as a computer network administrator. He got about $800 for training and earned his first Sun Microsystems certification.
Koller, though, has been unable to find a network administrator job.
He took a job recently -- "no skill or education required" -- picking up and delivering cable TV and internet equipment. With his unemployment benefits exhausted and savings nearly gone, this was his best option.
Koller figures he can earn up to $30,000 in the new job and his income will likely be low enough that he can still keep getting health coverage from the Veterans Administration.
So he got some training and found some work. But the work wasn't what he trained for and he took it because he absolutely needed the job.
That's basically what the legislative auditor found in surveying displaced workers who'd been through the state programs.
While most people in the programs were generally satisfied with the services they received, only a third felt like it helped connect them with employers who were hiring. Only 39 percent felt the services helped them get a good job.
At the workforce center, he said, the little things worked best.: "People with good attitudes and diverse knowledge doing some coaching. Simple answer and suggestions.Their suggestions matched what I was seeing at the time..."
The audit recommends state officials start surveying people who've used state job help programs to see if they were satisfied with the outcomes.
"Anyone willing to put forth the effort to get ahead, will generally do better than those that choose not to," said Koller. "While it really doesn't take much to take advantage of these programs, it requires more than some are willing or able to do. Emotional, planning, and financial support cannot be forced on anyone. But I am glad it was there."
Koller, by the way, hasn't given up on his dream of being a network administrator.
"As for me and my continued studies, for about a month, they will be put on hold. I need to adapt to the new job first. "
BONUS INFO: Read our October and November posts on Koller and his job search.
Posted at 9:00 PM on February 18, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Julie Moore owns a Twin Cities collection agency. It's a vantage point on the recession no one really wants to see.
She's heard just about every kind of economic struggle, every painful circumstance and angry excuse, the "tragic and heartfelt stories of shear panic and frustration on the other end of the phone."
Moore, a former debt counselor and source in MPR's Public Insight Network, opened a window for us on what it's like on her end of that call.
"We're talking to humanity, not criminals," she told us, "and our hearts hurt for these conditions....we called a mother collecting on her son's medical bills, to learn that she'll have to call us back after his funeral today and see what she can do. He was to be buried on his birthday where he would have been seven."
This market is severely distressed. Our collectors hear everything from lost jobs, under employed, no insurance to cover the health care bill, mounting debt load and the debt we're wanting them to pay is on the bottom of the pile.From our commercial department where we collect from physicians, we're told of delayed Medicare / Medicaid payment, adjusted down rates and flat out bad debt issues that affect their ability to pay.
(There is) the restaurant who can no longer buy from their supplier and is forced to shop at the grocery store by paying cash, and can no longer see a recovery in sight to stay open.
If there's any money going around it's not hitting the pockets of the debtors of whom we are trying to extract cash from.
While there's been plenty of work for collection agencies in this lousy economy, Moore says it's no bonanza and that profitability has slipped.
Yes, her consumer collections business has jumped the past 18 months. But the percentage they recover on each debt has dropped significantly "as the job loss, skipped debtor and bankrupt debtor scenarios have increased."
Moore says she's seen the past abuses of people abusing credit and "living large" and didn't have a whole lot of sympathy. But her view's changed dramatically in the recession.
She offers some advice:
"If you happen to be on the other end of the collector's call, be honest, share your situation. Most companies will work with you and even offer suggestions and ideas to keep both creditor and debtor content during the repayment period.
"Don't be ashamed if your financial condition is bleak..."
**************************************************
Debt collector is not the world's most beloved profession. They generate more complaints to the Federal Trade Commission and state attorneys general than any other business.
The Federal Trade Commission has a good consumer guide on debt collections. The Minnesota Attorney General's Office has a similar guide.
Good or bad, if you've had an experience trying to collect a debt or being collected on, post below or contact us directly. and share your story.
Posted at 11:00 PM on February 5, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The Iron Ranger had a simple exercise she wanted us to try. Go to the MinnesotaWorks Web site and search for all jobs within 25 miles of the 55792 (Virginia) Zip code posted in the last 30 days and see what you find.
I found 81 full- and part-time jobs posted, but 36 were temporary Census jobs.
I haven't had a chance to follow up with her, but I think I got her point. In some parts of Minnesota, the temporary needs of the Census, not the long term needs of private employers, are driving the job opportunities.
MinnesotaWorks is a service provided by the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development. It doesn't hold every job listing, but it's a free service tied in with the state's job placement efforts, so it's a decent barometer of openings in selected parts of the state.
I checked the neighboring Zip codes around Virginia and found pretty much the same thing -- regional Census jobs, paying $11 to $14 an hour, making up a third to a half of the new employment listings the past 30 days.
It's only one way to look at the employment situation in one of the hardest hit areas of Minnesota in the recession.
But it reinforces the expert consensus that Minnesota's jobs machine will not come roaring back in 2010.
********************************************
Got a different take on the job climate around your part of Minnesota? Post below and tell us what you're seeing or contact me directly.
Posted at 10:57 AM on February 2, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Tom Mobry and his fellow Teamsters on Sunday voted more than two to one to approve a new contract with Honeywell International. Odds are it didn't rate a mention in your newspaper. But there are some deeper economic issues here that need exploring.
I've been talking to Mobry the past couple of weeks leading up to the contract vote. He's a technician who troubleshoots and repairs aircraft navigation equipment for Honeywell, once one of the giants of Twin Cities manufacturing.
It's the kind of work that in normal economic times might easily sustain a household. These days it's no guarantee.
When his wife's hours were reduced, Mobry, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, needed a second job. He's working in a liquor store to help make ends meet.
The emails he's sent the past couple weeks offer a diary of hopes and worries easily understood in this recession.
"The health of unions in this country is not very well considering there isn't a lot negotiating power on our side," he told me Sunday after the vote. "Unemployment is so high that companies can threaten to move or just hire someone else."
He wanted to make clear he was speaking only for himself. He's better off than many in Minnesota manufacturing, which has lost 33,000 jobs the past 12 months, more than any sector.
But he raises good questions: How much security can we expect in our jobs? What kind of leverage do unions hold these days?
Take a look at Mobry's thoughts below, which I've edited for space. Then send me your thoughts on all these questions.
Jan 11: My union contract with my employer expires at the end of January and they have shown a glimpse of what to expect by handing out leaflets describing how expensive it is to have us as employees, i.e. wages, pension, vacation, and health benefits.
The threat to move our work to Puerto Rico is always there and they have moved some non-critical work there. I expect a decrease in wages and my expenses are not decreasing. Taxes will be going up in 2010 as well. I have already taken a second job to help make ends meet but I fear it is not going to be enough to maintain my mortgage, utilities, or general living expenses.
Jan 21: Most everybody is anxious at this point but this may be the most crucial contract we have ever had to vote on. The general consensus is that it is not going to be favorable for us.
(At home), we are considering doing some "downsizing" of our own due to my wife's hours being reduced, eliminating DirecTV, our land line, and not going out as often.
Jan. 29. I'm not sure how I'll vote but with the economy as it is it would have to be a ridiculous offer to be worth going out on strike for.
We truly are becoming a nation divided between the "haves" and "have-nots" with the "haves" driving the working class to second world status... and they wonder why the economy is in the crapper.
Jan. 31, after the vote. It was not pretty but it wasn't as bad as we expected.
In these days and times I am fortunate to have a job so I guess I can't complain ... At least I have the security of a 3 year contract and the option to take an early retirement if I choose (penalties apply).
I will still have to continue to work a part-time job to make ends meet because we took a wage freeze for this year and with the increase in our medical premiums it amounts to a pay cut.
Posted at 8:00 PM on January 26, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We did a shout-out a couple days ago just asking Minnesotans if they're seeing any surprising economic indicators. We were intrigued when Denise Felder tweeted us that she's seeing some positive potential in the state's job market.
"I am seeing more job openings, mostly part time and contract. But businesses are ready to hire again," said Felder, an outreach specialist for ISEEK, a career and job site developed in part by the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities System and Department of Employment and Economic Development.
"I'm not a recruiter and I don't purposely look for job leads," she said when we asked for more detail. "However, when the economy is good, it's easy to find openings to pass along to networking contacts.
"That flow of job leads was completely dry for most of 2009. In the last week or two I've seen a turn around. Various networking contacts have announced a half-dozen immediate openings. Most of these jobs are part-time, contact or both, but the flow of jobs is beginning again."
The economic research says Minnesota will not come roaring back this year. Creighton University's Minnesota index expects slight overall job growth in the first half of this year but not in the critical manufacturing sector.
The most recent Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis outlook also projects a tough year for Minnesota and western Wisconsin.
Felder's vantage point, though, offers some hope below the radar. She wrote us:
The jobs I've seen this time around have mostly been in the nonprofit/social services.They have programs that needed staff but were not able to hire until budgets or grants kicked in in the new year -- they are to fill immediate needs and these types of openings will only be around for a few weeks.
Because most of these jobs are part time or contract, they are likely to be filled through networking or by re-contacting people who have already sent their resumes to these organizations. My guess it it will be several weeks (or months) before we see a real increase in publicized jobs.
I remember in 2000-2002 that the tech and communication jobs hit by that recession first came back as immediate-hire contract positions.
It will take several months for the job market to get back to normal (and we will have to redefine what "normal" is ), but the economy is improving.
How should Minnesota redefine a "normal" job market?
"We shouldn't expect the same jobs in the same industries to come back offering the same pay as before," said Felder, who also edits the MnCareers guide.
"Time will tell which business sectors will bounce back and thrive and which will not offer the same levels of employment as before. Job seekers should look at the skills used in jobs, not job titles."
******************************************
Click on the map icons below to read what sources in MPR's Public Insight Network have been telling us about the job climate in Minnesota, then share your story.
Posted at 8:00 PM on January 25, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
Minor Baker and his wife Sarah earned their teaching degrees in the Twin Cities but left when the job prospects right out of college didn't seem great.
Now as seasoned educators they hope to return. But they're finding that a job search from 1,200 miles away is a challenge in any economy and doubly so in a recession.
We've written a lot about the struggles of Minnesotans laid off and looking for work in this economy.
But we hadn't thought about the unique challenges of looking for a job long distance until Baker, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, offered us a view.
With young kids now and family ties in Minnesota, the pair are searching for school jobs but finding a much different market than they left.
"We moved to Texas because we knew that we could get teaching jobs without spending years subbing, and we also figured it was very unlikely we would face the prospect of having our jobs cut because of budget concerns," says Baker.
"We were both able to find jobs that first year. In our eight years in Austin, we both got our master's and eventually started working as school administrators."
The biggest difference between our move to Austin, and now our search to return, is that when we considered moving to Austin, we could see there were LOTS of jobs (still the case) and we always figured as long as we were relentless we would get interviews and eventually jobs.I couldn't find any particularly good advice on long distance searches. Northwestern University's career services office has a pretty good checklist. The Wall Street Journal this summer wrote up a Q&A from a search coach.In MN, there just hasn't appeared to be an abundance of jobs for a number of years. In fact, we more often read about continued cuts to education spending, and we hear from our friends that stuck around about getting their job cut or fear of job cuts.
But it seems to boil down to: Network hard and don't get discouraged.
"It is very tough to do a full court press on district HR offices to get interviews," Baker says. "and if you do get an interview how often are people going to hire a leader of a school without ever seeing that person? Never.
"So do you then pay to fly up for interviews? Bag charges alone are killer. Can you coordinate multiple interviews over a trip? Extremely difficult."
The good news is that they are searching from a position of strength. They're employed in jobs where they're happy and at this point can wait for better times.
Baker says they're confident that they get the chance to move back to Minnesota. "But it may have to wait another year or two. Hopefully, Minnesota is reaching the bottom..."
********************************************
Have you ever tried to look for work long distance? Post something below or contact me directly.
Posted at 6:00 PM on January 21, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Tom Koller's taken some big steps the past few months to remake himself for the next economy. But it seems he's retooling faster than the industry he hopes will hire him.
Laid off as a machinist in 2008, Koller entered the state's Dislocated Worker Program to retrain for a future as a computer network administrator. A source in MPR's Public Insight Network from Eden Prairie, he's letting us follow him in his quest.
He hit a milestone recently, earning his first Sun Microsystems certification. The problem? It's not clear the credential will deliver a job.
The market, he says, is looking worse than when he began training last year. He says he initially saw about 12 to 14 postings a week for computer system administrators.
"All wanted experienced people. With that many, you would expect some to also take on entry level people. Now I see maybe three a week. As for help desk staff, the number of openings seems stable, but the wage is dropping."
Koller, 50, is one of the tens of thousands of Minnesotans thrown out of work in this recession and among an unknown number retraining for a new industry because their old jobs will not be coming back.
The newest state jobless data, released today, showed December unemployment stable at 7.4 percent. Still, the state lost jobs in December and officials are are struggling to find different ways to say the same thing -- Minnesota's job growth will be spotty in 2010.
Koller's basic plans seem sound. Nationally, the Bureau of Labor Statistics sees a faster than average employment growth with excellent job prospects over the next decade for computer and information systems managers.
But it's hard to see that rosy future.
Koller figures he has about six weeks of unemployment benefits left and about two months of savings after that. Thanks to a stint in the Marines, he gets health care through the Veterans Administration. But he has to hope that a recovery in the IT business will come soon.
"While there is hope I won't have to find free food and housing, things are very precarious," he says. "My immediate value in the job market has increased quite a bit, and my long term plans are looking slightly better."
Today, in the mail, I received an application from an IT consulting firm. It is regarding a help desk position with good pay I applied to on craigslist. In my cover letter I included my current fluid goals and told them to 'challenge me to the point of abuse.'I know a mailed application is still no guarantee, but in this economic mess, even an emailed rejection letter is rare good news. This is genuine hope.
BONUS INFO: Read our October and November posts on Koller and his job search.
Posted at 5:00 PM on January 19, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We'll get our next good look at the state's economy on Thursday when officials release Minnesota's jobless rate for December While the rate might improve from November's 7.4 percent, we should hold off on the applause.
The message from economists the past month has been pretty clear: It'll be slow going in Minnesota during 2010.
The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis a few weeks ago said job growth projections were looking good good for the Dakotas and Montana for 2010. Minnesota and Wisconsin, not so much. It really hammered home the idea that the jobs recovery will be showing up later here than in other states.
A few weeks after that came data from Creighton University's survey of Minnesota supply managers. Creighton uses it to create a Minnesota leading economic indicator of business conditions.
Creighton's indicator sees expanding economic conditions for the first half of 2010. But manufacturing, so crucial to the state's economy, will be negligible.
"While I expect the state to grow overall jobs by 0.4 percent in the first half of 2010, manufacturing job growth will be nil as producers grow output via productivity gains," said Creigton economist Ernie Goss.
Goss also noted: "Over the past decade, Minnesota lost more than 100,000, or 25.6 percent, of its manufacturing employment. "
Things aren't as bad as they were. Year-over-year job losses in Minnesota manufacturing totaled 36,500 in November. Those losses had topped 40,000 in prior months. But it's a long road back.
**********************************
Click on the map icons below to read what sources in MPR's Public Insight Network have been telling us about the employment climate around them. Read their stories, then tell us what you're seeing.
Posted at 12:00 PM on January 20, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Researcher Teri Fritsma's documented the widening and then closing of Minnesota's jobless gender gap over the past year. Her data digging has also raised an interesting question: In some sectors of the economy, do layoffs come in gender waves?
The answer seems to be yes. Why? That's an open question I'm hoping you can help answer.
Check out this graph from Fritsma's most recent research.
In those male-dominated industries, male unemployment stayed high and female unemployment relatively low the first four months of 2009. By May they were about equal.
By August, the unemployment rates of men and women had traded places, with women showing significantly higher jobless rates than men in those male-dominated sectors.
Fritsma, a project consultant for the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system, thinks it can partly be explained by the seasonal nature of those jobs, where demand is higher in the good weather months for the jobs typically worked by men.
She also thought it might be because women held more part-time or clerical jobs in those sectors which took a disproportionate hit. That doesn't seem to be the case.
She has one other idea on this that's purely conjecture but pretty intriguing: employers may be trying to balance the job cuts between genders.
"If you're in a firm and you've just laid off a lot of men, you may (subconsciously) try to even the score a little bit," she says.
"Nothing done consciously...not a backlash or anything like that," she adds. "But the patterns just can't be completely explained by any of the usual suspects -- industry or occupational employment, seasonality, or part-time work."
Fritsma cautions those waves of gender unemployment could be an anomaly -- statistical noise created by a small sample size.
"What makes me think it's not just sampling error," she continues, "the pattern was consistent from February through August."
She doesn't have any plans at this point to dig deeper into this data. If she did, she says she'd start by asking employers how they dealt with layoffs in 2009 and whether consciously or not they felt the need to strike a balance on layoffs and gender.
It's an important discussion, especially in Minnesota where a high percentage of women work and the recession is changing household roles with more women as breadwinners. (Check out today's MPR Commentary from a man who changed his role from breadwinner to homemaker following a layoff.)
Yet, a congressional report last year concluded the Great Recession "threatens women's employment more than ever before."
I'd love to hear from readers on this. Have you seen any evidence at your workplace that layoffs or unemployment runs in gender waves? Are you an employer who's had to lay off people? What was your experience?
Post something below or contact me directly.
Posted at 9:03 PM on January 14, 2010
by Michael Caputo
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Lawmakers, taxpayers and even some in the financial industry are railing against the huge executive bonuses handed out by Goldman Sachs and JPMorgan Chase and other companies that, less than a year ago, received billion-dollar handouts from the federal government.
But is it possible these bankers are setting a good example?
Chris Farrell, economics correspondent for MPR and Marketplace, recently made the case on Marketplace Morning Report. Profits earned by the banks should be viewed as "disgusting, because they have been made off of the taxpayer" Farrell said. But when it comes to the bonuses, Farrell said: "I wish more companies would pay out 40, 50 percent of their revenue to their employees during the good times."
He added that while more companies should take the bankers' cue and share more of the profits, he doubts that will happen because the economy is still struggling. (Listen to Farrell's comments on Marketplace's Morning Report below. Go to the 4:20 mark of the clip).
But you have to wonder if the bad press around banking bonuses could cause other companies to shun them altogether?
Ron Kirscht, a manufacturer in our Public Insight Network, said he's actually a bigger fan of bonuses than before the recession.
Kirscht is the president of Donnelly Custom Manufacturing, an Alexandria firm that employs about 200 people who make machine parts for other manufacturers. And, for the first time in six years, there were no bonuses for Donnelly's staff.
That's because last year wasn't kind to Donnelly. Kirscht said during the first part of the year, business tailed off by as much as 40 percent with some vendors. In March he had to layoff 20 people. Things started to turn around last fall after competing manufactures folded and Donnelly picked up their business. Recently, Kirscht was able to rehire some laid-off workers.
Kirscht says relying more on bonuses as a reward for employees, rather than just raises, may decrease the likelihood of layoffs in the future.
"One thing this downturn showed me is that bonuses create flexibility for when times get rough," he said.
"If we continue to build on the last few months I think we will return to bonuses."
Would you rather have a raise instead of a bonus -- even if it increased your risk of being laid off? Would you work harder if you knew it could result more profits and a bigger bonus? Give us your take.
Posted at 12:00 PM on January 13, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
If you're part of a company pension plan, you'll soon receive one of those standard year-end balance reports. Don't throw it away. We'd like to hear from you.
My colleague, MPR News business reporter Martin Moylan, wants to see how some plans are doing.
"With the past decade being written off as a lost decade for many investors, we're wondering about the health of the pension funds that cover Minnesotans," Moylan says.
"If you participate in a pension plan, we'd like to hear from you."
You can use our easy form to answer a couple quick questions or post some thoughts below.
Posted at 12:00 PM on January 12, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon maps
Sylvia Chandler sums up her 2009 economic story in two words: "Lost income."
Like so many Minnesotans, she took a financial hit last year. She's a little more optimistic about her 2010, but only if the overall U.S. economy holds its ground. "If things should get worse nationally," the Chanhassen ballet instructor says, "I would not be able to improve things personally either. "
Most of us could not wait to rip the 2009 calendar off the nail. It was an awful year in Minnesota and across the country for job losses, home values and pretty much every other economic indicator.
Chandler and other Minnesotans hope for a better 2010 but they're wary of national problems that will hobble a recovery here.
We asked Chandler and other citizens in MPR's Public Insight Network to write us a headline that described their 2009 economy and their outlook for 2010. Click on the map icons to see some of the responses, then add your 2010 forecast here.
"Over the summer I had a lot of unexpected class cancellations, as well as lost some teaching hours during the school year," says Chandler.
"I expect things to be improving on a personal basis because I am enrolled in some continuing education that should enable me to improve my earnings next year. If things should get worse nationally, I would not be able to improve things personally either."
Bill Jones, a St. Paul information technology manager, describes his 2009 economy as "damaged but not destroyed," and he's upbeat about a continued upward trend. "The financial and housing markets are recovering, returning some personal wealth lost in 2009."
We'll get some better signs this week of where the 2010 economy's headed. Retail sales numbers for December -- a crucial month -- will be released on Thursday.
"There's not a big expectation that retail sales will be particularly strong," but there are signs of an improving economy, Chris Farrell, MPR's chief economics correspondent, said Monday on MPR's Morning Edition.
"We're still weighed down by the job market nationally and locally, and and continued concern about the residential real estate market," which seems to be stabilizing but is not doing much beyond that, he added.
For now, many Minnesotans are still dealing with a mix of 2009 pain and 2010 hope.
"I worked through what they say is the worst of the economic downturn/great recession. So I am new to unemployment, says JP Rennquist of Duluth, who told us of losing his human services job. Still, "I have many skills and a lot of optimism and a huge network of contacts that I am working."
Two micro-businesses he owns bring in a small amount of income. "Couple that with the duplex that I live in so I can rent out part of the house and cover about 1/3 of my house payment. I'm still about 60 days behind on that, but I know that things are better for me than many.
"Multiple streams of income seem to be key in Duluth," he adds, "and probably many places in the state if you want to survive boom/bust cycles."
BONUS INFO: Click on the play button to listen to MPR's Chris Farrell on what's ahead for the Minnesota and national economies.
Posted at 2:00 PM on January 6, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We posted last week on older workers struggling with standardized testing as they try to return to school.
It led to a bunch of good responses, including a detailed view from John Rood, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network who specializes in preparing students for the Law School Admission Test, the gatekeeper exam for law school hopefuls.
"Applicants that have been in the workforce for a few years are increasingly making a radical career change," he told us. "Many older applicants are responding to economic pressures, rather than undergraduates who have wanted to be lawyers since watching The Practice."
In years past, those seeking LSAT help were traditional pre-law school applicants: "paralegals, Teach for America participants, or those taking a few years for public service. We still see those students, but we have gotten an increased number of corporate / government employees coming from unrelated fields."
Clearly, more people are at least thinking about law school.
There's been a significant increase nationally in LSAT test taking over the past year. In October, more than 60,000 prospective law school students took the LSAT, a 20 percent jump from October 2008.
Rood says he sees many older applicants looking to take the test on short notice.
This was certainly the case this December and January which are traditionally slower months; the February LSAT (the test is administered 4 times per year) is a "last call" for 2010 law school admissions and I saw heavy interest from older applicants."Older applicants are less likely to be familiar with the law school application process. A great example: law schools (like other grad schools) highly value academic letters of recommendation, but working professionals have usually lost contact with old professors. They are more likely to be uncertain about things like personal statements
Older applicants are more likely to be bound geographically by family, real estate, etc. I see many older students that have identified 1-2 law schools (often in smaller cities); if they don't get into these schools, they won't go to law school.
For comparison, most undergrads plan on applying to 5-15 schools and going wherever fate takes them.
Rood's based in Chicago but his vantage point caught my interest because we have four law schools in The Cities and the recession's hit the region's legal business hard. Is law school really a path out of the recession?
I'd love to hear from Minnesotans who are mid-career professionals weighing a law school application or who are connected to one of the regions law schools.
Tell us what you're doing / seeing. Post below or contact me directly.
"Law is a particularly interesting case because many applicants believe it to be a relatively sure thing employment-wise," said Rood. "But the legal industry has been hit hard by the recession and jobs are scarce. There's a bit of a 'streets lined with gold' mentality that's just not the case any more."
Posted at 2:30 PM on January 5, 2010
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
We've been writing a lot of downer posts the past month. It's just the way things are for so many Minnesotans struggling in this economy. So when Jesse Dahl dropped a note today to tell us things were looking up for him, we jumped at the chance for something upbeat.
Back in 2008, Dahl was an unemployed union electrician on the Iron Range when he started helping MPR News get a fix on the Minnesota economy. He was among the original Economic Lookouts, the project that spawned MinnEcon.
The future wasn't looking all that great at that point. But then he started to transform himself. He trained to install solar electric arrays and started to get steady work. He caught a wave of interest in green energy that's grown with new federal incentives for renewable energy.
Now he's teaching others. A call over the summer from one of his old electrical instructors at Hibbing Community College led to a gig this fall teaching a new class on installing solar photovoltaic cells.
We asked Dahl to tell us what he's seeing in his classroom. His students, he said, come from a wide range of ages (19 to 40) and backgrounds.
Some of them are right out of high school, some have been working low wage jobs and are looking for a new career, some worked construction doing roofing and iron work, and a couple couldn't get into the electrical program this year because the classes were full so they are taking this first and next year they will start the electrical classes.It is a certificate program. At the end of the year they will be taking the NABCEP entry level exam. (MinnEcon note: That's the North American Board of Certified Energy Practitioners).
The job prospects look pretty good. A couple of the students are willing to move, so I have been emailing with some of the contractors on NABCEP's job board to get info for the students.
The Cities offers a chance to some of the students, and there is a contractor in Duluth that installs solar.
The solar wave has come and gone before. It's hard to tell if it's here to stay this time or what will happen when the incentives end.
For now, at least, it's one pathway out of this lousy economy, toward a potentially bright future.
"My plan is to get my masters license this winter and my contractors license in the spring," Dahl told us. " I have been meeting with another electrician and we might team up and start our own shop."
BONUS INFO: Listen to an interview with Dahl over the summer on the solar electric business in Minnesota.
Posted at 6:00 PM on December 29, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
The recession's forced us to scrap many outdated assumptions about job security, savings, and the poor. How about who goes to food shelves? Chances are these days, it's one of your neighbors.
"We are seeing lots of people who are new to hunger, and a growing number of young children in hungry households," said Jennifer Schultz, congregational administrator for Northeast Community Lutheran Church in Minneapolis and coordinator for the church's Little Kitchen Food Shelf.
"We have seen a steady increase in hunger over the past two years, and we expect this to continue over the next two years as well, while we wait for the 'trickle down' of economic improvements to benefit those suffering the most ... The growing avalanche of people sliding from lower-middle class to below the poverty line shows no sign of slowing down."
Little Kitchen serves many people who don't yet have, or can't get, access to food through social services and the better-funded food shelves, Schultz, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, told us recently.
I've gotten to know many of them and I'm familiar with their stories. A small portion of visitors, less than 10%, are homeless and/or struggling with chemical dependency issues. Because there is a Seniors food shelf nearby, only about 5% of visitors are over 55.More than half of the individuals we feed are children; the majority of households served include two or more children, most of them either under 8 or over 13 years of age (MN poverty statistics indicate that children under 5 are among the fastest growing populations of those struggling with homelessness and poverty.)
Single adults tend to fall into those under-ten-percent categories I already mentioned, with the addition of persons with disabilities.
Families are hardest hit; the poor are getting poorer, and those who struggled to maintain stability before are now losing jobs, losing homes, and leaving behind marginal stability for a lifestyle of "high mobility" - they change addresses frequently because they can't make rent, they stay with relatives, they send their children to stay with relatives, and for the first time they are visiting food shelves to make ends meet.
The majority of our households with children contain two or more adults; usually at least one of these is doing some sort of work for pay.
The church started the food shelf two years ago to meet the needs of homeless in Northeast Minneapolis. These days, Schultz figures at least half the people who come to Little Kitchen are not currently receiving any emergency aid.
"My sense is that most people do not consider the food shelf an option when they first begin to lose ground financially," she said.
"Until recently, most people only thought about food shelves during the holidays, at charity giving times, and very few people would have known how to find a food shelf in their community."
Many of those who come to Little Kitchen today, "take pains to tell me they are looking for work, or have a partner who works; many come only 'as often as they have to,' rather than as often as we will serve them. "
Posted at 2:00 PM on December 24, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
MinnEcon readers know we've worried a lot about Minnesota's ability to keep its young talent in state. It's been one of the regular themes in our "Leaving Minnesota?" series.
I started to think I might be overstating the case. Then I heard Dorisa Nelson's story.
Nelson, 23, recently graduated from North Dakota State. She has a master's degree in architecture and a bachelor's in anthropology and environmental design and hopes to become a licensed Minnesota architect.
But the recession has crippled opportunities in architecture and engineering.
Nelson, part of MPR's Public Insight Network, is working now at a seasonal retail job that will end soon. She sees her current professional prospects as bleak.
I'm highlighting her story because it captures succinctly the struggles of a lot of young adults and new college graduates. We've all been conditioned to believe that Minnesota will always be able to keep and draw talent. But the recession is exposing that conceit. Here's Nelson:
As far as my friends who have graduated with architecture degrees, I know a couple people, literally two, who were able to get jobs out of state. The rest of us are still looking, or have stopped looking and are doing something else until the end of this comes.I sent my resume to over 50 firms, the ones that replied said thank you, but we are not hiring at this time and we will keep your resume on file should their needs change. There was only one company that offered an interview, but it was an informational interview just about the firm- they weren't hiring.
I was fortunate to get a call from one firm in the city and they said I could do a job shadow type thing, which I am really enjoying, but because they can't pay me, I am still trying to get as many hours as I can in my retail job before it is over in January (since it is a seasonal position), and I don't get to spend as much time there as I would like.
I have a couple friends who decided to move to France for the year because they couldn't find jobs here. One of them studied political science and international studies and the other studied history and political science. They are now teaching English and nannying, respectively.
I have a couple friends who studied chemistry and physics, one is now spending 5 more years in grad school going for her PhD because there was nothing for her to do and the other is working through a temp agency in a lab doing work that a high school student could do. The jobs she is interested in are asking for college students, and she already has her degrees so she isn't "qualified."
Two of my friends who are lucky enough to be working in their field are those who went into psychology and are working with children with autism. They are the only two I really know of right now who are doing what they want to do.
Last fall (2008), a couple of friends saw this unemployment problem coming and didn't really want to decide what to do with their lives yet so they decided to spend the year volunteering. One of them did Americorps and the other did Lutheran Volunteer Corps.
This was a wise choice on their part, but the one who has student loans to pay off didn't qualify to get her payments deferred and is having trouble rounding up enough money each month from her stipend to cover it.
Nelson says she's lucky in that she has family who can her and her husband right now, "Otherwise we would really be in trouble. My husband just started attending seminary and we would not be able to get by with out their help, and many more student loans.
"We really are just counting our blessings that this is happening to us now when we don't have children, a mortgage or any other huge things to deal with. Loans we can handle... for now anyway."
We've talked with other new college grads who had to leave Minnesota to find work. The good news is they want to come back. It's that sentiment that's kept the state mostly strong and economically healthy for decades.
This time it's different.
"I don't think there's any question about it if the work isn't here, we will loose the talent," says Nelson. "If the work isn't here, innovation and experimentation will decrease and the companies here will loose the attraction to work for them, so it will be harder to get people to move back to Minnesota."
After a decade of robust growth, the state's labor force is projected to barely grow over the next 25 years, and it will age significantly. The building blocks are not in place for Minnesota's future prosperity.
Who will grow the economy and maintain Minnesota's quality of life? Anyone?
*******************************
Think I'm overstating the worry about Minnesota's future economy? Post below or contact me directly and let me know.
Posted at 12:00 PM on December 23, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Back in the summer we reported on some fascinating research showing deep gender differences in Minnesota unemployment -- gaps bigger here than the nation -- during the recession's peak.
The biggest revelation then: Sex differences in unemployment are even more pronounced in Minnesota than they are nationally. Male unemployment in Minnesota rose by 5 percent, while female unemployment edged up by less than 0.5 percent from March 2008 to March 2009.
The newest chapter in that research shows the gap has closed since the summer. But that's not necessarily a good thing. Male unemployment fell in Minnesota, but female unemployment rose significantly over the summer.
We're hoping to get the researcher, Teri Fritsma, a project consultant for the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system, to talk more about the study, maybe even in an online forum. Until then, here are the basics of her updated findings:
The male/female unemployment gap shrank substantially through the summer.The time of year can partly explain the closing gap (women's higher seasonal unemployment in education and health care and men's improved employment in construction and other male-dominated sectors during the summer).Male-dominated industries continue to post the highest levels of unemployment.
Here's a look at the relevant graph:
She also notes that another part of the gap doesn't appear to be seasonal: "Specifically, women's increasing risk of unemployment in the male-dominated industry sectors."
Why the growing unemployment among women in male-dominated industries? It's not clear.
Fritsma first thought it might be because women held more part-time or clerical jobs in those sectors and those jobs might have taken a disproportionate hit. That doesn't seem to be the case.
In those male-dominated industries, "neither different occupational employment (which is closely related to both pay and education levels) nor differences in part-time employment can account for the recent rise in female unemployment and drop in male unemployment," Fritsma wrote.
So the good news is that Minnesota's He-cession has ebbed. The bad news is that men and women are sharing more equally now in the hardship of unemployment, a burden that's not likely to improve here for another year.
************************************************
Read through Fritsma's latest research on Minnesota's unemployment gender gap and let us know what you see. Post below or contact me directly.
If you have a story of employment or unemployment in this economy, share it with us here.
Posted at 1:00 PM on December 22, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
This month marks two years since the recession officially began. And while we are told repeatedly a recovery is underway, it won't really feel like it until more people are back to work. In Minnesota we may need to wait another year.
While the latest state data may see a few bright spots, we're struck by the overwhelming number of sources in MPR's Public Insight Network spending another Christmas unemployed.
My colleague Molly Bloom checked in recently with Minnesotans who'd told us in the past year they were unemployed, just to see how things were going. Happily, a couple found work.
Most, though, were still dealing with the frustrations of a job search: job applications, waiting for call backs, having to re-tell their jobless stories during the holidays.
"After nearly two years of no responses, it's hard to generate much enthusiasm for the job search," said Keith Nelson, one of several graphic artists we've been tracking who's struggling to find work. "There are more listings in my field, but this is only up from three per month to about five per month."
Click on the map below to see what others in the Network told us. You can add your voice here. Or contact me directly.
While the newest state data shows some optimism, it may be, well, temporary.
Professional and business services gained the most jobs during November, adding 5,500 positions, the state said. But more than half of those gains were in temporary help categories.
"Basically it's a buyer's market right now, and the job search makes me feel like damaged goods," said Dale Petrie, a St. Paul accountant who's been unemployed for nearly the entire year. "I have a lot of specialized skills and experience to offer to employers," he said. "However, I'm finding it harder than ever to land a job, or even an interview in this market, and every lead ends up being a dead end.
He thinks the fact that he's held "too many jobs" in his career may be hurting him.
I have to go where the work is, and companies sometimes have to cut back or in the case of my last employer, even cease to exist. I can honestly say that there are jobs I would have stayed with for 20 or 30 years, I'm not a disloyal person, but in this market, any one little thing that can make it easier for an employer to decide will hurt you. Even having absolutely everything an employer asks for is no guarantee you'll get a call these days, there could be 10 others who also all meet every one of these qualifications, but who don't have the number of jobs in their history that I do.
Engineers continue to struggle. Jay Johnson of Chanhassen told us he left the engineering field a few years ago and found it difficult to re-enter in his mid-50s. Since then, he's done non-profit work, including some overseas.
Keeping health insurance has been one of his biggest challenges.
I applied for a individual policy but was turned down because of my overseas travels and my wife for pre-existing conditions. I am now applying for the Minnesota Comprehensive Health Association (MCHA) health plan. A $10,000 per person deductible policy will cost us almost $500 per month.Johnson says he has enough funds so that he can work on non-profit ventures until he turns 60. Then he'll start receiving his Army Reserve retirement, which includes health insurance.
Despite being unemployed, he's taken a longer view about jobs and his place in the economy.
"I have decided not to look for work so that other people in greater need (people with a mortgage, kids in school, car payments, etc) will have a better chance at working. I am one of the unemployed who is not counted."
Statistically," he added, "I probably do not exist."
Posted at 1:00 PM on December 21, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
Nothing like a little holiday gloom for the new year.
The Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis today published its district outlook for 2010. Job-wise, things are looking up if you live in the Dakotas and Montana.
The message for Minnesota and western Wisconsin? Not so good.
The Fed expects no employment growth in Minnesota during 2010 and only a slight increase in western Wisconsin.
We've been told before that 2010 will not be great . The Fed data, though, really hammers home the idea that the jobs recovery will be showing up later here than in other states.
Check out the data here, especially .pdf page 14.
Across the Minneapolis Fed's territory, we'll see some some small wage growth and stable prices. "New orders and production are expected to grow in 2010, but employment and capital investment will remain flat," the Fed said.
But unless something changes, it's going to be a tough jobs climate next year in Minnesota, which means it may be 2011 before it stops looking like a recession from where you're standing.
Is my take too gloomy? Check out the report and slides and tell me what you see. Post below or contact me directly.
**********************************************
"I'll believe the recession's over..." or "I'm feeling a recovery now because..."
Finish one of those sentences and help us understand where you think the Minnesota economy's headed.
And click on the map icons below to read what sources in our Network have been telling us about the jobs climate around them.
Posted at 6:00 PM on December 18, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator, Small business
The corporate jet's taken a public beating during the recession, becoming the symbol of greed after the nation's auto titans jetted in to Washington to beg for bailouts.
Push that hype aside and we can learn something from the jet business, where traffic is starting to recover and that means businesses doing deals, which, hopefully, bring economic growth.
We got a view on this recently from Kristen Wasyliszyn, an entrepreneur who depends on business aviation. She owns Atikis Flight Catering, supplying food for corporate flights out of St Paul, Anoka and Flying Cloud airports.
Her niche took a big hit this year, but now she's seeing a "slow but steady increase in business prompting me to hire more people."
When the full on recession hit my business went down about 40 percent (a few months 60). I was forced to let go of quite a few people and work the hours myself. The FBOs (flight based operations) were laying off their people as well, back to bad trickle down days...Planes were not coming to MPLS as they once were. When the big three auto maker CEOs had the "private jet" scandal, they didn't handle it well and hurt our entire industry.In the last few months I have seen a slow but steady increase in business. I think the increase is A. the economy is getting better- B. My "competitors" not being able to weather the economic storm and possibly like many others going the way of the powdered wig.
Industry research shows corporate jet travel is coming back, with the number of flights up more than 20 percent in November and December compared to last year, led by the "large cabin jet" sector.
That jibes with what Wasyliszyn's vantage point.
"Lately, Ive been seeing more airplanes," said Wasyliszyn, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network. She feels like she'll be "back to full force in the upcoming year. That said, Ive always had rose colored glasses on..."
We got in a bit of an extended email conversation about business jets and elitism. Despite the champagne-and-caviar image it evokes, "I'm here to tell you no one is eating lobster," she said.
"A quick turkey box lunch to slam down while flying to meetings is the order of the day."
Posted at 9:00 AM on December 18, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator, Saving & spending
With so many breadwinners unemployed in this recession, it's easy to dismiss the struggles of teens and young adults who are trying to find work.
Laurie Stern of Chaska reminded me recently there's a deeper issue here. These days it's often not about teens earning "fun money" during the summer or over winter holidays. That cash is a vital piece of household income.
"Part-time jobs are a major portion of our children's savings for their college years," said Stern, part of MPR's Public Insight Network.
"Without the summer income, we will struggle to make sure they have money for books and miscellaneous spending during the year; needless to say, they will not be able to help with the tuition costs."
There's no doubt the the recession's been particularly rough on the economy's youngest workers.
"The entry level labor market is getting more crowded as experienced workers are hit by layoffs, older workers delay retirement and brand-new college graduates seek employment outside their fields of study," the state labor department wrote in its May teen summer jobs outlook report.
Federal stimulus money eased some of this year's problem. State officials said the money helped employ more than 6,000 Minnesota teens and young adults over the summer.
Still, the Federal Reserve of Minneapolis found the recession accelerating the trend of teens simply leaving the labor force.
When the Fed checked in on applicants for STEP-UP, a popular Minneapolis summer program, it found many teens having a difficult time getting a job. Demand for STEP-UP is expected to be huge next summer. This year, it received 3,200 applications for 1,300 jobs.
Stern said her son, a college sophomore has been working at a local grocery store since he turned 16.
During high school he struggled to keep up with school/activities because they wanted him to work more hours than he would have liked. Last summer when he came home after freshman year he was lucky to have a job that gave him some hours, but he didn't make as much as he would have liked over the summer. They would not let him work recently over Thanksgiving break and we are still waiting to see if he will be able to work Christmas break. They want to hire him back and need the extra help, but can't due to a hiring freeze. He has been unable to even find a work study job at school. He's applied to many but all the positions have so many applying, sometimes close to 100 for 1 position, and he has yet to find a work study job. He is hopeful for second semester.
She also has a daughter who's a senior and looking for a job. "She has dropped off several applications at local fast food, tanning, theatre, etc. and has not yet received a call."
Stern said she and her husband have been seeking part time work to supplement the family income. "We have cut our expenses drastically and would not need very much to keep us in the black; however, that elusive part-time job is not to be found."
1/13 UPDATE: Stern dropped us a note to say her son got a work-study job at the University of Minnesota for spring semester.
"He will be working 12 hours a week in the map library; which is great because it is right in line with his geography major. He is also looking into internships for the summer but finding that most are unpaid, so he will need another job in addition to whatever internship he may find. The rest of us continue to look. "
***************************************************
Do you know a teen or young adult who's found work or is trying to find work? Post below or contact me directly and tell me about the experience.
Posted at 1:00 PM on December 17, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota's unemployment data for November shows a slight improvement in the percentage of jobless Minnesotans. Let's take a deeper look at some of the data.
First here are some thoughts from St. John's University economist and regular MPR News contributor Louis Johnston
Here is what I see: The labor market has stabilized this fall. Specifically, the unemployment rate and the employment-population ratio (my two favorite measures) are essentially unchanged since September.The big question going forward is whether or not the job market will remain at these levels of employment and unemployment for the foreseeable future. I do not agree with (MN employment and economic development) Commissioner McElroy that, "State labor markets continue to show signs of improvement." There is improvement only in terms of this month relative to last month. The overall picture remains cloudy.
Manufacturing, arguably, remains the biggest single worry in the jobless data. It represents roughly 13 percent of the state labor force but more than 40 percent of the unemployment.
Today's data show an over-the-year drop of 36,500 manufacturing jobs. That's better than the last report which showed those losses topping 40,000.
McElroy said he was encouraged by a "steady uptick in the average amount of hours worked, another sign of strengthening market conditions."
Problem is we saw signs of that earlier this year in manufacturing and we're still in a deep jobs hole.
Bottom line: We're doing better than the nation (10 percent unemployment) but the people who are telling you the recovery will feel more like a long slow climb out of a big dark hole are right, at least when it comes to job growth.
Here's the historical data on Minnesota's unemployment. Take a look at that and today's press release and tell me what you take away from the numbers.
Post below or contact me directly.
BONUS INFO: My colleague Bob Collins, writer of MPR's excellent News Cut blog, has more detail and thoughts on the unemployment data. Check it out.
Also, here's MPR's news story.
SUPER BONUS INFO: Johnston was kind enough to recall that I predicted Minnesota unemployment would not top the 8.4 percent it hit in June. "I'm glad I was wrong; the mining industry held up much better than I thought it would given the disruptions in the manufacturing sector."
I appreciate it and believe me when I tell you that you do not want to put your money on me as an economic forecaster. He was right and I was a wrong back in July when I concluded Minnesota manufacturing had turned the corner in March.
I'll chalk this one to optimism and hope my prediction continues to hold, because we're not through this yet.
Posted at 12:00 PM on December 16, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon maps
On Thursday, we'll get our next best look at Minnesota's employment situation when the state releases jobless data for November.
Thoughts are mixed on whether we'll see an uptick on the 7.6 percent rate from October. Even if it goes up that may be a sign of something good -- people who fell out of the labor force completely in the recession re-entering to at least search again.
(UPDATE: November rate is 7.4 percent.)
No matter the numbers, it's still clear many Minnesota families know a story of job loss or job struggle. They see it in their homes and neighborhoods, among friends or families. Or it's a first-person account.
"Many of my friends and I are recent college graduates and I know very few who have been able to get jobs in our desired fields, if we have been able to get jobs at all," said Dorisa Nelson of St. Paul.
She'd like to intern in an architecture firm and work her way to becoming a licensed architect. But it's a business that's been hit particularly hard in this recession. She's doing part-time seasonal work at a retail store and likes it, but it will end soon.We asked Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network recently to take their employment pulse: What's the job climate like? Tell us about your job security or your job search.I can see an even bigger drop in my real estate business as soon as the next round of stimulus ends in April. There was a big uptick in real estate closings in October and November because buyers thought the $8000 1st time home buyer program was going to end.I do not see any signs that the job market is improving, only getting worse.Kim Otterson is a farmer and farrier from Royalton. She shoes horses and trims their feet. Horses have become a luxury in this economy."The horse market is WAY down, both due to the economy in general and other factors. People are still taking care of their horses, but they are cutting back as much as they feel they can, to save money," she said. "This affects how busy I am."
"I feel that our unemployment isn't accounted for in the unemployment numbers we hear about on the news/radio and because of this, the statistics are misleading," Nelson said." Whatever job growth there is in the numbers it is hard to see the change when so many of the people you know remain unemployed in various fields."
We don't just need jobs (in Minnesota)," Otterson said, "we need jobs that pay a wage people can thrive on. It's pretty hard to raise a family flipping burgers."
Posted at 5:00 PM on December 16, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
Tyler DeArmond's story started like many we've heard in this economy -- a would-be entrepreneur launching a new e-commerce business to supplement a pay cut at his full-time job.
Then he started talking vacuum tubes.
What kind of online market could there be for a turn-of-the-20th century invention, largely extinct? Turns out there's a pretty good one, fed by musicians.
"I've had a hobby of playing with old electronics for years and as a result I've accumulated literally thousands of vacuum tubes," said DeArmond, an associate pastor at a local church and a source in MPR's Public Insight Network.
"It used to be that pretty much all electronics (60's and earlier) used vacuum tubes," he said, kindly suggesting that I might not be old enough to remember that era (I am!).
The transistor pretty much did in the vacuum tube. But there's still a music industry niche: Guitarists who use tube-based amplifiers, and recording studios who use high-end tube gear, DeArmond says.
After collecting vacuum tubes and tube related gear for more than a decade as a way of supporting a Hi-Fi hobby, he and his wife Chelsea decided to see what they could do online, selling vintage tubes.
On the site, Tyler makes it clear, "Starting this small business is our response to the challenges of this economy. We hope to gain enough momentum to be able to hire some folks in our neighborhood who are looking for work."
He told us he's taken a voluntary 20 percent cut this year and Chelsea has taken an involuntary 10 percent cut at her job.
"We've been trying not to take any money out of the business and so far we've succeeded and as a result the business is growing pretty steadily," he said.
12/17 UPDATE:
We asked Tyler for a little more detail on the business.
We launched this business in January of 2009 but didn't go live online until March. We have seen a steady increase in sales over the first 9 months but actually, we've run ourselves out of inventory as a result of a higher than expected amount of demand this fall. Because we're very small and we're "paying as we go" (no small business loans other than what we can pull together from our own resources) it will take us a little time to recover and get stocked up again. We expect a stronger year in 2010. So far, we have not taken any money out of the business (yes, we're working "for free" right now), we are simply reinvesting it back into inventory so that we can expand product lines and grow the business as quickly as possible. Of course, for us, this also means that we both are still working our day jobs and we do this business in the evenings and on weekends. One other aspect of this that is a little unusual is that we are willing to take international orders that most other businesses shy away from. They are typically a bit more risky and always more work due to the added complexities of shipping overseas (to say nothing of potential language barriers, misunderstandings, currency exchanges, etc.).He also shared the basics on why musicians still dig the vacuum tube:
Musicians who play bass and electric guitars often use vacuum tube-based amplifiers to achieve a desired sound. Mullard tubes from England can help you get a Beatles sound, and so forth. Happily, vacuum tubes by their very definition keep all of the functional components in a vacuum so as long as the vacuum is intact the tube remains good until used up, much like a light bulb. So, we provide vintage tubes to musicians seeking to mimic a certain sound or creatively establish a sound of their own by swapping out various tube types to see how they sound together.
Posted at 1:00 PM on December 15, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Engineers have taken a big employment hit in this economy and we've wondered aloud if that will hurt the state's long-term economic health.
On Thursday, we'll be looking for some evidence of a jobs turnaround in manufacturing, a major employer of engineers, when the latest Minnesota jobless numbers are released.
First, though,we checked in with Mary Detloff, executive director of the Minnesota Society of Professional Engineers. She's updated us a couple of times this year on the state of the business. "The entire design and construction industry has been hit hard," she told us this week, but, "in my opinion, the general mood is more optimistic."
From what I've been hearing from engineers and other association colleagues, the engineering community in large part is still feeling the effects of the tough economy. However, I have heard of companies who are doing fine, and we've started seeing a few job postings here and there from those that are hiring again.There are other companies who are running very lean, and some that are still forced to lay off employees. So I would say the industry has not yet recovered, yet I don't get quite the same less-than-optimistic vibe from engineers, both from those who are working/looking for work and those who are in positions to hire.
The sectors that hire the most engineers -- manufacturing, construction, transportation -- have been among the worst hit in Minnesota with more than 70,000 jobs lost the past year.
So while Detloff's insights and other stories give us reason to hope, that job loss leaves a lot of ground to make up.
Stories like Erik Hare's still keep us concerned about the future.
Hare, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, worked for 16 years as a chemical engineer before taking a company buyout in 2003. Since then, "I had a few things here and there in the field, some temp lab work and a year doing research at the U before I gave up on it completely. My name is on nine patents, two listed as first name, but those and $3 won't even buy you a cup of coffee at Starbuck's."
He's held a variety of jobs since then, including writer, salesman and internet consultant.
Of his engineering class of 40 graduating in 1987 from Carnegie Mellon University, Hare says he knows of only 12 still working as engineers in some capacity. "I'd love to do it again, but there are no jobs in the field."
He doesn't see a place for engineers in the American economy given how much of the U.S. manufacturing base has gone elsewhere. "I have some hope," he adds, "that there will be room for those of us who want to be productive. But it may be too late for me."
Posted at 12:00 PM on December 14, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
My MPR colleague Mike Caputo pulled together a neat virtual forum Friday asking if rural Minnesota was losing its best and brightest young people.
To build on that conversation, here's a map with a bunch of responses we received from sources in MPR's Public Insight Network on the issue of rural Minnesota, retaining and attracting young people and what can/should be done.
This is one of those issues where lots of voices are needed. So post below or click here to add your voice.
One of the interesting things to me is that some of Minnesota's rural areas boast the lowest unemployment rates in the state.
Counties in southwest Minnesota especially have stayed really resilient in the recession, with jobless rates consistently better than the state or the nation.
"Let's make it clear that it's not all gloom and doom in rural America," said Amy Hoglin, economic development director in Murray County in the southwest.
"We need to think about the messages that we're sending to young people. Yes, it's important for them to leave and get additional education and/or experience the world, but we're not encouraging them to come back. We do have some good career options here and those who are accustomed to and appreciate small town living can have a great life here!
In other parts of Minnesota, however, it's a different story.
Robyn Bertelsen of Ely told us her job as food service director for the local public schools was eliminated recently "due to budget constraints fueled by declining enrollment."
Ely's a tourist destination but "does not provide long term living wage jobs for most," shae said. "Not only have I watched the best and brightest leave our town for 'real opportunity', I have had to encourage my own daughter to 'get outta dodge' to pursue her goals."
BONUS INFO: MPR blogger Bob Collins posted his take on the rural issue, asking, "Why live in rural Minnesota?"
Posted at 12:00 PM on December 11, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
MinnEcon readers know we've worried a lot about Minnesota's ability to keep its young talent in state and we've also been concerned about the employment hit engineers have taken in this economy.
Ben Bradley's story gives us a chance to talk about both.
Bradley, 22, graduated in May from with an aerospace engineering and mechanics degree from the University of Minnesota. An Antigo, Wis., native and source in MPR's Public Insight Network, he'd hoped to land a job in Minnesota but it didn't happen.
After applying for more than 200 jobs here, "I came to the realization that no one is actually hiring new engineers in Minnesota. I had a few interviews and was told at the end that I am highly qualified for an entry level position and that they would keep me in mind once things turned around but, like everyone else, they are unable to hire anyone at the time."
I started looking for a job in October of 2008 in the hopes that I could have something lined up so I could go to work immediately after graduation. I had high hopes of working for the local branch of a defense contractor that had sponsored my senior design project. After the contractor failed to get the contract that I was to work on, I began applying to every entry level Aerospace related job in the state. I applied for months and was either rejected or ignored by every company I applied to.Once I graduated, I started expanding my search to any engineering position I was remotely qualified for. Many of them said that they were impressed with my internship experience and educational record but that they were not in a hiring position at the moment.
He realized he'd have to look elsewhere. At a job fair at the U he talked with some out-of-state employers. A few weeks later he interviewed with the Navy in Maryland and two weeks after that he got a job offer and took it.
There's a lot of upside for Bradley. But it's one of those stories that should have us concerned here as we look to the future.
With Minnesota's economic success over the decades, we've become conditioned to believe it will always be that way. The recession's exposing that conceit.
Manufacturing, the muscle in Minnesota's economy (and employer of lots of engineers) has taken a beating in the recession, with more than 40,000 jobs lost in the past year.
We're hoping to get an update on the employment situation for engineers from Mary Detloff, executive director of the Minnesota Society of Professional Engineers. Back in April, she told us:
"Things are no better than they were in December. If anything, they've probably worsened some. The influx of stimulus money to the state should help somewhat, particularly in the transportation sector (which is part of the larger umbrella of civil engineering). But we haven't seen that money yet, so it's too soon to tell what effect that may have. Companies are still having layoffs and jobs are pretty hard to come by, though there are a few out there scattered around."Bradley says many of his U classmates are still looking for work. "One of them, a chemical engineering grad, got a job in Minnesota...I have other friends who got jobs in Illinois, California and Utah."
*******************************
Think I'm overstating the worry about Minnesota's future economy? Post below or contact me directly and let me know.
Posted at 8:00 PM on December 9, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
Jeff Kornoelje's seen the number of unemployed people in his ministry rise with the recession and he's been trying to help. So next week his church will try something different -- a company Christmas party for people out of work.
"This is our first crack at it," says Kornoelje, pastor of administration at Grace Church in Eden Prairie. What began as a brainstorming session on how to help a group of unemployed church members blossomed into a free, community event that he says may bring in as many as 400 people, Christians and non-Christians.
Recruiters and other business executives will be there, too. The church hopes the networking leads to jobs.
As we've written before, religious leaders have a great vantage point on this economy. They witness the daily joys and struggles of their congregations and do their best to help people through.
At Grace Church, Kornoelje says a church group of people who are unemployed or seeking a job change has grown from 30 to 120 during the recession. People are feeling frustrated, he adds. "When they apply (for jobs) they know there's probably 400 other applicants."
The Christmas party idea was a "practical way to show some love...to share the love of Jesus Christ," he says. "Since we have a captive audience, we wanted to give them some practical advice on how to work a room."
We will offer the same classy hors d'oeuvres and nice door prizes that one would expect at a corporate Christmas party. But we also want the event to help advance the vision of our Crossroads Ministry by assisting attendees in finding jobs. So there will be a time of informal coaching on how to effectively network or "work a room," with practical tips like holding your drink in your left hand so that your right hand isn't wet and clammy when shaking the hand of a prospective employer. Attendees will then put into practice what they've learned by interacting in a "safe environment" with about 40 business professionals, CEOs, and recruiters. They will be on hand to meet with our guests, share their networking contacts, and to help them find jobs.
Kornoelje says you don't need to be a Christian to come to the event. The company Christmas party's been promoted on Linkedin and other sites.
12/18 UPDATE: Jeff Kornoelje says about 325 people came to the event from across the Twin Cities metro area with some folks coming from Mankato and Rochester areas. Reports he got indicated lots of networking and a few people seemed to even get some real solid job leads.
Says Kornoelje: "It was something that I am sure we will do again next year. "
***************************************
Click on the map icons below to read what Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network have been telling us about the jobs climate around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 1:51 PM on December 9, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
Here's the good news from today's college attendance report by the Minnesota Office of Higher Education:
Minnesota's college participation rate hit an all-time high in 2008 with 70.2 percent of the state's 65,220 high school graduates enrolling immediately in a public or private college after high school.Minnesota's college participation rate has gradually increased over time and has been among the highest in the nation. But 2008 was the first year 70 percent of the state's high school graduates enrolled immediately in college.
Here's the data that should make you worry about Minnesota's future workforce: Among those who did enroll in college after graduation, 28 percent enrolled out of state -- and that percentage is increasing.
Is it a crisis? No. But that doesn't mean you shouldn't be paying attention. It's a point we've been arguing repeatedly the past few months.
As Minnesota's workforce ages and shrinks and high school and college graduates decrease, what happens when large numbers of high school graduates go to college elsewhere -- and possibly not return to the state? Who will do the economy building -- and tax paying -- to sustain Minnesota?
After jumping 15 percent this decade, the State Demographic Center projects only an 8.7 percent increase in Minnesota's labor force over the coming 25 years.
Yes, lots of people come to Minnesota and the quality of life and the workforce is high. But we've been living on that for decades and there's increasing worry that Minnesota just can't rely on that any more.
We're heading for a stretch where that labor force will age significantly. Meanwhile, the number of Minnesota high school graduates is forecast to slide through 2015 after peaking this year. Again, it's not a crisis right now. And I have no idea how the private sector or government should respond. But the high school, college and labor force trends are running against Minnesota's future. Shouldn't we be talking about it? If you have thoughts on today's higher education data or Minnesota's future workforce needs, post below or contact me directly.| Year | Number | Percentage |
| 2004 | 6,969 | 16.9% |
| 2006 | 7,337 | 17.0% |
| 2008 | 8,377 | 18.4% |
Posted at 4:00 PM on December 7, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
The value of the U.S. dollar's been falling against the Canadian dollar the past couple months -- and that might be just the thing Minnesota manufacturers need.
Chris Farrell, chief economics correspondent for MPR News, said today he's keeping close watch on Thursday's release of international trade data.
A weaker dollar makes U.S. goods more attractive to buyers from other countries, which is good if you're trying to export. Canada is the largest U.S. trading partner and especially important to Minnesota.
"The expectation is that it (trade balance) will show a decent number," Farrell said on MPR's Morning Edition, where he share his insights on the Minnesota and national economies each Monday.
Click on the play button below to listen.
Looking at data from Creighton University's rising Minnesota economic index, "increased orders seem to be one of the factors that's driving it," he said, noting the recent drop in the value of the US dollar compared to the Canadian dollar."The expectation is that we'll see some improvement in manufacturing. We'll see some improvement in orders, taking advantage of the low value of the currency....and that is really to be an additional boost to the Minnesota economy," Farrell said. "Hopefully, it will start showing up in manufacturing numbers."
Minnesota's manufacturing sector has been hit hard in the recession and is down more than 40,000 jobs from a year ago.
Farrell's also watching a key index on retail chain store sales due Tuesday as an indicator of how consumers are treating retailers like Target and Best Buy. The initial Black Friday start of the holiday shopping season "wasn't as bad as it could have been," said Farrell. "But it wasn't great."
Listen to Farrell's take and post below or contact me directly if you have anything to add.
Posted at 3:00 PM on December 4, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
Like many organizations, the Myles Reif Performing Arts Center in Grand Rapids took a hit in the recession. So as the financial picture started to ease recently, leaders wanted to recognize those who kept the place going in the hardest times.
The result: six workers will receive up to $400 in what David Marty, President of Reif Arts Council described as a "loyalty bonus."
It's an intriguing idea, one I hadn't thought about before: rewarding people who weathered the worst of the recession with the same company or group.
If anyone's received -- or paid out -- this kind of bonus or heard of anything similar in the non-profit or corporate world, please post below or contact me directly.
Here's how Marty, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network describes it:
This is a performing arts center that was hit pretty hard by the market slowdown last year. As a direct result, the organization was forced to make some very painful cuts, including salary freezes, elimination of many benefits, furloughs, cutting hours and taking two full time positions to ¾ time. This started in June, and the two most-affected employees left in October. The board has approved a bonus payment for all six employees (not including Executive Director) here. These are small bonuses (largely symbolic) with the largest being $400, but the message from the board is that the organization wants to support and thank employees for doing as well as possible under highly adverse conditions. We continue to face enormous challenges (as does everyone), but the spirit and morale are quite high, and staff members are very proud of being able to make a difference in our community.
One thing that helped: Funds from Minnesota's "legacy" constitutional amendment.Arts and other organizations (including Minnesota Public Radio) started getting money earlier this year from the measure backed by state voters last year.
The flow of "legacy" dollars and an improving budget picture the past few months "has resulted in some optimism," Marty says.
Posted at 6:00 PM on December 2, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
There's a lot to digest in Wednesday's 77-page Minnesota economic forecast. But I'm struck by a few sentences:
Employment in Minnesota is now expected to fall by more than 150,000 jobs between the first quarter of 2008 and the first quarter of 2010, 30,000 more than projected last February. If this forecast holds true, more than a decade of job creation will be lost (emphasis mine).
Wow.
Here's a chart of Minnesota seasonally adjusted monthly employment using data from from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development
We'll see the November data on Dec. 17. But if state officials made anything clear, it's don't bet on a bounce back. Things will not be OK for awhile.
The combination of substantial current and expected job losses and what is expected to be a slow recovery, leaves Minnesota employment below its pre-recession level through 2013.
I know other states are going through the same thing. But job growth has been one of Minnesota's selling points to the nation. Entrepreneurs, scientists, manufacturers and raw material producers all helped build and create employment and wealth. That delivered the money to run government and provide a high quality of life.
What happens if that's no longer the case?
As we've noted before, this recession is exposing a long-term weakness in Minnesota -- an aging state labor force that won't grow enough to meet the economy's needs.
And now a decade of job growth is close to being wiped out.
Take a look through the budget forecast and post below or contact me directly if you see anything surprising or important that we haven't brought up.
Meanwhile, here's video of Gov. Pawlenty's response to the budget numbers and the Democrats' response (thanks to MPR's Tom Scheck).
Pawlenty on budget deficit 2012 from tommy scheck on Vimeo.
DFL response from tommy scheck on Vimeo.
Posted at 8:00 PM on December 8, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
Last week we introduced you to April Femrite, a Mankato entrepreneur who's a finalist for the Forbes.com "Boost your Business" competition.
At stake is $50,000 in Forbes advertising and another $50,000 in investment capital. Forbes unveils the winner this week.
Win or lose, Femrite, 34, caught our interest on a bunch of levels.
She has an interesting story to tell. She manufactures clothing from bamboo fibers. She's passionate about her ideals and working to find the financing and momentum to keep it rolling. Married with two small children, she also juggles family life.
I interviewed her recently as she waited for her child's pre-school to finish up.
Ticking off a long list of the ecological benefits and comfort of bamboo fiber clothing, she adds, "What I'm trying to do is potentially huge for the U.S. economy and the planet."
I broke the interview up into chunks below. As you read, keep in the back of your mind: Can Minnesota build its its economic future around entrepreneurs like Femrite? Can it capitalize on the "green," sustainable movement? What if it can't?
Family of entrepreneurs
Femrite didn't plan to be in business. Her background's in education and counseling. She was a career counselor at St. Olaf College. But she comes from an entrepreneurial family. Her father had several companies, including a tank car cleaning operation.
Her older brother buys walnut trees and sells them to companies for furniture. They were mulling over new ideas in 2007 when he came over with a newspaper article on bamboo fibers and how they could be made into all kinds of breathable, hypoallergenic clothing. "It just kind of snowballed," she said, "almost like a calling. I was supposed to do this."
She spent the next few months researching bamboo fiber, fabric and sewing manufacturers then started producing clothing using a "fair labor facility in China. " Since then, she's moved production locally establishing partnerships with "ethical sewing facilities in Minnesota and California who will now be making all future Naturally Bamboo lines."
Financing and marketing challenges
The business is pretty much self-financed, Femrite says. She's been able to turn some monthly profits but "it's still a struggle."
Funds come from a home equity credit line, business credit cards and a business credit line from a bank and a loan from the Southern Minnesota Initiative Foundation.
"I don't have any free money," she says.
About 75 percent of her business come from online sales but she's also picked up a retail outlet in Canada. The hardest hard part, she says, is trying to build a brand name clothing line with no marketing dollars. "I'm still pretty much doing it all by myself."
Entrepreneurial Minnesota?
We've written a lot at MinnEcon about Minnesota's shrinking and aging workforce and asked aloud what happens if Minnesota can't keep it's best and brightest?
Femrite's staying, even though it might be cheaper to go elsewhere.
"I envision my headquarters always being here. We're not doing the bamboo planting and processing in Minnesota, but my cut-and-sew operations are in Prior Lake," she said. "Could I do it cheaper in Mississippi or South Carolina? Maybe, but probably not that much to make it worthwhile."
What about the tax climate? "It's not going to sway my decision," she said. "It's more about labor pool, quality of life, family, outdoors. You're not going to see us move someplace that doesn't have lakes and rivers," she said. "It would be really hard to go somewhere else."
Posted at 9:00 PM on December 1, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
Minneapolis Tuesday opened the application process for its popular STEP-UP summer jobs program. Demand for the program is a barometer of sorts on how young people are faring in this recession and it's worth watching how many apply for summer 2010 and how many are hired.
These are paid summer internships. Young people ages 14 to 21 are matched with jobs in private businesses, government, non-profits and education
The jobs pay at least $7.25 an hour and those who make it in must attend a work readiness training session. Click here for an application.
Last summer, STEP-UP received 3,200 applications for 1,300 jobs.
"As for the almost 1,900 youth that we were not able to serve, that unmet need was higher than normal (about 400 applicants higher than '08)," said director Tammy Dickinson. "I attribute that to both the tough economy and better marketing and awareness of the program."
The goal for 2010 is 1,300 to 1,350 jobs "but that will depend on being able to recruit enough employers and work sites, as well as some state funding amounts," she added.
You can find more information on the program here.
There's no doubt the youngest workers in this economy have had it particularly rough. In its May teen summer jobs outlook report, the state employment and economic development office wrote:
The entry level labor market is getting more crowded as experienced workers are hit by layoffs, older workers delay retirement and brand-new college graduates seek employment outside their fields of study.
Recent research by the Federal Reserve of Minneapolis
found the recession accelerating the trend of teens simply leaving the labor force.The Minneapolis Fed noted, "a tightening labor market hurts teen workers first and worst, because they tend to be on the bottom of the labor totem pole due to their lack of experience."
The dearth of opportunities for teens can also be seen in the rising interest in public jobs programs. An informal survey of Step-Up applicants (both accepted and rejected, conducted by program officials at the request of the fedgazette) found that many were having a difficult time getting a job. Said one 18-year-old applicant, "I never got so much as an interview before I did Step-Up."
Students are expected to be told in early March if they're in. Jan. 29 is the deadline to apply.
If you have any experience with STEP-UP or you're a teenager or young adult looking for work, please post below or contact me directly and share your story.
Posted at 4:00 PM on December 1, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
He's a lawyer and a wedding photographer. So Matt Brenengen has two cool vantage points on the Minnesota economy. We asked him recently about the wedding business and he told us the signs he's seeing for 2010 don't look great.
Because most people plan their weddings months in advance, Brenengen has a window on how young adults are feeling about next year.
"I had two couples that had to cancel their weddings this year because they had gotten laid off and/or their investments tanked," said Brenengen, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network. "Normally, I would have 10-12 weddings booked by this time for the following year. So far, I have one."
No matter what the economy pundits predict for 2010, "each couple is looking at their own tenuous situation," he says.
"Remember, most are new to the job market, and either having a hard time getting a job, or are worried about holding their jobs (and) those parents who were paying for it have seen their retirement income slashed."
MPR News in February examined the recession and its effect on wedding decisions. Many couples were cutting back and being cautious about where they spent their dollars. Some were waiting it out for better times.
Given what Brenengen's seeing we asked some others in the wedding business what 2010 looks like. We found a mix of upbeat news and caution.
"About 20 percent of our 80 vendors have had record breaking years and 2010 is looking even more promising," says Adam Welz, president of the Central Minnesota Wedding Association. Most vendors, he said, reported that sales were stable from 2008 to 2009. "A small percentage had their worst year ever."
Two weeks ago we did our annual bride panel which is a panel of 5 newly married brides that get asked questions from were you shopped, what you spent, and what would you have done differently. The average wedding cost for our 5 brides was $29,000.We found that brides are still spending BIG money on whats important to them. Whether it's photos, food, flowers, DJ, etc. brides still see value in hiring professional vendors (and) are willing to pay if it's something they are passionate about.He pointed me to a surprising statistic: Despite a recession, the average cost of a wedding unexpectedly jumped 34 percent from $16,546 earlier this year to to $22,121 in the third quarter of 2009, according to a survey by theweddingreport.com. Increased demand plus October weddings contributed to the jump, the site said.
"While it is true that some wedding businesses we speak and work with are seeing a decline in bookings for 2010, most are thriving," adds Josh Franz, president of the Twin City Bridal Association.
Franz agrees that photographers and videographers seem to be having the toughest time while bridal shops and other apparel business seem to be fine.
Overall, "there are less wedding businesses out there as the weaker ones have gone out of business," he adds, "which has of course decreased our membership somewhat."
Brenengen hopes the economy and wedding spending roars back in 2010. "When that does happen, I am going to have a lot of open weekends for them..."
***********************************
Are you in the wedding business in Minnesota? Or are you someone who's trying to make wedding plans in this recession? Post below and tell us what you're seeing, or contact me directly.
Click on the map icons below to read what others in our Network have been telling us about their household saving and spending decisions. Then share your story.
Posted at 5:00 PM on November 24, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We posted recently about how the economy is making people move home again.
Today, the Pew Research Center offered an interesting holiday twist on the phenomenon: "Instead of traveling across country or across town, many grown sons and daughters will be coming to dinner from their old bedroom down the hall, which now doubles as their recession-era refuge."
Pew found 13% of parents with grown children say one of their adult sons or daughters has moved back home in the past year. That group has a name now: "boomerangers --young adults who move back home after living away. "This recession has produced a bumper crop," Pew says. Nearly one in five parents ages 45 to 54 say they've been "boomeranged."It doesn't have to be a problem. My MPR colleagues produced this fine video that includes the joys as well as frustrations when children move home.
Still, it's the time of year when parents are cautioned to expect their college freshman might seem "different" when he returns home for Thanksgiving. The fact that his older brother may be living home along with his sister-in-law and nephew might make things a bit more complicated.
Will you have children living home with you this Thanksgiving? Are you a young adult living home?
Post below or contact me directly and let me know how the living arrangements will affect Thanksgiving and other holidays. All thoughts welcome.
The Pew study reminds us how many families are affected.
This collegegrad.com survey gives you a sense of how tough it is:
Among 2009 U.S. college graduates, 80 percent moved back home with their parents after graduation, up from 77 percent in 2008. Nearly 70 percent of recent grads did not have jobs lined up when they graduated.
Posted at 1:00 PM on November 23, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
The arts get hit pretty hard in a recession. Spending for theater tickets, paintings and jewelry are easily sacrificed when people are just trying to pay bills.
So Robert Briscoe caught us a little by surprise when he wrote recently to say the economic picture was improving for him and some artists he knows.
![]()
Briscoe, 62 is a potter in Harris and a source in MPR's Public Insight Network. "For me, 2009 was a better than average year and I expect 2010 to be quite good for me and many of my artist associates," he wrote us.
I don't think I have a lot of clarity about the economy, just many anecdotal occurrences and talks with friends. Example: an event I was an exhibitor in Philadelphia last November ( which was fairly good in spite of the news) was 33% better this year. Galleries that represent my work have been sending regular monthly checks
from sales for the last 6 months. This trend is growing and my galleries
are calling wanting more work as soon as possible. Other artists I talk to are experiencing growing sales and a new level of optimism, from responses at their studio events as well as at their galleries. It is not universal by any means but it is real and expanding.Friends who are jewelers, painters, glass artists, woodworkers and photographers are seeing improving conditions. Not fabulous yet but encouraging. Even some younger artists I regularly speak with are excited about the near and longer terms in their careers. I think the creative/handmade aspects of the economic landscape is
about to be very strong.
The last time we checked in with artists in our Network, it was April and things were not looking great. A painter had told us, "people are being very careful with their money.... people are still spending money but each purchase is smaller."
In the theater, "there is work out there but everyone is doing their best to hold on" with smaller paychecks for the same amount of work, a St. Paul playwright and director told us then.
I'm checking in with those folks and will post any updates they send.
Briscoe says prices for his work range from $20 to $600 with the average somewhere close to $75. Despite his brighter outlook, he acknowledges things are not perfect.
"I do know some artists who were able to support themselves with their work
two years ago who, in all probability, will not recover."
But he says he's exploring new tools, marketing and aesthetic directions and encouraging others to do the same. "I ask friends not to succumb to the flurry of bad news."
**************************************
Got a perspective on the arts business and where it's headed? Post below or contact me directly.
Click on the map icons below to see what other Minnesotans have been telling us about the jobs climate around them, then share your story.
Posted at 2:00 PM on November 20, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
They won't be building skyscrapers any time soon in North Dakota, but they've at least been building something . It's the only state in the nation that added construction jobs in the past year, new data released today show.
North Dakota added 400 jobs from October 2008 to October 2009, a 2 percent increase, according to an analysis by the Associated General Contractors of America.
We're interested in this issue for a couple reasons.
Some folks in MPR's Public Insight Network have been telling us about how the tough times in Minnesota's construction and iron working trades are leading some to North Dakota where there's work but where the working conditions can be challenging, especially in the winter.
![]()
So we're trying to talk to some workers who are making that trek this winter. If you're working in North Dakota construction or know someone who is, please contact me directly and let me know or post below.
We're also interested because Minnesota's construction employment has really taken a whack in this recession, including another 1,200 jobs lost in October.
Our state's been hit harder than our neighbors, according to the AGC analysis, losing about 13 percent of its jobs the past year. That percentage is about the same as Iowa, though it translates into 3,500 more jobs lost here than Iowa.
Wisconsin's lost about 10,000 jobs but that's only about 9 percent of its construction workforce. It also showed a jump of about 3,500 jobs in the past month, according to the AGC data.
Boom-bust cycles aren't new to construction workers. The cycle will turn. When it does, though, will all the jobs come back? That's the question.
"A shockingly large portion of the construction industry's workforce has simply evaporated," Ken Simonson, chief economist for Associated General Contractors, said today as the group released the data.
The national construction unemployment rate of 18.7 percent was the highest of any sector in October, he added, accounting for one of every five job losses in the past year in an industry that only employs one out of 20 workers.
*******************************************
What's the jobs climate like in your part of Minnesota? Post below and tell us about it, or contact me directly. You can help keep the conversation rolling.
Click on the map icons below to see what other Minnesotans have been telling us about the jobs climate around them.
Posted at 8:00 AM on November 24, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
7 months unemployment. 150+ applications. 35 networking events. 4 interviews.
"At last 1 job."
That's how Robert Hovey summed up his life the past few months. Laid off from an information technology job, he dropped us a line recently to let us know he'd found work, which is great news.
But like many others we've talked to during this recession, he's working now outside his field at much less than he made before the recession.
The recession's been so deep and put so many out of work that landing a job is automatically a good thing. We see Minnesota's jobless rate looking better than the nation. We assume that having a job means no worries.
The reality is that a lot of people are taking less money.
We hear almost weekly from people in MPR's Public Insight Network who've taken a pay cut in their current work. No one's complaining and it's one of those issues that hasn't really been discussed.
Hovey, 46, told us after months of unemployment, he landed work in banking.
"I have taken a business phone banker job. It is not in my field but I am grateful for it," said Hovey, a Network source. "It is roughly 50% of my former income and hardly more than an unemployment check."
(The maximum weekly unemployment benefit in Minnesota is $585.)
We asked Hovey for a thumbnail look at his unemployed experience. Anyone who's had to look for a job -- particularly in mid-career -- will understand. Hovey said he had to fight the impression that there was something wrong with him.
Acquaintances and family would ask, "Do you have a job yet?" after I had been applying and phoning and beating the pavement all day. They meant well but I never had so little time as when I was unemployed. I would think - "I shouldn't read the newspaper. I should be looking for work." I get very angry with "experts" who advise unemployed how to be employable. I am a professional ... I know how to dress myself and bathe and smile.
We'll likely be hearing more stories like Hovey's through 2010. While the economy is improving, more than half the business services firms surveyed this year by the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development expect employee wages to remain the same or decrease next year.
*******************************************
Have you taken a job in this recession for pay lower than what you used to earn? Or are you earning less at the same job? Post below and tell us about it, or contact me directly. You can help keep the conversation rolling.
Click on the map icons below to see what other Minnesotans have been telling us about the jobs climate around them.
Posted at 9:15 AM on November 19, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Here's the basic info on the Minnesota jobless data for October: released this morning by the state Department of Employment and Economic Development.
Take a look at this morning's press release and post below or contact me directly if you see data that encourages or worries you.
UPDATE: Here's the MPR News story on the numbers
Here's my quick take:
Positives:
-- October rate: 7.6 percent, up from seasonally adjusted 7.4 percent in September.
-- Minnesota employers added 2,200 jobs in October
-- The state jobless rate is a lot better than the 10.2 percent national unemployment rate.
-- Professional and business services gained the most jobs during the month, followed by education and health services, leisure and hospitality government. Temporary help accounted for more than half the gains in professional and business services. State officials say temp help growth is a leading indicator of recovery.
Things that should worry us:
-- Logging and mining were flat for the month.
-- Manufacturing still isn't looking great. Year-to-year job losses rose again. Manufacturing, a crucial piece of Minnesota's economy, lost 4,900 jobs in October, putting its 12 month losses above 40,000 (41,300)
UPDATE: The rate increase is in line with what the folks who produce Creighton University's Minnesota economic index expected:
Ernie Goss, the economist who oversee the university's Midwest states index project had expected the rate to rise as "discouraged workers" came back into the labor force to search again for jobs. A couple weeks ago, he wrote:
Even though Minnesota's unemployment rate has recently declined, based on our surveys over the past several months, I expect the state's jobless rate to increase by another 0.6 percent by the end of the year.
Posted at 6:07 PM on November 16, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
Would you be concerned if 67,000-plus of Minnesota's best and brightest graduated from high school and left the state? I think I am.
That's the estimate by the Minnesota Private College Council of students who graduated from high school and enrolled in an out-of-state college from 2003 to 2008.
The council's newest research, made available today, builds on the group's ongoing concerns that Minnesota is a net exporter of college talent and that will hurt the state's economy long-term. Yes, students from outside the state come here. But on average, Minnesota's been a net exporter of more than 5,000 students a year the past six years.
The map below, produced by the council, shows the net migration. Most of it's concentrated in neighboring states.
It'd be easy to look at the data and conclude there's no issue at all. Lots of people come to Minnesota, the quality of life and the workforce is high. And of course, the Minnesota Private College Council would want kids to stay in the state.
So what's the worry? As Minnesota's workforce population ages and shrinks and high school and college graduates decrease, what happens when large numbers of high school graduates go to college elsewhere -- and possibly not return to the state? Who will do the economy building -- and tax paying -- to sustain Minnesota?
We don't really know the answer but we need to. In Ohio, they're wondering why home grown talent is fleeing the state.
As I've noted in a prior post, the export data require a deeper look. If a Woodbury High kid graduates and goes to University of Wisconsin River Falls, he's gone out of state. But it doesn't necessarily mean he won't stay in Minnesota and contribute to the economy.
Still, people like state demographer Tom Gillaspy are clearly worried about the state economy given the aging workforce. If those students leave Minnesota after high school and don't come back, who'll keep the economy rolling?
Click here to see our prior posts on Leaving Minnesota?
Posted at 12:00 PM on November 17, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon maps
It's a weird time in this economy. We're told we're in recovery. But here we are holding our breath for Thursday when we'll see Minnesota's jobless numbers for October. Officials are already bracing for a spike in the jobless rate.
So we asked Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network just to finish one of these sentences: "I'll believe the recession's over when ..." or "I'm feeling a recovery right now because ..." and then add a little detail.
We were struck by some of the responses showing how much collateral damage people are seeing: friends, neighbors, relatives still struggling.
"I'll believe the recession's over when ... a young man I mentored can find a job in his field," said Ben Weiss of St. Paul.
"He graduated from technical college in May 2008 with a certificate in welding; the school said 87 percent of graduates normally find jobs in their field within a year. He's still working his part-time student job at a grocery store. "
Click on the map icons to read what others told us.
Click the little box on the upper right hand corner of the map to see it in full screen.
Most of the map icons are lightening bolts indicating responses of people who are not convinced the recession's over.
Mitch Lentz of Spring Valley won't be convinced until he sees Main Street recover.
No matter what happens on Wall Street, it's not going to look good on Main Street for quite a while longer.Sure you can find signs that the economy is turning the corner but it won't feel good for months. If you don't have a job, you don't care if GDP is going up. If the housing market is improving and you lost your house to bankruptcy you don't care. You care that you don't have a house for your family.
In the map, you'll see a few folks who do say they can feel a recovery. You have to zoom around to find them. I marked them with purple sunshine icons (don't laugh).
"I'm feeling a recovery right now because ... the value of my retirement funds and savings have recovered to where they were at over a year ago, and they are still growing," said Russ Stanton of Edina. "The selling prices of homes are rising fast. Employers are hiring more temps--which usually precedes increased employment."
What are you seeing?
Click here and finish one of those sentences. Help us keep the conversation rolling.
Posted at 1:40 PM on November 12, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Recently approved federal legislation extending jobless benefits means up to 14 more weeks of aid available for those still unemployed, the state labor department said today.
Some unemployed workers will be eligible for up to 86 weeks of benefits in Minnesota when combined with earlier compensation extensions, the department said. The maximum weekly benefit in Minnesota is $585. Check the state's unemployment insurance site for more information.
State officials say about 175,000 unemployed workers are currently requesting benefits in Minnesota weekly, with about 10,000 immediately affected by the federal extension. That includes sources in MPR's Public Insight Network still struggling in this recession.
"I have been unemployed since June 2009 and my unemployment will be running out in December," Sallie Malmstrom, a mechanical drafter from Eden Prairie, told us just a couple days ago.
"Extensions are no guarantee there will be money," said Malmstrom, who described her economic outlook as bleak. "There are very few jobs to even apply to."
If your jobless benefits were about to run out, drop me a line and share a story about where you are in this economy and what the road ahead looks like.
Click on the map icons below to read what Minnesotans in our Network have been telling us about the jobs climate around them. Share your story.
Posted at 7:09 PM on November 10, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
We'll be taking snapshots in the coming weeks of seasonal employment trends around Minnesota. We're used to seeing lots of temporary jobs available this time of year through the winter holidays.
11/18 UPDATE: Here's a story from my MPR colleague Annie Baxter on the temp market and its mixed blessing for workers.
We know this could be a very tough season for retailers and other businesses that depend on consumers and companies spending.
We checked in first with Accountemps and OfficeTeam in Minneapolis. Those are units of the staffing and temp employment giant Robert Half International that focus on back-office and administrative help for businesses. Susan Thomas, Minneapolis branch manager, wrote:
Temporary hiring for administrative staff has been increasing as morale has been an issue.Nationally, job openings so far this fall remain at record lows.Companies want to hire to cover staff on vacations as they too are running lean, and don't want to deny vacations and damage morale... they do not want to miss any sales or fail to take advantage of opportunities.
We are also seeing an uptick as it relates to the cold and flu season. This has always been a seasonal need, as people inevitably come down with winter ailments, and companies need people to fill in.
Tax hiring has always been strong seasonally, but this year has even more interest due to how lean CPA firms have had to operate.
A survey by the National Federation of Independent Business found one nine percent of its members expecting to create new jobs in the next few months.
***********************************************
Are you doing any temporary hiring through the winter holidays? Or are you searching for a temp job? Post below or contact me directly and tell me what you're seeing.
Posted at 12:00 PM on November 10, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
News that investor Warren Buffett will buy Burlington Northern Santa Fe got me thinking about employment in an industry that many didn't think had a future.
After a half century of decline, demand for railroad workers has been rising in this decade. For the past five years, Dakota County Technical College in Rosemount has been training people to be railroad conductors with good success placing them in jobs.
It's one of only a few public school railroad programs in the country.
Conductors work the rail yards. Duties include moving and coupling rail cars. It's a tough, demanding job with lots of irregular hours and pressures that can be hard on families.
But it pays well -- entry level starts at about $42,000 and can a conductor can earn upward of $70,000 after three years. There are opportunities to work your way up to engineer and a six-figure salary.
We checked in with Larry Raddatz, who oversees the conductor's program at Dakota County Tech. Demand for graduates took a hit in the recession, he says, but is starting to recover.
For three years, there were more jobs than we had graduates and classes were full. I received calls from RRs all over the country looking for conductors...A manager from a short-line in Chicago visited one of the first classes and offered to take any three of them back with him on the plane that day.
And then the recession hit. Like most industries, the railroads suffered in 2009. They did no hiring until last month. Enrollment (in the DCTC program) was down slightly in 2009 because I was informing students that the RRs were not hiring.
It is slowly starting to pick up again. The Canadian Pacific recently interviewed for 12 conductors in the St. Paul service area. The UP (Union Pacific) recruiter indicated that they will have hiring sessions in early 2010.
There has been a bit more interest lately. Perhaps it is attributable to Mr. Buffett.
In its first years, the program drew mostly men in their 30s and older trying to change industries or simply find work. It was a magnet early on for striking Northwest Airlines mechanics who had skills and were comfortable working around big, rolling vehicles.
The students have become more diverse in age, gender and ethnicity, Raddatz says.
A young woman enrolling in the January class, he adds, had checked into the program for someone else but was intrigued by the job. "She was tired of being on the waiting list for the nursing program so she applied herself."
Long-term, we are looking at what we can do to respond to industry needs for commuter and high-speed rail. In addition to conductors, DCTC is well positioned to provide skilled employees to the RRs (welding, diesel, electrical, etc.).
It can be a difficult way to make a living. But if Warren Buffett is high enough on railroads to spend $44 billion, the odds are good it'll mean growth in the business and demand for workers willing to take on the challenges and risks.
********************************************
Click here to learn more about the Dakota County Technical College railroad conductor program.
If you've been through the program and have some thoughts about it or your career in railroads, contact me directly and I'll share your thoughts with MinnEcon readers.
Click on the map icons below to read what Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network have been telling us about the jobs climate around them.
Posted at 5:00 PM on November 9, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
With a good story, some cool video and a neat online conversation, MPR today got its arms around the joys and frustrations of young adults who've moved back home because of the recession.
![]()
It's a tale we've been hearing pretty regularly among folks in MPR's Public Insight Network. That includes Dawn Mikkelson, who was featured in today's story.
It got us thinking about how others who told us similar stories are faring. We caught up with a couple of them.
Russ Haywood, 25, of Woodbury told us in June he'd been unable to pay his student loans and couldn't find work so moved back home with his parents. "Still no job," he told us today but back in school pursing an MBA.
Technically I'm "underemployed." I work two hours a week doing technical theater for a community auditorium. My boss is an intern.
I'm still at home. I find it amazing how much the simple act of living costs, and my lifestyle is far from extravagant...Unless you are "perfectly qualified" for a job, there are simply no entry level college grad jobs out there. It's interesting being home for the first time since high school partly because I get to see where my flaws and bad habits come from, and maybe do something about them, and I have an adopted little sister from Russia who the family got when I was a junior in college and I haven't met (she's 17 now)!I'm thankful my parents are so (relatively) successful and able to support me, I don't know what would happen if one of them lost their job...
Happily that didn't happen. JH (who asked us not to use a full name) told us today, "we're getting by without having to ask my son to move home."
My son got a job at $9.10 an hour and roughly 30 hours a week, not the greatest job/pay/hours, but better than no income. He's been working 2-3 months now. Still not paying rent as he's trying to catch up some bills and transportation has become the new issue. He's currently driving a borrowed vehicle and we're looking for a reliable car under $1,000 with my financial support to get him through the winter. Not an easy task after cash for clunkers. The good ones get snapped up pretty quickly.
Scrounging around for data I went back and found this jaw-dropping survey from collegegrad.com:
Among 2009 U.S. college graduates, 80 percent moved back home with their parents after graduation, up from 77 percent in 2008, 73 percent in 2007, and 67 percent in 2006....nearly 70 percent of recent grads did not have jobs lined up when they graduated.
Yikes. It was tough when I graduated in 1984 but I'm not sure it was that tough.
**************************************
Click on the map icons below to read what other Minnesotans in MPR's Public Insight Network have been telling us about the jobs climate around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 1:00 PM on November 13, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
Single mom. dislocated worker, grandmother, "nontraditional college student."
That was Deb Mason's shorthand on her life as she told us about her journey from laid off auto dealership employee to soon-to-be college graduate. It's been a hard road -- one that many 50-and-older workers in Minnesota know too well in this recession.
A source in MPR's Public Insight Network from West St. Paul, Mason pushed herself to regroup and retrain. We wanted to tell her story because it captures so many things we're seeing in this recession among people 50 and older.
Mason, 55, says she was laid off October 21 last year after 15 years in auto dealerships. She wasn't surprised given the industry's problems. She asked her bosses if they thought the layoff would last long. "The response I got was, 'If I were you I would start looking for a new job, things don't look good for coming back soon... if ever.'"
I immediately came home applied online for unemployment and signed up for the next dislocated worker meeting in Dakota county. The room was packed.What has worked? School.Three weeks after I was laid off I was in a car accident and my car was totaled. Unfortunately I had canceled my full coverage insurance two days before in an effort to cut down expenses. So after paying full coverage for 30 years I now needed it and did not have it. I found that a little ironic.
My 401K had shrunk to barely anything so I cashed it in and bought a different car ( also added full coverage back on) I took some computer Excel classes to update my skills. Applied for numerous jobs, redid resume several times, emailed it to numerous places even ones I did not qualify for.
In a year I have only had three interviews, but no job as I did not have the degree they wanted. Experience did me no good as once I said automobile... they sort of stepped back.
Mason says she'd always wanted a degree but earlier in life could never could go. Suddenly, she found the things she did well wouldn't deliver the next job.
"I can title a vehicle in any state and nearly every country, I can keep inventory of over 1000 vehicles, balance schedules and process loans but I could not land a job close to what I was making."
Out of work, she enrolled in the ASAP program at Inver Hills Community College. It's focused on adults hoping to earn a two-year degree at an accelerated pace.
School's gone well. She made the dean's list and became involved in Inver Hills' student life. She expects to graduate by summer's end and hopes to go into "social work similar to the dislocated worker program as it has been such a good thing for me and others."
Mason says she thinks there are lots of people in the same boat. We've seen it, too.
Many older workers have lost jobs and seen retirement plans torpedoed. Others are dealing with setbacks they never faced when they were younger. Nationally, more than 2 million people aged 55 and older were out of work in June, the biggest number since the feds began collecting data in 1949, according to the AARP.
School has been one answer. We've seen jumps in older students in Minnesota. A recent AARP survey found one in six people over 50 planning to return to school with nearly half returning to sharpen job skills.
Finding a job remains the ultimate goal for Mason in this journey. But she says:
I have decided to look at unemployment as a step toward the future. I got tired of being depressed. I enjoy the time with the grandkids and keep very busy between jobs hunting, school and family. I am glad the (federal unemployment benefits extension) bill passed as my extension was due to run out by Feb. The job market maybe will be better by then.
Posted at 8:00 AM on November 6, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Housing & mortgages, Jobs & unemployment
President Obama today signs into law a bill that extends jobless benefits and also gives potential homeowners another crack at a tax credit.
In Minnesota, it means as many as 14 more weeks of jobless aid to people who've exhausted state and federal benefits. That'll be good news to a lot of people.
It comes on the same day as the release of national unemployment data for October.
The bill also extends the federal first-time homebuyer tax credit through April 30. It was set to expire at the end of the month. And it adds a $6,500 credit to existing homeowners looking to buy another house as their main residence. The homebuilders are digging it.
If you have a stake in the bill today -- as a homebuyer, taxpayer, small business owner, unemployed worker -- post below or contact me directly and let me know what it means for you.
Posted at 6:00 PM on November 4, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
When the economy recovers, the jobs that many people held won't be coming back.
So we've been interested in how Minnesotans are trying to retrain and remake themselves for the economy ahead. One, Tom Koller, has been letting us tag along on his quest and he checked in recently to tell us things are moving ahead for him.
Koller, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network from Eden Prairie, is in the state's Dislocated Worker Program, trying to become a computer network administrator.
He had been a machinist / precision grinder until a layoff. He realized his old job wasn't coming back. He's turning 50. His unemployment benefits are set to run out in January.
The good news: His training plan's been approved. Koller walked us through what he's dealt with so far:
Okay, the state run Workforce Center has many services for unemployed people. One is the Dislocated Worker program. Its goal is to help people that find themselves unemployed through no fault of their own, with limited reemployment options, get a job. One way is training. They have some courses of their own and they help fund others.I have significant but dated IT (Information technology) experience. The IT industry is just getting full into a revolution. The day of the PC and physically limited access is over. The simplest already visible aspects of this are the 'smart phone' and the 3G network. It is creating jobs and I am easily trainable to get into it.
The money comes from the state, and may be supported by federal bailouts (Note: Dislocated worker program received $21 million in stimulus money.)
Once the Workforce center approves you, the non-profit company Hired takes over. They evaluate and dispense the money.
Now that I have been fully approved, they put my money in an account with Sun (Microsystems). I am waiting for Sun to process my order for online courses.
So now it is schooling and a continuing job search. Ideally, I will get an entry level system admin position while still doing online classes. With the condition I get my certification, of course.
If you're looking to retrain, the opportunities are there in Minnesota. The WorkForce centers are across the state and continue to see lots of workers looking for help despite a drop in the jobless rate.
In the end, it's all about snagging the job. That's Koller's bottom line.
"Will this work for me, who knows?" he says. "I think it has a good chance and so does Hired. If one of us didn't, I wouldn't get the money and add my own for the schooling."
*******************************************
Are you trying to retrain now for a new kind of job? Post below and tell us about it, or contact me directly. You can help keep the conversation rolling.
Click on the map icons below to see what other Minnesotans have been telling us about the jobs climate around them.
Posted at 10:15 AM on November 4, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've been asking people the past couple weeks to tell us when they'll believe the recession's over. The typical answer we're getting, "When the jobs come back."
The numbers say we're starting to see the recovery. But it's pretty clear there's a disconnect between the data and what people see on the ground, especially in manufacturing, that crucial part of Minnesota's economy.
![]()
That hit home for me reading through MPR's package of stories this week looking at some of the Minnesota towns hardest hit by the recession. Comments by Dan Skersick of Bemidji jumped out at me. A source in MPR's Public Insight Network, Skersick wrote:
I work in the engineering dept. at TEAM Industries in Bagley. TEAM designs, manufactures drivetrains and components mainly for recreational vehicles. We have laid off about 700 of 1,300 employees in 7 plants, we have shut down a plant in Baxter. We had our worst year finacially in company history.The worry is still there, even though the state's manufacturing numbers are slowly improving. Minnesota's September jobless numbers showed a drop in the unemployment rate.Manufacturing added 1,800 jobs and over-the-year manufacturing job losses dropped to 36,900 after topping out above 40,000 in the August data.
The outlook is flat. The employees that are still employed have absorbed pay cuts, wage freezes, vacation reductions, 401 benefits stripped, temporary layoffs, medical benefit increases, and hours being cut. The health of our industry is far from good.
It's a pattern we'll have to live with: The data may look better than what we see at our workplaces and what we hear from our neighbors. Sometimes even the data will be mysterious.
Creighton University's "leading economic indicator" for Minnesota continues to climb. It's newest data this week "continues to point to improving economic conditions in the months ahead."
But it also forecasts a bump up in the unemployment rate, back closer to 8 percent, by the end of the year.
**********************************************
"I'll believe the recession's over when... " Finish that sentence here. Tell us when you'll be convinced things are turning.
Click on the map icons below to see what Minnesotans in our network have been telling us about the jobs climate around them.
Posted at 12:30 PM on November 2, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
Loyal MinnEcon reader and library assistant Teresa Lynch helped us during the summer understand why Hennepin County workers were volunteering to take less money to save jobs.
Now she's pointing us to some potential green shoots on the economy.
Lynch dropped us a note recently to tell us she was feeling a recovery right now because the patrons she's been helping at her library are starting, slowly, to find work.
I've been hearing from people who come into the library where I work that they've either found jobs or are getting interviews! It's great to see some smiles on a few more faces.The library offers a cool vantage point on the economy. We know library use jumps in a recession. When Minnesota employers were shedding jobs this year, many headed to their local libraries to search for jobs and retraining opportunities. In May, a library assistant from Wadena gave us a great look at what she was seeing at the city library -- job searching by older adults replacing chatting and games played by teens on the library's free computers.A patron who's working at a very undesirable-type job at a grocery store had to miss an interview for a good paying, benefit earning position because he was "needed at the store." But the good news is that the interviewer agreed to see him anyway, and this man actually has hope!
Another man who's been searching on the internet at the library for months, walked by waving, telling me he found a job.
Things were pretty grim at that point in Wadena and across Minnesota. The climate's improved since then. We saw Minnesota's jobless rate drop below 8 percent in September, though employers continued to cut jobs and several thousand Minnesotans dropped out of the labor force.
Still, Lynch's perspective is an encouraging sign. "As for myself," she adds, "the good news, as always, is that I still have a job which I love...."
**************************************************
Lynch reminds me that good things are happening in parts of this economy. Below are some other "good news" stories people in MPR's Public Insight Network have been telling us. Click on the map icons to read them, then share your story.
Posted at 11:00 AM on October 30, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon maps, Saving & spending
In October 2008, in the depths of recession, we asked people in MPR's Public Insight Network to take their economic pulse -- tell us what the month ahead looked like, what spending they were putting off and just generally how things were going in their personal economies.
We caught up with some of those folks this month to see how things have changed. The recession's had a profound effect in good ways and bad. Some paid down debt, bought homes and kept their fiscal balance. Others struggled. One lost her business.
Click on the map icons below to read stories of how things have gone for some Minnesotans and the things they sacrificed in the past year.
Click the little box on the upper right hand corner of the map to see it in full screen.
The odd thing is, Minnesota's economy didn't look all that horrible a year ago. Yes, the nation was in recession but I was surprised to look back and find state unemployment was "only" 6 percent.
Nancy Vyskocil, a Network source from Bemidji, said she was holding steady financially these days.
I don't shop as much as I use to. I don't go to stores as much and think about things more than it did in the past before I make a purchase. We have pulled back from buying a more expensive home and looked at streamlining our life and expenses some.She also told us she runs a public charity and "struggled with not being able to give raises to employees who were doing a great job. We held the line on wages, including my own and other expenses of the organization. It was really hard during budget time and sometimes you just don't want to be the boss. "
"Took a gamble to start again in a different country."
That's how Austin Miller summed up the past year. He'd been living in Minneapolis working as a financial analyst when he decided, "to quit my secure corporate job, move to Europe, and attend grad school, hoping to make a career change in the next few years. I went from having steady bi-weekly cash flows to forcing myself into a position that will ultimately require me to go into debt."
Raya Newbold, a Network source from Pine River, told us she had to shut down down her organic clothing business.
For the first half of the year made it on selling off the assets, then by summer sales dried up and so did our cash flow. We maxed our credit out hoping the next sale was around the corner- it was but the merchandise was shipped, but never paid for.
In September we hunkered down and spent a grand total of $7.95 all month. My husband was able to find a job in Oct for a quarter of his normal wages... so at least we are making mortgage now. We are now on a cash basis only and that is just enough to pay house and utilities. It's a good thing my mom helps us with clothing and food.
Despite the tough economic times, she's says it's been good in some ways for her and her family. "I don't need to be a consumer to be happy," she says. "With all the time I am not spending shopping I can make things/repair things instead. My boys are finally learning ... how great life is when you spend it doing rather then buying.
*****************************************
What's your economic year been like? Post below and tell us what you've seen and experienced, or use this form.
Posted at 2:00 PM on October 29, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
The big news today is that the nation's gross domestic product jumped during the three months ending in September. But it's a small story we picked up from a North Mankato printer that has us thinking the recovery might be real.
"The industry I am in is the first to get hurt and the first to recover," Gerald Myking, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network,told us recently. "For about 7 1/2 months we were only working 32 hours per week. The last six to seven weeks we have been working more than 40."
Myking, 59, is a commercial printer who says his shop's primary business is producing Post-it Notes for 3M. His work tends to take an early hit in a downturn -- businesses start to cut advertising budgets when things first start getting tight.
"We are actually hiring people now," he says. "Although the retail pads have only picked-up slightly, the custom note pads used for advertising has increased substantially."
The large established business' are firming up their positions in the market place. The other survivors of this recession have now started advertising to increase their share.The Post-It is probably the best known product among 3M's Consumer and Office segment, which took a bit hit in the recession's depths. 3M's year-end report notes that in the last quarter of 2008, "the combination of massive office worker layoffs, coupled with across-the-board declines in office retail foot traffic, had a dramatic and negative impact on sales."
The other side of our business, making labels for several different products, has also come back indicating some minor improvement in retail sales. I believe the recovery is sustainable due to business confidence. I believe consumer confidence is lagging which is why I think the recovery will be slow.
"I don't believe the recovery will be recognized until the second quarter of next year," he adds. "This is one of the worst recessions I have experienced in a very long time. Due to the severity of it and it's fragile state I am still wary."
**********************************************
"I'll believe the recession's over..." or "I'm feeling a recovery now because..."
Finish one of those sentences and help us understand where the economy's headed.
And click on the map icons below to read what sources in our Network have been telling us about the jobs climate around them.
Posted at 2:00 PM on October 27, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We don't dispense a lot of career advice at MinnEcon. One look at my early career path and you wouldn't take it from me anyway.
But we do have sources in our Public Insight Network who hire and fire and have seen a lot in this recession. One, graphic designer Susan Kirkland, sent some smart, unvarnished thoughts on landing a job -- and how people mess it up.
Posted at 12:09 PM on October 23, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon maps
Some found their dream job. Others found just enough work to get by for now.
We checked in recently with folks in MPR's Public Insight Network who told us in the past they were searching for work. An earlier map showed those who told us they were still looking.
Click on the map icons below to read stories of finding work -- and persevering.
Click on the little box in the upper right hand corner of the map to see it in full screen.
Some of it's great news.
Phil Soucheray, a Network source from Eagan told us he'd landed a job as an internal communications writer for a major company.
This is a great fit for me. At age 55, the process of getting the job was challenging. I relied heavily on my contacts in my network...I also know that it required a certain level of "campaigning" through that network...It took several months of effort. But it has certainly been worth it.
We asked him and others about the experience of searching. Soucheray told us, "One of the biggest (surprises) was that, while age seemed to be a factor, I was able to land the position without having to do something to hide mine (e.g. hair coloring).
Others told us they found work but still needed to keep searching.
Beth Jensen, a Network source from North St. Paul, told us she'd landed a temp job but planned to start looking again.
In my extended family we had four people get laid off and all were college educated. I also think that emailing or job websites didn't help at all. I'd look and look and all of the jobs were sales related. I had much better luck with the smaller websites, nonprofit job searching sites.
"For many people my current job would still put me in the ranks of the unemployed," said Stephen Cheesebrow of St. Paul. His new title: Househusband.
"I have a number of friends, who at first giggled at the idea, have now found themselves in the same situation that I am in," he adds.
Believe me, Stephen, anyone doing that job knows how hard it is.
***************************************************
Check out the map below to see what Minnesotans in our Network have been telling us about the job climate around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 3:05 PM on August 20, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Here's a post from my MPR colleague Mike Caputo:
In just nine months, Amanda Halbersma, a Public Insight Network source, went from buying a foreclosed home to worrying about the possibility of foreclosure with that very same house.
Several years ago, Marcia Miller of Minneapolis worked as an administrative law judge for Arizona's unemployment department. Last fall she was forced to file for unemployment herself. Despite adjudicating the unemployment process many times, Miller says didn't truly understand the frustration with the process until she went through herself.
"In fact, I didn't even know how to apply [for unemployment benefits]," says Miller.
Hard times have a way of building empathy. More people are seeing how the other half lives, because now they're one of them. In July, there were 75,000 more people unemployed in Minnesota then there were a year ago. A third more people in Minnesota filed for bankruptcy than a year ago.
There's an upside here, for people, and for businesses. Some business leaders suggest the capacity to care is a good thing for the economy. Business strategist Dev Patnaik, author of "Wired to Care: How Companies Prosper When They Create Widespread Empathy," says the problem with business isn't a lack of innovation; it's a lack of empathy.
In an interview with MSNBC, Patnaik said the organizations that survive economic crisis are those with empathetic cultures and managers who are able to step outside themselves and walk in someone else's shoes. "It's about having intuition and a gut feeling for other people," he explains.
Marcia Miller says her upbringing and professional pursuits gave her sympathy for those getting unemployment benefits. She grew up in a small Iowa town where her parents struggled to own a home and make a living. She worked her way through school, earned a law degree from the University of Minnesota.
But sympathy (feeling for someone) is very different than empathy (walking a mile in their shoes). And it wasn't until years later, when she moved to Minnesota and struggled to find a job, that she truly understood the frustration with the unemployment process, by applying herself.
"You worry that one wrong move may keep you from receiving benefits," she says, "It's not an easy process for people."
Last fall, Amanda Halbersma and her husband bought a foreclosed condo in Minneapolis. At the time, she focused on what a good deal she was getting, not on why she was getting a good deal. "We thought we were pretty smart," she says.
Then, in early 2009, Halbersma lost her job. And suddenly the good deal became "an albatross." How would they swing the mortgage payment with only one income? Would they have to consider selling? What if the house fell into foreclosure? Halbersma landed a new job within a few months. Still, the threat of losing her home cured her naïveté.
"Now I'm much more keenly aware," she says. "I learned what people who go through this have to deal with."
Still, that empathy wouldn't prevent Halbersma from buying a foreclosure in the future, she says, largely because she wouldn't begrudge someone from getting a home that she was forced to leave.
As for Miller, she's still looking for work. And she's skeptical that her experience will translate on a resume. Insight is fine, she says, "but does that help me practically in life, in getting work? I'm not so sure."
What are your stories of empathy and understanding in this economy? Tell us here
Posted at 3:02 PM on August 20, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Public Insight Editor Andrew Haeg posts on the new jobless numbers and how one man is navigating his unemployment
The news on the state's unemployment front today was not bad, but not great. The unemployment rate dipped 0.3 percent to 8.1 percent. Nothing to pop a cork for. After all, more than 240,000 Minnesotans are on unemployment (seasonally adjusted). But it may be a sign that the labor market is thawing.
That tracks with Eliot Axelrod's experience. He has accumulated some remarkable firsthand knowledge of the job market over the past year, and is seeing some positive signs. He was laid off at the end of last year from his software sales job, and has since been through a total of 200 job interviews.
His informed observation is that companies are looking for candidates who are "amazingly good, amazingly well-qualified and amazingly well-connected." In other words, if you're not a perfect fit, look elsewhere. That's the word, too, from his five or six friends (all on the mature side of 45) who are skilled, experienced and out of work.
Axelrod is hoping that a change in his job search strategy will yield some results soon. A year ago he boasted about his extensive experience selling software to big and small companies. Now he's made a subtle shift, and is telling prospective employers that he can get them in front of clients big and small; he can revive dormant accounts, and more. "Before I was describing what I have done," he says, "and now I'm explaining what I can do."
His disposition is strikingly sunny given the slog he's been through. But then again, as he says, "Worry, self doubt or sadness never made anyone any money, or got anyone a job."
One last thing (if you've got a minute): Eliot would like to hear from people who got jobs that weren't the exact right fit. How'd you do it? Click here and tell us.
Posted at 2:55 PM on August 24, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment
Here's a post from my colleague Mike Caputo:
How could the direction of health care reform affect the pay and satisfaction of physicians and other clinicians, like nurse practitioners, in Minnesota?
Well, if the current proposal stands, and little change is done for compensation, then a glimpse might come from Mary, who is part of our Public Insight Network, and works for rural Minnesota health care organization (she didn't want to publicize her last name or her place of employment because of the tenuous nature of her contract negotiations).
She gets paid a straight salary for her work as nurse practitioner. Mary's contract is up for renewal, and they now want to pay her on a fee-for-service basis. Think of that as being paid on the volume of work she does, patients she sees and she procedures performed.
This bothers Mary.
"I will be expected to see more patients, work harder, stay later," she says. "I hope I don't drop dead in the process."
Some who want to reform health care say the fee-for-service approach is the culprit for much of what ails the system. Institutions can earn more by seeing more patients more quickly or by performing more expensive procedures.
It's an approach that Minnesota has traditionally gotten away from, says Dr. Doug Wood, the chairman of Mayo Clinic's health care policy and research. Wood says Mayo and HealthPartners led Minnesota away from fee-based incentives and instead offered their providers salaries, sometimes with a bonus based on a measure of quality care, That departure has helped Minnesota become one of the lowest-cost states in the nation (look at this comparison of Medicare costs by the Dartmouth Atlas).
Steve Parente, director of the University of Minnesota's Medical Industry, says Minnesota's health care culture has traditionally been more "collectivist" than in other states. (Interestingly, Parente attributes this to the European influence of the long-ago immigrants to this state. It could also stem from the influence of agriculture in the state, says Dave Renner, director of policy development at the Minnesota Medical Association, which represents physicians.)
You might think Minnesota's more collectivist approach would mean less money for docs, and perhaps fewer incentives for new physicians to move to the state. Wood said it was initially a struggle, but it's become easier to attract younger doctors in recent years because they care more for lifestyle than compensation. And they gravitate to organizations where they don't feel like a factory worker.
Which brings us back to Mary. She likes getting paid a salary, as does another Public Insight Network source, Philip Araoz, a radiologist at Mayo.
"I get paid the same as all radiologists regardless of what I'm performing," says Araoz "I'm not encouraged to do more (procedures) just to do them."
Mary's experience raises the larger question of whether health reform will make the rest of the country's health care system more like Minnesota. From what we can tell, the answer is no.
The actual legislation, at least the version approved by the House, only directs the Secretary of Health and Human Services to try some pilot programs where payments are based more on the quality of care than by the procedure.
Posted at 2:51 PM on August 25, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
Public Insight Editor Andrew Haeg files a post on the trip that has been this summer vacation season.
Just like everyone, we here at MinnEcon are loathe to admit that the summer's coming to a close. But, when State Fair chatter ramps up you can no longer deny it.
So we thought it a good time to see how the state's vacation economy has been faring over the summer. The prediction back in April from Explore Minnesota Tourism and from MinnEcon's (now vacationing) Paul Tosto was that area businesses could benefit as more Minnesotans stuck around and took resort or canoe trips in their home state.
We just got a note from Public Insight Network member Belle Scott of Minneapolis telling us business is booming at her daughter's resort on the Canadian border, and that she'd just returned from Door County where things were likewise bustling.
Scott's anecdotal take is rosier than the emerging picture of the state's summer tourism economy, which is mixed at best. "You show me one area of the state that's doing well and I'll show you one that's not," says John Edman, director of Explore Minnesota Tourism.
Results of their formal member survey are due out mid-next week. Edman says he's hearing that campsites, festivals and county fairs are doing well this year. "You're seeing a lot of people discover things in their own backyards and neighborhoods," he says. What's not doing well are big resorts, Twin Cities hotels and facilities that depend on conventions or big groups. He's heard many reports of families making rare last-minute resort reservations, and even talk of widespread haggling (e.g. "Come on, you can do better than that!"), which he says almost never happens.
In general, Edman says cheap, simple and close-to-home are the themes of this summer. One of the beneficiaries of this confluence of trends is Public Insight Network source Sue Ahrendt, who (along with her husband) runs Tuscarora Canoe, a Boundary Waters-area outfitter based in Grand Marais. She's also behind a new project called Becoming a Boundary Waters Family, which is designed to bring more young families to the Boundary Waters. She's not sure whether to credit the strong summer to that initiative, to the recession encouraging more families to take cheaper, simpler vacations, or to the increasing awareness of "nature-deficit disorder" as highlighted in the popular book "Last Child in the Woods." All Ahrendt knows is that she's never seen so many young families paddling into the wilderness.
Ahrendt charges a family of four anywhere from $300 to $800 for a three-day canoe trip (depending on how much gear they need). It's easier and cheaper than heading to Lake Wallenpaupack or enduring 1,500 miles of squabbling, DVDs and road games to get to Disney World.
That, at least, is the notion that gets families excited when Ahrendt pitches at sports shows. But, Ahrendt says, something even better happens in the woods. One family of four emerged after a rain-soaked, buggy weekend spent mainly in their tent. Ahrendt feared they'd had a rough time of it. The kids went off and got some ice cream and, when they came back, looked up at their father and said, "Daddy, we never knew you could laugh so hard."
We'd love to hear your stories about how the summer vacation went. Did you haggle? Were crowds bigger or smaller than normal? Did you discover something new in your own backyard?
Posted at 2:48 PM on August 25, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
From my colleague Mike Caputo:
Numbers this month show that the U.S. economy is more productive. But what's the toll of that productivity?
Stephanie Massey of Mound has some idea. Her husband, who works for a large financial institution, came back from vacation earlier this year to find about half of the employees in his unit had been let go. For those who remain, the mounting stress has triggered a certain survival instinct.
"He says they are all working scared," says Massey. "They are hyper-focused but there are still mistakes being made. No one is watching anyone else's back."
A nurse in our Public Insight Network tells a similar story. She works at a large county hospital where all of the LPNs in her unit, several social workers and other ancillary hospital staffers have been laid off. The higher nurse-to-patient ratios combined with the overnight hours is taking such a toll on her personal and family life that she's looking for other work.
"Even though this is a difficult time to be looking for a job and there's every reason for those with a job to stay put, I just don't believe I can tolerate my current work schedule for much longer," she says.
Such burnout is becoming common. A recent study of 4,400 U.S. workers found nearly half of them are absorbing more responsibility and stress after a company layoff. Thirty-seven percent said they are handling the work of two people. Thirty percent feel burned out.
Now for the upside: the cost-cutting that is causing workers so much anxiety has made economists more optimistic about a recovery.
This month a measure of worker productivity by the federal Bureau of Labor Statistics - one that looks at worker output versus cost - rose at a larger-than-expected rate. The reason: Companies moved fast to cut jobs and their expenses. Essentially they are getting more with less.
There are no state-by-state breakdowns of the productivity measurement. But using indirect measures, such a rising per capita income, points to Minnesota making similar productivity gains, says Toby Madden, economist with the Minneapolis Federal Reserve.
Madden explains that economists view productivity as a key to economic performance. He says that during this downturn, companies are learning to work smarter, incorporating technology. And when businesses must cut back on jobs, they are improving productivity through subtraction.
"If you lose the more marginally productive people in a workforce, that alone can improve productivity," Madden says. That, of course, assumes that companies cut on the basis of productivity, which is not always the case.
While the news might be good on a macro level, Madden says that labor cuts create upheaval for some in the short term. And for people caught in the middle of that, like Stephanie's husband, they can be stuck having to do more without getting more income in return.
"There's lots of turmoil out there," Madden said. "On the average you will see a little bit of growth, but that doesn't mean everybody is better off."
Check that. Massey says her husband's Minnesota office will close soon and his job will be moved to Chicago at the end of the year. He could go, but there are no company benefits to absorb the probable loss of selling their home in Mound.
He job hunts online after midnight, after working 12 to 16 hours a day in an increasingly difficult work environment.
"It's the workload. It's the hostility of the workers who are scared," Massey says. "I just hope (the economy) starts cooking before we are cooked."
Posted at 1:55 PM on August 26, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic stimulus, Jobs & unemployment
From my colleague Mike Caputo
Much remains unknown about the performance of the so-called American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, commonly referred to as the federal stimulus effort.
So when Rep. Betty McCollum held a hearing on stimulus money in Minnesota at the State Capitol, we thought it made sense to drop in. We live-blogged the nearly two-hour hearing.
Here are a few quick takeaways:
***A February 2009 memo from the House Speaker Nancy Pelosi's office says that Minnesota would eventually see 66,000 jobs saved or created by the Recovery and Reinvestment Act. We heard a few numbers during the hearing on jobs:
* 54 St. Paul police officers saved.
* 10 new jobs for a contractor working to rehab the Job Corps building.
* 176 jobs saved by weatherization projects in Ramsey and Washington counties.
* 170 jobs preserved in improving public housing in St. Paul.
* 1,500 people hired to teach challenged kids (albeit temporarily).
* 5,000 teaching positions saved.
***Trying to keep up with the paperwork for stimulus money is a challenge. Small school districts may not have the staff to prepare proposals for the money. The paperwork also bedeviled the Community Action Partnership, which deals with low-income housing.
***You might be surprised to know that there is $1.2 billion nationally for summer jobs to young people. Minnesota has gotten $15 million of it.
***The executive director for Minnesota's statewide Head Start program doesn't think this state is getting an equitable share of money to expand the early education effort.
***Local governments are cautious about taking stimulus money, if that means creating an effort that will need financing down the road.
You can read the full text of the proceedings below
_______________________________________________________________
9:40 a.m. (20 minutes prior to the hearing)
By some measures, Minnesota seems to be getting some early attention from the so called American Recovery & Reinvestment Act, better known as stimulus funding. We rank 11th in the nation for contracts, grants and loans awarded so far, according to ProPublica, a non-profit investigative journalism organization based in New York. That's about $2.7 billion in funds.
But there are questions about the jobs being created through the stimulus effort. You might remember the MPR News report by Mark Zdechlik that questioned just how many jobs the stimulus money will create for road projects.
Rep. Betty McCollum has a number of people invited to testify, including St. Paul Police Chief John Harrington; Minnesota Head Start Association Executive Director Gayle Kelly and Hubert H. Humphrey Job Corps Director David MacKenzie.
___________________________________________________________________
10:00 a.m.
Just as an aside, the congresswoman is sporting a small cast on her left hand. Broke her wrist apparently.
And we begin.....
10:06
(She's joined by Sen. Larry Pogemiller)
McCollum: Don't forget the freefall we were in back in 2008. Thousands of jobs were being lost. Congress was saying stop this from being a depression Now we've added jobs. (The message so far: this is working well... we can make it better, but it's working well)
10:08
McCollum - Real measure is whether it's making into our communities. She's pointing to Open Cities on the westside, weatherizing homes.
10:11
Sen. Pogemiller takes the microphone and said the package meant to billions for the state to fix the budget. "If you hadn't done that our state budget would have collapsed," he says. Might get a different view from Gov. Tim Pawlenty, were he here.
10:13
Pogemiller says: Most of money given so far has meant job protection... he claims $196 million in weatherization improvements for homes will mean new jobs.
10:18
St. Paul Police Chief John Harrington... The money is a matter of "life or death." We were facing a budget cut. When you start cutting millions out of my budget you are taking squad cars off the streets and cops off the beat. The recovery money has put a "cork in the hole of the dyke." We were looking at laying off 54 officers... bring down the contingent to just over 530.
Biggest allotment for cops - $10 million grant. It revitalizes a community policing effort that was withering. Says they are still waiting on some request for funding, however.
10:23
Harrington says the grant money comes from the Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) office.
10:26
Some how the Gang Strike Task Force comes up when McCollum tries to clear up any confusion after Harrington spoke about money for dealing with gangs... that's it's not part of the embattled Gang Strike Task Force. Harrington: "We are very concerned about the violations of conduct." Then he moves on from the topic.
10:31
A shovel-ready project comes up.
Now speaking David MacKenzie, director of the Hubert H. Humphrey Job Corps - Without the stimulus money, we would have had to endure situations that were less than ideal. Talks about getting $800,000 to rehab the Job Corps building right across the street from the fairgrounds. Then the contractor on this job, Bill Breske of Meyer Contracting, speaks about the work at the Job Corps.
Breske: "We can employ about 10 (new) people full-time. Should impact 20 subcontractors over the next ten months."
10:36
E. Thomas Sullivan, senior Vice President for Academic Affairs for the University of Minnesota now talking. Says the stimulus money mitigated costs to the students. Says $50 million has been used for tuition mitigation. Says it will reduce tuition for some. How does that jive with the news of the University's recent budget request. "No resident student will see more than a $300 increase this coming fall."
10:40
Sullivan: Research money will be enormous. Applied for 830 stimulus grants from five different federal departments. Eighty awards have been given for $66 million - High energy physics project in Northern Minnesota (funded by Department of Energy).
10:44
Clarence Hightower speaks. He runs the Community Action Partnership for Ramsey and Washington Counties, and talks about $12 million in recovery act money for home weatherization projects. He says the money Will preserve 176 jobs. (In fact much of the talk from those speaking has been about saving jobs,not creating them).
10:45
Now Hightower says he will hire 18 people for the weatherize homes. They usually do 350 homes in a season. This money boosts it to 1,700 homes.
10:47
Finally here some concerns about the stimulus money from Hightower who says "We are nervous, because we don't know what to report out." Hightower also says that we have to also wrap our arms around "inclusion." This kind of weatherization work has traditionally excluded minority workers because "of unions and that kind of stuff."
Pogemiller chimes in and says that spending money efficiently "is a concern." Clarence Hightower, from the Community Action Partnership, says the money came trickling in. so we were "putting nickels and dimes together" to ramp up their employee base.
10:56
Norm Champ, works for Tree Trust, a non-profit organization that put youth to work with summer jobs. Champ says that this has been the worst situation for teenagers and summer employment since 1948. He says there has been criticism about money going to summer jobs. He defends this, saying that it helps kids learn about accountability. Champ says that nationally $1.2 billion in stimulus money for summer youth. Minnesota got $15 million of the money.
11:04
Dan Mikel, a retired teacher on Social Security who lives in South St. Paul and a self described "working stiff". Has a 50-year old house. He needed a new furnace. They bought one, that cost $4168. The deciding factor for buying it when I was reminded that I could get a special tax credit through the stimulus bill.
11:07
Gayle Kelly, executive director for Head Start in Minnesota speaks. She said the money allocated in the stimulus bill for Head Start is $2.1 billion. The flagged amount for Minnesota is $12.3 million "which is a bit of a concern because that's less than one percent, and we ususally get one percent."
11:11
Kelly said flat out that "I'm not sure we are getting our fair share in Minnesota." Kelly said her organization wrote grants for 700 slots for expansion of the program. No word yet on those, but it's not enough.
McCollum says that good grant writing is a must (although she sympathizes with the emphasis on it). Then she gives a talk on do everything you can to "get counted in the Census" saying that is how the money flows.
11:16
Just as an aside, there was another Congresswoman who had a few thoughts about the Census.
11:21
The hearing moves to poverty. "Never seen so much angst and anguish as I have at the food shelves," McCollum said as she introduced Newell Searle, who runs Second Harvest Heartland.
Searle explains that he gets stimulus funding through emergency food assistance and Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (what we once called Food Stamps). he said that the goal, before the money came, was to distribute 45 million pounds by end of ficsal year (end of September). They can go to 48 million pounds. But it's not enough.
11:28
Jon Gutzmann, executive director of St. Paul Public Housing, says he has already spent the $10 million in capital improvement money from the stimulus. The money went to renovate McDonough Homes, a public housing effort in St. Paul. What about jobs? Gutzman said they hired 26 long term seasonal workers (to get into the spirit of creating jobs). He says that in total the money would preserve about 170 jobs.
11:33
Myra Peterson, a commissioner on the Washington County Board, now gets into the act. Peterson gives a subtle cautionary note about not saying yes to federal money if it obligates the Washington County to spend wildly beyond the amount they get from the stimulus.
11:35
Another county official, Terry Speiker from Ramsey County, said there is a website for the east metro area that is trying to show where the money is going. It's an effort in transparency, Speiker says. See it here.
11:43
Finally Charlie Kyte, the executive director for the Minnesota Association of School Administrators said the schools "would be in a disaster" without the stimulus money. They get funds through Title 1, which helps struggling kids, and through special education services.
The Title 1 money will mean hiring 1,500 people to deal with troubled kids. But another cautionary note from Kyte: "We'll probably have to lay them off after the two years."
11:47
More testimony about the stimulus retaining jobs - Kyte said that the federal stimulus money has allowed schools to hang onto 5,000 educators and staff.
Kyte said some superintendents have told him that reporting on the federal money has become so difficult that they are pulling people off of teaching to do the work.
11:50
Kyte said one problem is that Minnesota schools will have a difficult time competing for the money because we're made up of "small school districts" with limited resources to apply adequately. Kyte said they'll likely have to wait for the state to make the applications for further funds. "We appreciate the money, but we haven't yet figured out how to access it," he says.
11:54
McCollum bangs on the state government for cuts to education as the hearing comes to a close. Again, you wonder how Gov. Pawlenty would retort.
11:57
She also promises town hall meetings on health care. My guess is they might be a little louder in tone than this was.
We're out. Thanks for dropping in.
Posted at 1:53 PM on August 26, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Public Insight Editor Andrew Haeg has a new post that explores unemployment for older workers.
Unemployment has afflicted younger workers more than any other cohort.
If you leave out the under-20 set (who are often only fitfully employed) it's 20-somethings who are the most likely to be out of work.
The unemployment rate is a harrowing 15 percent for 20-24 year-olds. It's not much better for 25-34 year-olds, 10 percent of whom are unemployed, and 7 percent for the over-45's. (To learn more, explore the data for yourself and/or listen to Wednesday's Midmorning on the subject of long-term unemployment.)
Yet when you talk to people who are unemployed, as we do every day, you tend to hear the gravest concerns from job-seekers over 50.
Linda (she didn't want her last name used for fear of hurting her reputation), 61, has been hunting for a job as a banquet waitress since her photography business hit a rough patch recently. Like a number of her contemporaries we've heard from, she has found the search both discouraging and impersonal.
'"Jobs used to be easy to find when you could just walk in, and if they liked you, you could be hired," she says. But the Internet, while expediting the process of sending and receiving resumes, has made it harder to make a personal connection.
Her perception is that it's easier for younger managers to set aside online applications from based on age alone (even if they don't disclose it, applicants' age can be easily surmised from length of experience, job start and end dates, etc.). "No one will see us through the Internet," she says.
She and her husband have held a variety of jobs, and she's always worked more than one. Now, she says, "it is surprising how we don't seem to fit into the workforce any longer."
Roxanne Lange shares the same surprise and concerns. She quit her job as an architectural designer three years ago to care for elderly parents. At 59 she found herself searching for a job for the first time in 30 years (she's worked on and off since she was 15). After numerous unsuccessful applications, she took some advice and eliminated dates from her resume and removed previous positions. So far nothing has panned out.
Lange finds the experience of sending in resumes online deeply unsettling; she was used to addressing her application to a person and then following up to make a connection. Now she feels lumped in with the rest of the bunch. "A faceless individual is too easy to dismiss," she says.
Lange says it's been a deeply discouraging process. She went to the doctor's office recently, feeling like something was wrong with her heart. Everything checked out. It was the anxiety of feeling she may no longer be employable. "My heart is physically fine, just emotionally broken," she says.
We reached out to several HR professionals in the Public Insight Network to get advice for Lange and others in their position. The consensus? "The job market is terrible for everyone--young, old, experienced and inexperienced," says Mike Carey, VP of Global Human Resources for PDI Ninth House.
Carey and other HR professionals agree that older job-seekers have to follow some time-honored job search advice (stay positive and energetic, network, and find someone you know at the company) adapt to some newer realities (edit your resume so it's easily searchable on employment databases) and take an important age-specific pointer (list only your last 5-10 years of experience).
If they can manage all of that, our HR sources say older job-seekers can be great additions. "They tend to have more loyalty, stronger work ethic, and need much less training than someone fresh out in to the work world," says Melanie Ulrich, Human Resources Manager for Twin Cities Public Television.
If you're interested in some more in-depth advice from Mike, Melanie and others, here's a sampling of what we heard from HR pros in our Network:
***
Mike Carey, VP Global Human Resources, PDI Ninth House
Job seekers need to be creative about networking and using relationships to get access to decision makers and not rely on blind resumes. In addition to applying on-line, don't be afraid to send an electronic version or a hard copy version of your resume to friends or acquaintances inside the company ask them to pass it on to the hiring manager. Or, better yet, try to find out who the hiring manager is and send another copy directly to him/her. In short, never rely on a single on-line application or resume. You may need three or more points of entry.
In responding through automated systems, be sure you tailor your resume to the job requirements posted so that your resume will turn up in key word searches. This means you might need 15 or 20 versions of your resume, not one static version. Each one may emphasize something different from your work history. Try to use the same words in your resume that they have used in the job posting.
Be well prepared for questions related to your qualifications and how they fit the job. Know why you might be overqualified but it makes sense to hire you anyway. Anticipate the tough questions and maybe the unasked questions and beat the interviewer to the punch.
Finally, if you do get an interview, make sure you put your best foot forward in how you present yourself ... Take the time you have during your unemployment to get into the best shape you can. Lose weight, make sure you have one or two good outfits for interviews that fit well and flatter you. Whiten your teeth, get a little sun, maybe look at your hairstyle and color. Most importantly, act energetic and youthful. Smile, ask questions, be curious. Show that you still have a lot to give and a lot to learn so you convince them that you will be both engaging and engaged.
***
Melissa Lord Illsley, Human Resources Manager for a Faribault manufacturer
I am sure that some HR people and hiring managers discriminate based on age as it appears on resumes through years of work history, etc., but I must ask -- if I can have an experienced candidate who can ALSO navigate the technology we use to drive our business every day, why would I not choose them over a candidate that can text and tweet but has no experience? By showing employers that he or she is familiar and comfortable with the various technologies, every candidate, including an older one, shows that they have an important ability to stay current in a work environment where things change rapidly. If a company relies heavily on technology in their recruiting process, chances are it is a big part of the work environment, too.
My own parents are in the age group you discuss and I think about this quite a bit. My mom is a nurse, still working full-time in a clinic setting that has migrated fully to on-line patient records in the last three years. She worked hard to learn the new skills, and now she works well with that technology and is also a very avid Facebook user. Anyone who thinks she, at 67 years old, is at a technology disadvantage is mistaken. She may be unique, but I think we would be discounting many excellent candidates if we don't at least consider them viable candidates. Skills and the attitude of constant learning matter much more to me than age.
***
Melanie Ulrich, Human Resources Manager for Twin Cities Public Television
People need to adapt for the times--not just the older population but anyone looking for a job in this on line application world. They need to talk to friends, friends of friends, recruiters, temp agencies--whomever they can to make a personal connection in the non-traditional way to get their foot in the door.
There are also other things that can be done to "get a leg up" on other online applicants. Listing only the last ten to fifteen years of work experience is a practice that I do on my own resume. Employers don't need to see that I worked at KFC twenty years ago. Changing each resume to tailor the job they are applying for is essential. There are many more tips but not enough time to list them all!
Last thought--I as a person who has done hiring knows that experienced older workers are GREAT employees. I for one would look at the resume of what I can tell is a person who has "experience" (i.e. age) over a person who has none. They tend to have more loyalty, stronger work ethic, and need much less training than someone fresh out in to the work world. This is not true for every hiring person or company, but I wouldn't dismiss the hiring practices of all business as age-based. Some research on the part of the potential employee for places to work for that tend to hire more experienced workers can be done on the internet.
***
Nora Compton, Human Resources Manager for a Twin Cities-based global manufacturing company
With the current economy and the higher levels of unemployment there is a glut of talent in the market. Many organizations have taken on a strategy of delayering, which has lead to the elimination of middle management positions. I recently posted a manager level position in HR and had approximately 600 applicants. These applicants came from across the country despite the fact that there was no relocation being offered and many of the applicants knew nothing about the Twin Cities. From an employer perspective, this means that we can be very picky and only talk to the candidates with the exact qualifications that we are looking for.
Candidates need to have a compelling story to tell. Employers want to be certain that you really want this job with their company--not just a paycheck. We need to know that you will stick with us--even if the economy turns around in two years. Ms. Huhn, for example, needs to find a way to help employers understand why she passionately wants to be a banquet waitress. Many HR people might see her resume and suspect that she really wants to still be doing photography and will return to it at the first opportunity. Employers don't want to invest the time and energy into training someone only to have them jump ship a few months later.
On a personal note, my 60-plus year old mother was laid off late last year from a position she had held for more than 10 years. She was not optimistic about her odds of being considered for other positions in light of her age. And while she was not excited about it, she joined LinkedIn and got the word out to her network that she was looking. Within a few months she was fortunate enough to get a call about a long-term contract position. It doesn't offer the security that she had hoped for, but the new job is challenging and has broadened her skills. She's now Tweeting on a daily basis--something I have yet to do!
Posted at 1:48 PM on August 27, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
A post from my colleague Mike Caputo:
States set their own unemployment benefit rate, and Minnesota's has been among the most generous.
The maximum weekly benefit you can get in the Gopher State is $566. That's fifth in the nation, behind Massachusetts, Connecticut, New Jersey and Rhode Island.
Notice that the list doesn't include any of the states surrounding Minnesota. Maximum weekly benefits are anywhere from 28 percent (Iowa) to 47 percent (South Dakota) less than Minnesota's. See the U.S Department of Labor's comparison.
That's bad news if you live in Minnesota but work in a neighboring state. Should you lose your job, the unemployment rules of the state where you work would apply, not those of where you live.
One Public Insight Network source from Duluth (who wants to be anonymous because she's worried about people in the community knowing about her jobless situation) feels that disparity acutely. She used to work about 10 miles away in Wisconsin until she lost her job about four months ago. Her unemployment check is $200 less per week than it would have been had she worked in Minnesota. She believes that the unemployment rate should reflect the place where one lives, because the benefit should be based on the cost of living.
But federal law bases unemployment benefits on where you work, not where you live, says Monte Hanson, spokesman for the state's Department of Employment and Economic Development, which oversees unemployment insurance in Minnesota. "It's really the employer that is paying the benefits," Hanson says. "So it makes sense to base the benefit on where the employer is."
State offices that oversee unemployment benefits don't know exactly how many people this disparity affects. But you could make an educated guess. During the recent debate over tax reciprocity between Minnesota and Wisconsin, state officials in Minnesota revealed that there are roughly 22,500 people who commute from Minnesota to a job in Wisconsin (about 57,000 people drive from Wisconsin to work in Minnesota). If you were to apply the unemployment rate of Wisconsin of about 8.7 percent to that number, you're looking at potentially 1,957 people being affected by this. Hanson said that Wisconsin has the largest number of employees who live in Minnesota.
So, overall, were ultimately talking about a situation that affects a few thousand people, certainly not a number that would seem to drive public policy. Nevertheless, our Public Insight source wishes that Minnesota would consider taking some of the stimulus money designated for unemployment benefits to supplement those who work out of state and get less of a weekly amount. States have received some aid from the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act for the unemployed.
And Hanson said some of those funds went to give Minnesotans a temporary, $25 a week increase in their benefit (beyond the $566 maximum). But Wisconsin and other states did the same, according to Dick Jones, liaison for the Wisconsin Department of Workforce Development.
The only recourse for Minnesotans who lost a job in neighboring states might be to petition the legislature in that neighboring state, says Hanson. But, really, would Wisconsin lawmakers be swayed by people who cast ballots in Minnesota?
Do you have a story to tell about receiving unemployment benefits. Please share it with us.
Posted at 1:42 PM on August 28, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
A post from my colleague Mike Caputo:
We told you last week about the .3 percent decrease in Minnesota's unemployment numbers. That's the good news.
But check this out: The number of job vacancies decreased by 40 percent from the second quarter of 2008 to 2009. That means there were 7.7 unemployed people for each vacancy statewide, compared to 2.9 people per job opening the year before. Here's how the state's Department of Employment and Economic Development characterizes the result:
"...it indicates that the labor market is less favorable for job seekers than during any other period throughout the history of the job vacancy series dating back to fourth quarter 2000."
That helps explain the experience of people like Eliot Axelrod of Bloomington, a source in our Public Insight Network who says he's been through 200 job interviews since being laid off late last year.
Some of the jobless are exploring other options.
Sarah Waline of St. Cloud decided to go back to school for retraining. The 31-year-old mother (and Network source) was laid off in February. She plans to take technical courses under the federal Trade Adjustment Assistance program.
It's apparently a big crowd. Schools in Albert Lea and St. Cloud are experiencing record enrollment, while enrollment numbers at Minnesota State Colleges and Universities will surely beat the 3 percent increase MnSCU schools saw in 2008-09, says Melinda Voss, spokesperson for MnSCU.
"When the economy goes down, enrollment goes up," says Voss.
(And don't forget, Gov. Tim Pawlenty reduced expected funding for colleges and universities by $100 million. So class sizes will be larger, says Voss, and at schools that don't limit enrollment, some students may have to wait to get into a desired program. Students who attend universities with more strict admissions policies could be turned away, but Voss had no definitive numbers.)
Then there are those who have decided to stop applying for work and, instead, create their own. Paul Wenzel of Minneapolis lost his job in the spring and said he's gotten enough freelance leads to keep going.
"I have been a full-time web developer at a number of companies, moonlighting on evenings and weekends. I already had my own LLC arranged beforehand, I was already prepared to keep my family afloat after the layoff. I have been able to provide services to local companies that need knowledgeable developers who can walk in and get things done."
Of course, the state's jobless numbers don't count the Wenzels and Walines of the world, only people who are actively seeking jobs.
If you've lost work, what's your plan of attack? Tell Minnesota Public Radio news.
Posted at 12:40 PM on October 22, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
We asked aloud in September if people might be better off without college in this recession. Clearly, we were way off.
Headcounts in the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system are at a record high. At one of those schools, Normandale Community College in Bloomington, the biggest percentage growth is among Minnesotans in their 30s and 40s.
Kate Metzger, Normandale's communications officer and a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, helped us find fall 2009 enrollment data by age and compare it to the past few years.
Traditional students -- ages 24 and younger -- still make up most of Normandale's total enrollment. But a look at the bar graph shows the biggest percentage gains during the recession coming from people who are likely working adults.
We've all suspected the rotten economy was behind the overall college enrollment growth. If your job's eliminated, you need to retrain. Or maybe your spouse lost a job and you need to find a way back into the workforce.
"Anecdotally we know that many of our adult students are returning for retraining and further education due to job layoffs or other changes caused by the economic conditions," says Rick Smith, Normandale's enrollment dean.
Smith says Normandale, one of MnSCU's largest two-year schools, doesn't see older students coalescing around specific majors.
Paula Fleming's seen the changes from a different vantage point. She's a teacher / tutor for Kaplan Test Prep and Admissions in St. Paul. She tells us:
A number of students I have taught or tutored for Kaplan in the last six months have been older students. Several had been laid off from their jobs (school counselor, pharmaceutical rep, to name two) and were using the forced break in their careers to take stock and go back to school to start new careers.
While Fleming's seen many students frustrated at having to "reacquire skills that did not seem very relevant to their academic or career paths in order to gain access to further education," she notes that her older and younger students seem to mesh well.
There's no "embarrassment or self-consciousness on the part of older students about their age, either when interacting with me or with younger students," says Fleming, another Network source. "It now seems generally accepted as normal that people return to school at all stages of life."
Keep this conversation going. Are you an older student who's returned to school to retrain or do you know someone who's gone back? Are you a school administrator? Tell us what you see. Post in the comment area below or contact me directly.
**********************************************
What's the economy like around you these days? Check the map below to see what Minnesotans in our network are telling us about the jobs climate around them. Then share your own story.
Posted at 8:00 AM on October 15, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
Mark Tuveson likely spoke for a lot of Minnesotans when he told us recently that he was starting to see some positive signs in his corner of the economy. But he wasn't sold yet on a recovery.
![]()
Tuveson, 53, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, works for a small welding and machining job shop in Northeast Minneapolis. He runs the bridgeports, lathes, boiler and, lately, he says he's been shop foreman.
He told us:
YTD we have laid off 7 workers (basically half the crew) with hours reductions for everyone else. We won't be hiring anytime soon, but would like to get everyone's hours back up. We would like to see more business, obviously: more jobs to quote on and more work coming in.
He added he was "somewhat optimistic about the immediate future. We have had a few more jobs come into the company -- the most backlogged hours since May of this year."
That alone may be good news given the hit that manufacturing's taken in Minnesota.
The state's lost 40,000 manufacturing jobs over the past year, more than any other sector in Minnesota, accounting for about a third of the state's total job loss in that time.
Those 120,000 cuts are an unhappy record for over-the-year job loss dating back to 1950, according to the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development.
With any luck we'll see positive numbers this morning when the state releases the most recent jobless data.
But it may not feel like a recovery here until manufacturing feels it.
As Tuveson says: "Don't want to hear the recession is over... want to see it."
**********************************************
"I'll believe the recession's over when... " Finish that sentence here. Tell us when you'll be convinced things are turning.
Also check the map below to see what Minnesotans in our network are telling us about the jobs climate around them.
Posted at 8:00 AM on October 21, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
What's it like to be just out of college, trying to find your way in this recession? How about being the parent of that new grad, hoping your child succeeds? Celia Gust and her daughter, Tayler Anderson, offered us a look.
![]()
Celia's part of MPR's Public Insight Network. She told us of Tayler's recent graduation and ongoing job search in this lousy economy.
Here's an edited email exchange with Celia, 50, and Tayler, 23. I moved and shortened passages to make it easier to read but I think stayed true to the basic questions: What's it like for new college grads? How do you help your young adult children as they try to find their way in this recession?
Tayler: People who graduated with their degrees in years past can't possibly understand how hard it is.
It's not merely competitive, there are simply too few opportunities and those chances that do arise go to people we couldn't possibly compete with. Bottom line is we're all trying to stay optimistic that things will turn around and we'll all finally get the opportunity to compete in the world that we're all trying so hard to succeed in.
In a program where in previous years every student was placed in a job before graduation, we now find ourselves moving back home and working the same types of jobs we were before we even attended college. 4 months out and none of the extremely talented people I graduated with in my program has a "real" job.
(Tayler graduated from Western Washington University with a bachelor's in graphic design and a minor in art history.)
Celia: Tayler has been doing cold calls on all graphic design firms in Portland and Vancouver, she has photography for sale in a local business, she is doing some freelance graphic design work and to pay the bills she now has a part time job at Bath and Body Works.
I keep telling her to not get discouraged, that it may take 6 months or even a year, but she WILL get into her field. My contribution to this is to keep encouraging her...6 months or a year is really not a very long time in the greater scheme of things.
Tayler: I even consider myself lucky to have a job at all, real or not. When you're little you have these delusions a grandeur that after you go to college you get the privilege of graduating and moving up into the world of your choosing. Into the bottom rungs, of course, but still a step in the right direction.
Instead I now find myself working retail, while people who have 5+ years of experience are taking the jobs intended for recent grads.
Celia: She had at least one job all the time and sometimes two jobs (during college). She took a year off school to establish her residency in Washington State (where she went to school). Basically, she did what she needed to do to get herself through college with small enough loans to be practical to pay off once she was in the job market.
Children learn the most from watching how their parents live their own lives. If you want responsible kids, live responsibly...The thing about children is that they are very smart and they can sniff out hypocrisy faster than anything.
The wild card here, that I can't judge the impact of, is that my kids know very well that the worst can happen and that although they are not invincible they are incredibly strong. This is because their father, my first husband, died of brain cancer when they were 15 and 12 years old...Through it all, we just tried to maintain our humanity, honor, integrity, compassion and sense of humor.
We are all the sum of the lives we have led (maybe this is the most important lesson of all).
Tayler: Bottom line is we (new graduates) are all trying to stay optimistic that things will turn around and we'll all finally get the opportunity to compete in the world that we're all trying so hard to succeed in
(Tayler signed off her last email aka. desperate recent grad)
APRIL 2010 UPDATE: Tayler landed a paid internship. Check out our update on her progress.
Posted at 12:58 PM on October 14, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
One way to judge if we're in a recovery is to see if things are improving for Minnesotans struggling the most. If you're looking from Sue Estee's vantage point, it's clear we are not there yet.
![]()
Estee runs the Second Harvest North Central Food Bank, serving Grand Rapids, a regional hub, and small towns, including Bovey, Coleraine, Calumet and Cohasset. The number of households seeking the shelf's help jumped 13 percent between the first nine months of 2008 compared to the same period in 2009.
"We expect the trend to continue at least until next spring sometime. It will take a while for an improving economy to trickle down," Estee, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, told us recently.
We asked her for more detail. Estee gave us a view on the needs in her part of Minnesota, where the jobs picture is improving but unemployment in August was still in double digits. She's seen a big jump in new households seeking help and evidence more people are moving in with family or friends
The most startling statistics are a 15% increase in the numbers of adults, (not seniors or children) coming for help. This indicates that there are more people affected by the economy, likely job loss or cuts in hours...people who were getting by on their own prior to this economic crisis.
The volunteers at the food shelf are likely to know you or your family. Especially for the newly poor, due to job loss, shame will keep people from coming for help. We had one mother last week who only had some packets of instant oatmeal to feed her 3 kids that week. She wasn't eating at all. (She left with a lot of food!)So far, she says, her food shelf has met the increased needs and she gives a nod to the 2007 Farm Bill, which she says made more commodities available to food banks in Minnesota. "It couldn't have come at a better time."The fierce independence that has driven many to live up in the woods also keeps them from asking for help when they need it. Children particularly suffer hunger when the parents can't bring themselves to admit they need help providing enough food.
*************************************************
Check out the map below for stories Minnesotans in our Network are telling us about spending, saving and the economy. Then share your story.
Posted at 9:50 AM on October 13, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon maps
A recovery may be coming, but many Minnesotans still haven't felt it.
Minnesota Public Radio News checked in recently with folks in our Public Insight Network who'd told us in the past they were searching for work. Click on the map icons below to read stories of folks still hoping to find a stable full-time job.
Click on the little box in the upper right hand corner of the map to see it in full screen.
At 8 percent unemployment, Minnesota's doing better than most states. The latest Minnesota unemployment numbers come out Thursday. It's possible the rate might inch up -- a good sign, potentially, that discouraged workers are at least trying again.
But that's not much comfort for people who can't find full-time work. It can be hard to keep your head up.
************************************************
What's the economy like around you? Share your story here.
Posted at 12:07 PM on October 12, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic stimulus, Jobs & unemployment
We've written a lot about stimulus spending, often with a skeptical eye.
There's no doubt money is finding its way into Minnesota's economy. The larger question -- is it worth the gigantic long-term debt -- hasn't been talked about a lot.
The bigger challenge, however, may be trying to figure out whose data to trust when it comes to stimulus money and job creation.
![]()
The Minnesota Management & Budget Office weighed in today, estimating that 11,800 jobs had been created so far in Minnesota via direct state government spending from the stimulus bill, spending that totaled $1.6 billion.
Here's what we've been told over the past few months about jobs, Minnesota and stimulus money.
February. Gov. Tim Pawlenty touts Federal Highway Administration numbers saying Minnesota would get 5,000 jobs just from the first 60 greater Minnesota projects.
But only about 3,448 jobs can be directly tied to the 114 transportation projects funded so far with stimulus money, according to the Minnesota Department of Transportation.
September. A White House Council of Economic Advisers report estimates 20,100 Minnesota jobs saved or created, directly or indirectly, so far from spending in the federal stimulus bill.
But the feds put the expected Minnesota job savings/ creation at 66,000 when the bill was passed.
It might still get there. Or it might not.
That's probably the biggest struggle I have with the official numbers today.
It'd be easy enough to conclude $136,000 was spent in stimulus money to save or create each of those 11,800 jobs. Yes, that's unfair, because it doesn't include other kinds of stimulus spending, including consumer incentives to insulate homes, awards made to local governments and others that may also be saving or creating jobs.
But if everyone's got numbers, and they all do them a little differently, how are we supposed to know?
*************************************************************
If you're seeing -- or seeking -- some economic benefit from the federal stimulus bill, tell us about it.
Posted at 11:35 AM on October 12, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The Leaving Minnesota posts continue to generate a lot of audience discussion. It's been great. Jaime Bergren-Hanish of Chaska just dropped us a note with her story of leaving Minnesota, then losing a job, then finding a better opportunity here.
She writes:
My husband and I just returned to MN after a 4-month stint in Sioux Falls, SD. When my husband found himself jobless after working several years with the same communications company, he fervently searched for employment in the rural area in Minnesota where we were raising our kids, but no luck. Once he began looking in Sioux Falls, an area we were familiar with because of its close proximity to Minnesota he was employed almost immediately.
As a nurse, I thought I could find work just about anywhere, and when I began looking in Sioux Falls, I too was employed almost right away. We found a nice neighborhood, rented a house, and began looking for homes to purchase. Three months later, I was unemployed.
I frantically began a search for a new job to no avail. Our family was hit twice in the same year with joblessness. So much for blaming the Minnesota economy!
Bergren-Hanis, part of MPR's Public Insight Network, says financial needs were the primary reasons for uprooting their three boys in four months, but she also found she was "homesick for so many things during our short stay in South Dakota."
We are now living in Chaska, where my husband continues to search for work, with quite a few leads lined up. I am employed here as an RN in the insurance field. Chaska has welcomed us with open arms! The elementary school has all three boys excited to attend...I love my job...
We're a mobile society, so it's not unusual for people to move. The longer term concern with Minnesota is that it's facing a future with a workforce that will age significantly and grow much slower in the coming 25 years, so attracting and keeping workers is crucial to the state's long-term economic health.
On another note, I'm still surprised when someone tells me they were laid off from a nursing job anywhere. My colleague Mike Caputo tackled the issue a few months ago.
I've had a few folks tell me that there is a long term shortage but that the economy, together with an oversupply due in part to older nurses choosing not to retire given the recession, is causing short term problems. Any thoughts on that? Let me know.
***************************************
Have you moved in or out of Minnesota in the past year? Drop me a line and share your experience. Or post below. Also, check out the map to read what people in MPR's Public Insight Network have told us about the job climate around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 5:53 PM on October 9, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
There was lots of interest in my recent posts about Minnesotans leaving Minnesota and long-term worries about the state's workforce. Katy Campbell wanted me to know that many Minnesotans do return. She did.
Campbell, 26, a marketing statistician, lives in Hopkins now after a trek that took her and her husband to the East Coast and back. It began at St. Olaf College, where as a senior she decided she had to leave.
"I saw that there were no jobs I was interested in that would take someone with a BA," Campbell says. She went to Iowa State and earned a master's degree but still saw her best work options outside the Midwest.
She found work in Stamford, Conn., but after only a couple months realized it was not a place where she and her husband could put down roots.
We both missed our friends and family here, and most of all missed the culture... Finally, we realized we would never be able to buy a house. We might be able to get a condo (for $500k) but that would be it, and we weren't in love with the area at all.
After living in Connecticut for a little over a year, I started looking for options to move back to Minnesota. I was able to transfer to a different position in my company that had an office in Saint Louis Park...When we moved back, to Hopkins last year, we knew we were home. We bought a house, and are happy to live in a real neighborhood again.
I think we always thought there was a possibility of moving back. We were really drawn to the higher salaries offered out there (my husband transferred his job and got a 20% cost of living increase to move out) but were not aware that the cost of living would really be so much higher.
There's no doubt Minnesota has some long term economic concerns. After jumping 15 percent this decade, the State Demographic Center projects only an 8.7 percent increase in Minnesota's labor force over the coming 25 years -- and that labor force will age significantly.
Campbell's story, though, reminds us of Minnesota's basic strengths: quality of life, affordable housing stock, education.
And then there's that intangible call to return to Minnesota. As a non-native married to a Minnesotan, I can sure attest to that. Is it enough to draw and keep the work force needed to keep Minnesota's economy rolling?
****************************************
Have you moved in or out of Minnesota in the past year? Drop me a line and share your experience. Or post below. Also, check out the map to read what people in MPR's Public Insight Network have told us about the job climate around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 4:50 PM on October 7, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
In the old economy, last year, Tom Koller was a machinist / precision grinder. Then came a layoff. He realized his old job wasn't coming back.
Now, he's one of thousands of jobless Minnesotans trying to retrain for a life beyond the recession.
We've written a lot at MinnEcon and MPR about being unemployed and the struggles that follow. We haven't done a lot on what people are trying to do to change jobs.
Koller, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network from Eden Prairie, agreed to let us follow him in his quest. He's in the state's Dislocated Worker Program, hoping to retrain for a future as a computer network administrator. His unemployment benefits are set to run out in January. He tells us:
I was a PC tech (several years ago). The industry pretty much died. I did some driving and machinist work. The machine I was taught is not used now. I was laid off for lack of work.
I now need a current certification to get a job in a significantly changed computer industry.
The (Dislocated Worker) program is an effort in progress for me. I am turning 50. I am looking for help from them to get schooling to re-qualify myself for computer work.
Given his past experience in computer hardware repair, Koller believes he can meet a current demand for software and hardware support.
But what employers see is that I have not worked in the field for six years and have no recent certifications.
My goal is to become a Sun Certified System Administrator. Entry level salaries are between $40k to $60k. This can be done in as little as one month. Though most options take three months.
We asked him what it's like at the workforce centers. "The biggest thing I see is uncertainty," he adds.
It seems to go beyond the insecurity of not working. On the good side, I have seen quite a few ads for home improvement and repair people...In general, jobs that keep the basic things working are doing well.
************************************************
Are you trying to retrain in this recession or do you work with people trying to retrain? Drop me a line or post below and tell me your experience.
Also, check out the map to read what people in our Network have told us about the job climate around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 1:53 PM on March 24, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
We always think we'll never move back to our parents' house. Graduate from school, find work, support ourselves and live independently. That's how it's supposed to work.
Of course, it never works perfectly for everyone. That's true especially in this economy.
We've been asking people in our Public Insight Network for months now about how their households are faring. Every few weeks, we hear from an adult who lost his job and contemplates moving home. We've heard from parents, too, about making room for their young adult children.
Mary Piontek of Stillwater told us this week her daughter and son, both college graduates, are home. The story's complicated, too, because Mary says she'll be losing her job by the end of the year as her company moves work overseas. She writes:
Our 24-year-old son who provided computer support for a small company lost his job two weeks ago. Our 22-year-old daugher works part time at a tanning salon making $7/hr....she completed her degree in marketing communications at UWRF but cannot find a job. The few openings she finds want 3-5 years of experience... After years of conservative living and aggressive savings, my husband hoped to retire at 56 ... now he is planning on working longer.
A recent AARP survey reveals the struggles some have in this economy.
Most adults 18 and older told AARP that it was still unlikely they'd need to move in with a family or friend. But among those who said it was possible, a third of those blamed an income drop and about 20 percent said it would be due to a change in their jobs or health.
There are upsides. Having extra time with your kids or parents that you didn't expect or that wouldn't have happened without the lousy economy can be a good thing. But it's also hard at any age to see your kids struggle.
Are you in a similar situation? Drop me a line or post below and tell us. It may lead to a story on Minnesota Public Radio News.
Posted at 1:45 PM on April 2, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Over the past couple months and just this week we've had some civil engineers and architects who are part of our Public Insight Network tell us they've been laid off and that work is difficult to find.
It's odd to me because there's been so much talk about building and fixing roads, bridges and other public works with federal stimulus money. Seems like you'd need every pound of asphalt and every civil engineer you could lay your hands on.
It's not the case. A couple weeks ago, Bryan Oakley, a civil engineer from Plymouth, described his job security as shaky. "Many of my friends are unemployed because of the housing and commercial building slow down," he said.
Michael Berg from St. Paul told us in November he was a civil engineer laid off the prior summer. He told us then:
Civil Engineering work tends to be cyclical, though not to the extremes seen in other industries. Since most of the work is based on public funding (ie roads, bridges, water/wastewater) or business expansion, the slow economy hurts the industry, and there is a lag between the economic fortunes and the industrial fortunes. As the economy goes, so goes the industry, about 6 months later.
He got back to us today with better news:
I'm currently employed, as of Mid-February, but not exactly in the same capacity that I was before. I was out of work for about 6 months total, and I had exactly two second interviews out of over 100 jobs applied for, and maybe 8-9 interviews total.
I'm currently working designing well screen systems for water wells. It's not what I'd have chosen a year ago to be doing, but it's a good job nonetheless with a good company and great benefits.
I thought I'd have seen a lot more jobs after the new year, but that never materialized. I haven't looked lately, but I think the DOT is starting to hire, because I was called last week on a position I applied for in January.
Projections from the Minnesota Labor Department bear him out. Jobs in architecture and engineering are expected to decline 5 percent this year.
Those projections may not include the impact of the federal stimulus plan. It'll be interesting to look back at the end of this year and use engineer/architect employment as one means to judge the success of the stimulus.
Drop me a line if you have some insight on the employment situation for engineers and/or architects, or post something below.
You can also help Minnesota Public Radio News get a handle on the state's employment situation by answering a few quick questions about how you're doing job-wise.
Posted at 1:43 PM on April 6, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
I posted recently on what I thought was an odd circumstance: Civil engineers and architects in Minnesota struggling to find work in this economy.
We'd heard from several engineers and architects from our Public Insight Network telling us they or many of their colleagues were unemployed or worried about losing their jobs.
Here's an update from Mary Detloff, executive director of the Minnesota Society of Professional Engineers. She said:
"Things are no better than they were in December. If anything, they've probably worsened some. The influx of stimulus money to the state should help somewhat, particularly in the transportation sector (which is part of the larger umbrella of civil engineering). But we haven't seen that money yet, so it's too soon to tell what effect that may have. Companies are still having layoffs and jobs are pretty hard to come by, though there are a few out there scattered around."
If you have a perspective to share on the current market for engineers and architects, especially in Minnesota or the Upper Midwest, please post below or drop me a line and let me know what you're seeing.
You can also help MPR News track the federal stimulus package by answering a few questions.
Posted at 1:38 PM on April 9, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Looking for upside in the economy is a noble quest these days. So it's worth noting that Minnesota looked pretty good relative to other states in today's new jobless claims data.
In the most recent weekly report, Minnesota was among the states with the largest drop in initial employment claims from the prior week. Not much to hang your hat on and there was no explanation given for the drop. But something.
Overall, the employment picture remains in turmoil. Check that attached graphic from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development and you see dramatically how job vacancies have fallen here as the number of unemployed jump.
Minnesota's next unemployment update comes Thursday and it's a pretty safe bet it will run higher than the 8.1 percent rate in February.
But on one small measure today, there was a little good news.
Want to help our news reporting at MPR? Tell us a quick story about what the economy is like around you.
Posted at 1:34 PM on October 6, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
New college grad Allison Troyer told us recently about leaving Minnesota after she couldn't find find work here. We asked her for some detail. For people concerned about the state's future workforce, her story's worth exploring. Keeping smart, young workers like Troyer in-state is crucial to Minnesota's long-term health. The recession is exposing a long-term weakness -- an aging state labor force that won't grow enough to meet the economy's needs.
I think that the current job market in Minnesota is difficult for anyone looking for work, but especially so for recent graduates. Even for people that have some experience, a good resume and a great academic background, there is little hope unless you have particular skills that perfectly match the needs of the employer. A bachelor's degree felt as though it was a dime a dozen and any internships in college or indicators of potential seemed nearly worthless. It is impossible to compete with individuals that have been in the workforce for even one year that will work for the same amount as a recent grad. Troyer, 23, is from Coon Rapids. She graduated in December from the University of Minnesota with a journalism degree. I thought that I wouldn't necessarily have an extremely difficult job search. I had several decent internships while in college...I knew my job search would be difficult and, starting around the holidays, there isn't much activity in terms of hiring, but as the months wore on I found less and less. I first applied to any communications or public relations position because that was my specialty. Within two months I began applying to any position that I thought I could loosely qualify for including secretarial positions and a barista position, which I took to pay the bills. While searching for government jobs in Minnesota, I decided to look at openings in California and found a paralegal specialist position with the IRS... I applied to it, immediately forgot about it and about a month later had a phone interview. With that I was offered the job and accepted as soon as I learned more about the position, the location and the pay (which far surpassed any number of jobs that I applied for in MN). It was pretty hard to leave Minnesota. I came to the realization that the state wasn't going to offer that to me at this point. After jumping 15 percent this decade, Minnesota's labor force is projected to grow only 8.7 percent over the coming 25 years, while aging significantly. Also, Minnesota is a net exporter of college-bound, new high school graduates That's not a good mix for a state that is not the draw people think it is. Who will grow the economy? Who will help pay for Baby Boomer retirements, public education and quality of life? ************************************************* Got a different perspective to share or think I'm out of line? Drop me a line or post below. Also, check out the map to read what people in our Network have told us about the job climate around them. Then share your story.
The good news is Troyer, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network now working in California, says she intends to return to Minnesota eventually, maybe after law school. It's what she encountered the past few months that's worrisome. She tells us:
Around May it occurred to me that my student loans bill would arrive in July and I needed to start thinking about looking elsewhere.
Posted at 5:39 PM on October 2, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment
After posting Leaving Minnesota? this afternoon, the Minnesota Private College Council sent me its new research showing another worry: our state is also a net exporter of college-bound high school students.
Here's the report. I'd love to hear from folks on this. What does it mean? What kinds of questions should I ask? Drop me a line or post below. I'm especially interested if you're a student or family member of a student who's recently left Minnesota for college elsewhere.
I've always had great respect for the quality of the council's research. Its been a consistent voice over the years warning about gaps in Minnesota's future workforce needs and that the fastest growing student populations here are the least prepared for that future.
Here's the council's trend data:
| Minnesota Has Been a Net Exporter of College Enrollees Over Time | ||||
| Fall Yr |
In- |
Out- Migration |
Net Loss | |
| 2003 | 3,183 | 9,710 | -6,527 | |
| 2004 | 7,715 | 11,388 | -3,673 | |
| 2005 | 4,804 | 10,900 | -6,096 | |
| 2006 | 8,337 | 11,834 | -3,497 | |
| 2007 | 6,247 | 10,544 | -4,297 | |
| 2008 | 7,410 | 13,299 | -5,889 | |
| TOTAL | 37,696 | 67,675 | -29,979 | |
That includes private non-profit, private for-profit and public schools
The data require a deeper look. If a Woodbury High kid graduates and goes to University of Wisconsin River Falls, he's gone out of state. But it doesn't necessarily mean he won't stay in Minnesota and contribute to the economy.
Still, the council point is worth exploring:
As Minnesota's workforce population ages and shrinks and high school and college graduates decrease, it is an added concern when large numbers of high school graduates go to college elsewhere -- and possibly not return to the state.
Thoughts?
Posted at 4:59 PM on October 2, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
I'm conditioned to believe everyone wants to come to Minnesota and that even in a lousy economy the economic opportunities are better here. Maybe that perception's wrong.
I'm wondering after looking at some recent anecdotal evidence together with some expert data. Maybe we are not the economic draw we thought.
First, here's Allison Troyer. A source in MPR's Public Insight Network formerly of Minnesota, she moved recently after finding work in California -- supposedly an economic basket case -- that she couldn't find here. Troyer, in her early 20s, writes:
I actually started looking outside of Minnesota for employment and somehow managed to find a job in Orange County, California. Who would have thought that after months of searching in MN, I'd find a job in one of the hardest hit states of this recession? I'm a paralegal specialist with the IRS.
I suppose you have to really look outside your comfort zone. I tried to find a job in MN for about 6 months and just gave up and started looking outside the state.
Yes, it's one person.
But a couple weeks ago a survey by moving giant Mayflower fingered Minnesota as the state with the largest one-year jump in the percentage of people moving out. Of 1,100 shipments Mayflower handled in Minnesota from January to August, 56 percent were headed out of state versus 48 percent in 2008. Inbound made up the majority of Mayflower shipments in the three prior years.
Yes, it's only based on Mayflower's experience.
But look at some deeper work published earlier this year by the Pew Research Center. Minnesota is a "high sticky, low magnet" state, meaning people born here tend to stay but Minnesota (and Wisconsin) are low when it comes to attracting people from elsewhere.
Check out the Pew state maps and you'll see Minnesota had a net loss of 29,000 people between 2005 and 2007. Of the 655,000 who moved in or out in that time, 52 percent moved out.
There's no doubt Minnesota ranks high in tons of quality of life indicators. And it's always felt like growth mode here. But maybe the recession is exposing a long-term weakness.
After jumping 15 percent this decade, the State Demographic Center projects only an 8.7 percent increase in Minnesota's labor force over the coming 25 years.
We're heading for a stretch where that labor force will age significantly. Meanwhile, the number of Minnesota high school graduates is forecast to slide through 2015 after peaking this year.
If Minnesota becomes a continual net loser of people and can't depend on its high schools to produce enough new workers to offset the aging labor force, that's a serious problem that will dog Minnesota long after the recovery begins.
*******************************************
Got a different perspective to share or think I'm out of line? Drop me a line or post below. Also, check out the map to read what people in our Network have told us about the job climate around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 10:06 PM on April 14, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota's unemployment rate for March comes out Thursday and the odds are it will not be great. It hit 8.1 percent in February, catching up with the national rate and probably rose in March.
Here's my first attempt at a MinnEcon chart: Minnesota unemployment rates by month from 1976 to February 2009:
I'll get better at chart making! I didn't have enough room to fit the years in at the bottom. The highest rate was 9 percent in November 1982. The lowest was 2.5 percent in April 1994. You can see all the data in a spreadsheet here.
Jobs and unemployment have been constant discussion topics with folks in our Public Insight Network. We've been asking people to share a story with us about their economies, and jobs has been the number one focus.
As we wait for the newest Minnesota numbers, I wanted to share two stories sent to us recently from people in our network. Patrick Dentinger of Nicollet, MN told us about the challenges of being an unemployed graphic designer in this economy:
I've been unemployed for nearly a year. My final unemployment payment occurs on my 1-year anniversary of filing: May 2nd, 2009. After that, I become one of the many officially uncounted unemployed. I'm in the Mankato area, and things are pretty bleak. The average number of jobs listed in the local paper every day is 3-4 total, in every catagory. I'm a Graphic Designer, and this area's now flooded with out-of-work designers. My career counselor said at our first meeting that I'll have to move or go back to school for a whole new career to find work.
We heard some good news from Michael Roundtree of Hager City, Wis., a Minnesota border town. He told us:
After 13 long months of unemployment, I finally landed a job. I never stopped looking for work. It was tiresome and mentally draining. I had only a handful of interviews throughout the ordeal. We nearly lost our house and we had to give up the wooded vacant lot next to our home."
I highlighted Roundtree because it was a much bleaker story when he wrote us in September telling us that his Information Technology job had been outsourced to India:
I have been unemployed for 8 months now. My spouse is a substitute school teacher. We have no health care since I was laid off...My unemployment benefits run out in 30 days. We are now 30 days behind on our mortgage. I expect to start working in a few weeks, but the damage is already done to my credit report. The new job prospects pay about 30% less than what I was making.
I'm still not convinced we'll see 10 percent unemployment here, though it will go higher and may end up the highest we've seen in more than 25 years. Let's hope we get more Michael Roundtree stories to feature in the future.
Got a story to share about the economy around you? Tell us.
Posted at 9:59 PM on April 16, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota's jobless rate inched up to 8.2 percent in February, state officials said this morning.
The rate's now tracking lower than the 8.5 percent national rate. But it's still painful -- 23,200 jobs were cut in March with manufacturing leading the decline. We continue to see the highest unemployment rates for Minnesota in more than a quarter century.
The highest rate was 9 percent in November 1982. The lowest was 2.5 percent in April 1994. You can see all the data in a spreadsheet here.
Jobs and unemployment have been constant discussion topics with folks in our Public Insight Network. We've been asking people to share a story with us about their economies, and jobs has been the number one focus.
Check out some of the responses we've mapped below, then add your voice.
Posted at 9:56 PM on April 17, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Annie Baxter drew a detailed picture of Minnesota's unemployment situation in her fine story and MinnEcon post. I just wanted to follow up with a few more quick thoughts.
Like Annie, I was really moved by Paulette Odette, the Thief River Falls woman who in January lost her 15-year job. Paulette's story came to us from her daughter, Elizabeth, who's part of MPR's Public Insight Network. Elizabeth offered a couple of other important points about this tough economy:
"People 55 and older who are laid off do not likely have the option of changing careers. The time and money involved would be difficult to find and not likely pay off with the time remaining before retirement."
Job searching in a small town is different/harder than in an urban area. Elizabeth said at one point she was going to suggest her mom do a practice job interview. "But she'll likely know every person she interviews with, so she might not get the typical interview questions."
She adds: It's a tough environment but I think that this experience has and will make my mom a stronger and more assertive person."
It was hard, too, to hear Patrick Dentinger's story. He's part of our Public Insight Network and shared his struggle as an out-of-work graphic artist in the Mankato area.The recession cost him a job and home.
But he's also concluded that he has to pick up and move, maybe out of state. That's a story policy makers need to hear. Minnesota continues to age. Its high school graduate population will peak this spring. If the lousy economy compels people to leave, who fills the jobs when the economy starts growing again?
Below, we've mapped some other recent voices on jobs from our Public Insight Network. Add your insight.
Posted at 1:39 PM on October 1, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
Creighton University economists produce a really good economic outlook index for nine Midwest states, including Minnesota. They've been good at anticipating ups-and-downs. Today's report sees a brighter Minnesota jobs and economic outlook.
The report dovetails pretty well with what we're hearing from sources in MPR's Public Insight Network. When we recently asked folks to take their economic pulse, the 50-plus responses we got were surprisingly encouraging.
Today, Creighton said its September Business Conditions Index -- a leading economic indicator from a survey of supply managers -- jumped to its highest level in two years.
In Minnesota, the university reported the state index dipped a bit but was still running at a healthy clip at 55.4. Anything above 50 on the index indicates businesses are expecting growth.
The report also noted that Minnesota's lost more than 120,000 jobs, 4.4 percent of its nonfarm employment, in the past year. Creighton Economist Ernest Goss adds:
Due in part to discouraged unemployed workers leaving the workforce, the state's unemployment rate dropped to 8 percent for August. Based on our surveys over the past several months, I expect the job outlook to improve in the months ahead.
This will stimulate the discouraged to enter the job search process and will cause the state's jobless rate to rise by 0.3 percent by the end of 2009, even as the employment outlook improves.
That's a solid forecast for the state. When Minnesota's jobless rate was jumping, Goss was forecasting that it wouldn't go above 9 percent and that's been the case.
*************************
We're on the lookout for interesting or offbeat Minnesota economic trends. What are you seeing on the economy that's a little different that's telling you things are improving or worsening?
Click here, shoot us a note and tell us what you're seeing, then type "MinnEcon Indicator" in the headline box and send it. And check out the map below to read what people in the Network are telling us about the job climate around them.
Posted at 11:45 AM on October 1, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
People who once thought they could retire in their early 60s or scale back to part time are trying to stay fully employed in this recession. We also see an accelerated decline in the teen labor force. Are they connected?
It's a tempting a story line -- oldsters and teens duke it out over jobs! It's not really happening that way (although if anyone has a story to share about competing for a job against someone who was significantly older or younger, please let me know.) There's no doubt, though, the recession has hit younger and older job seekers hard.
We've heard repeatedly from sources in MPR's Public Insight Network who are in their late 50s and early 60s, telling us they need to work longer than expected or find job.
Jeff Gregory of Eagan recently wrote us:
As a 64 & 62 year old couple that has lost our one remaining job...and only 14 weeks of severance to make it 1 1/2 years to SS I'm not sure that we can do it. I'm starting the hunt for Obama bucks now and hope I can find enough to hold on till 65.
While the unemployment rate for workers age 55 to 64 is much lower than the overall state jobless rate, it's become a problem because that older workforce has grown so much -- by 50 percent this decade.
Add on the hit so many people of taken to the value of their retirement accounts and you find a lot more people toward the end of their careers needing to stay employed.
The recession's also put the gas to to a decade-long drop in youth employment.
In its teen summer jobs outlook report, the state labor department wrote:
The entry level labor market is getting more crowded as experienced workers
are hit by layoffs, older workers delay retirement and brand-new college graduates seek employment outside their fields of study.
That report also highlighted a big drop in the labor force participation rate of Minnesota's youth.
The rate is the percentage of teens who are either employed or unemployed and looking for work.
It's tempting to look at the data and dismiss today's teens as unwilling to work. But a recent analysis by the Minneapolis Fed shows it's complicated. We've tried to get at that with MPR's My First Recession package.
The Fed noted in some places in Minnesota teens have been searching for jobs and that Minneapolis saw more than 3,200 applications for 1,300 openings in its youth jobs programs.
There are opportunities out there. The state's using stimulus money to help fund youth programs.
The reality is that while Minnesotans on the ends of the age/employment spectrum are needing work and struggling just as much as the breadwinners in this economy.
**********************************************************
OK, I don't feel like I've done justice to this issue in this post. Feels like I've left a lot out. So help me out. Post below and add to the conversation; tell me where I'm wrong. Or click here and tell us your own story about the job market in Minnesota.
Check out the map below to read what people in the Network are telling us about the job climate around them.
Posted at 10:24 PM on April 21, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
There are employed and unemployed Minnesotans. And then there are people like Val Littfin.
Until last week, Littfin, 52, was working happily at Hedstrom Lumber in northeast Minnesota. Then came word the mill was shutting down for two weeks because of the economy and would reopen at only two-thirds capacity.
Littfin, who's from Grand Marais and is part of our Public Insight Network, describes being in a kind of employment limbo, waiting for a callback from the mill, unsure when it will come, concerned about the future. She captures the hopes and worries of many Minnesotans these days.
We asked Littfin to talk about the economy, starting with a basic question: Do you have a job?
"I did. Perhaps I still do. It's all rather nebulous. I know I am not on the first tier call back list. Missed it by one person. The owners have told me that everytime they talk to an employee, my position shifts on the second tier call back list. The owners say my name keeps creeping higher up the list.
June will be my two year anniversary with the company. I really like my work. I like my fellow employees. I had a job where I woke up looking forward to going to work. The seven of us in the planing mill had jelled into a tight, cohesive team. We had developed our sense of teamwork to the point where we could run off hand signals and simply knew what to do next. A great place to work with a great team.
My first hope for the future is that I get back to the mill sooner or later.
Right now it's difficult to remain or perhaps stay hopeful. I feel federal spending is out of control and the national debt is going to hurt and ultimately drive business to use developing countries so they can stay competitive in an internationally based market.
The lumber industry is hurting. Perhaps commercial building and some of the major infrastructure projects in the stimulus package will start the cycle moving upward. Anytime there is cement poured, there is some wood associated with those forms.
The industry is learning to run leaner and more efficient. I've sat through two state of the business meeting at the mill. Some costs, such as fuel, cannot be controlled. Others can. Every year, the employees at Hedstrom became a wee bit more efficient.
In the planing mill, we developed new stapling patterns to use fewer staples during packaging. We modified the way we built lifts so that we'd use less packaging material. We became more and more efficient in our turn around time at the end of product runs. No humongous savings, but those pennies add up.
My hope is that the fear mongering ends. My friends talk about they'd like to spend some money but they are worried. So they don't spend. So it doesn't go into the economy.
My friends are talking about not taking vacations, at least not to away places, but closer places. The car they wanted to trade-in this fall will now half to last them longer.
As the fear increased, the pocket books snapped shut. Much of the money is still there, few want to open the purse strings.
Friends of mine purchased a home during this time. The hoops they had to jump through! Excellent credit, but everything was double and triple checked. Answers to questions were suspect. They had the credit rating and the money but the mortgage company did not want to believe them. Another set of friends, both with secure jobs, are as if we are already in depression.
Another friend who owns a rental business has seen a change in who is renting the equipment, but the business is steady. However, last time they advertised for a shop manager, they got 75 applications rather than the typical 15.
As long the Wall Street, the newspapers, TV and the Feds keep talking how bad it is, fear will have food on which to grow. Once the focus changes to looking at the bright spots, fear will start wilting and the economy will flourish.
In the meantime, I am hopeful I will be back at the mill in June.
Below are some other stories about employment and jobs from our network. Check them out, then add your story.
Posted at 10:21 PM on April 22, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
The recession is changing how we spend and where we work. In some cases, it's also reshaping the roles of spouses and families.
Susan Haugen of Edina opened a window on that in a recent post she sent us -- intriguingly headlined: "The spousal balance of fortune."
Haugen, a source in our Public Insight Network, wrote:
My husband was laid off 4 weeks ago -- he worked at an engineering firm and the lack of work led to a lack of employees. It was nice that the firm tried to reduce everyone's hours before they resorted to layoffs.
On the other side of the coin, my job is getting much bigger. I work for a company who had to form a Bank Holding Company in order to qualify for TARP funds. There is an incredible amount of regulation over Bank Holding Companies, so we are busier than ever. (This seems ironic somehow.)
I am paid hourly, so this downturn is affecting me positively. As my hours increase we are very glad that Mr Mom is home to pick up the slack.
It's an interesting twist. The recession creating problems and opportunities in the same family. So what are the trade offs? Here are some of Haugen's pros and cons:
pro - if both spouses have jobs and one spouse's job gets more intense it takes a toll on the family. more stress but also more outsourcing (takeout, convenience foods, lunches and dinners out, lawn mowing service, internet shipping charges). I have noticed lately how easy it is to outsource anything that you don't want to try to learn (securely hooking up your wireless internet for instance).
pro - we are trying to be a little more careful with discretionary spending. I think that shopping has become such a past time and that marketing is so sophisticated that sometimes it's too easy to spend on things you don't need. I try to stick to the list when I go to Target and I'm happier for it when I get home.
Tosto notes: This is right in line with the overwhelming sentiment we hear from Public Insight Network sources that people may be fundamentally changing their spending habits. Back to Haugen.
pro - one spouse can spend more time with the kids (who would otherwise be in daycare). This is hypothetical because we haven't actually taken them out of school yet. We think it's good for them and the at home spouse wants to catch up on projects
con - more expensive health insurance and the annoying paperwork that comes with changing your benefits again.
con - the imbalance created when one spouse thinks she's working really hard and expects the at-home spouse to be really productive when he's home all day.
We've been caught up in a lot of numbers in our reporting on the recession but Haugen's post really offers some great insight on how an economic slide often compels people to change habits and adapt.
Got a story about how the economy is affecting your household structure? Tell us. And check out the map below to read what other people are telling us about money issues.
Posted at 10:18 PM on April 24, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
No one goes into art expecting a huge payday. But in the worst recession in two-plus decades, many diversions have morphed into "non essential" spending. Art among them.
Claire Thoen, a St. Paul artist who's part of our Public Insight Network, recently offered a vantage point on what she's seeing.
Looking at what she sold at a recent art fair compared to what she sold at the same fair last year, she wrote:
Last year I sold two large prints and one original. This year, all sales, except for two small prints, were in cards. So I can see that people are being very careful with their money.... people are still spending money but each purchase is smaller.
An issue for artists is whether or not we can make more money at the show than the show costs us. Last December when the Great Recession was really taking hold of the collective imagination, I participated in Skandia at the Landmark. The entrance fee for attendees was $5 for adults $3 for children so a family of 4 would have to pay $16 just to get in the door. The attendance was sparse, to put it kindly.
I imagine many artists must be, like I am, trying to figure out whether or not to sign up for this art fair or that one . . . It would be - as of "the quality of mercy - not strained but [as of] a gentle rain from heaven" if the organizers of art fairs showed that they were attuned to the current climate but none have indicated that they will be reducing fees.
Back at the start of the year a few dozen of our network sources in theater and other arts shared their thoughts about where things were headed with arts and this economy. It was a mixed bag with most saying it would be rough but ultimately this was a great place to be an artist and the public would return.
To me, the unanswered question is whether the recession will change the economics of art here permanently. When the economy recovers, does the demand return to pre-recession levels? Will art fairs, theaters and other venues need to cut prices and offer incentives to win people back? What happens if they don't?
Share some thoughts below or tell us a story about what the economy's like around you these days.
Posted at 10:16 PM on April 27, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Working a couple part-time jobs is a rite of passage for many young adults. I juggled a few right after college until one -- a tiny newspaper -- offered me a full-time gig.
That's a lot different, though, than moonlighting in your 30s, 40s or 50s in a lousy economy.
We've heard from a couple dozen people the past few months in our Public Insight Network who've told us they're working multiple jobs in this economy. For some, it's needed extra cash. For others, the second job money is paying down debt.
Missi Lang of Eagan is in her early 30s and was working two jobs before recently taking time off to have a baby. She told us in February:
One job is as a server at a restaurant - there I am pretty secure in my employment, but the money I make each shift seems to have decreased. My other job is working in Adult Basic Education. That job also seems fairly secure, just due to the fact that when so many people are getting laid off, it would be counter intuitive for the state to cut programs that could potentially help those in need.
I guess I'm just hoping everything will be normal when I go back to work. We are really unable to save much because it seems like we're always behind, so we will just keep doing the same things. I guess when I grocery shop, I have been going for just the essential items, skipping the pre-made meals and a few other extras.
Two weeks ago, Paula Swenson of Bemidji wrote in and called her job security "shaky."
She's working three jobs in her late 50s -- "Artist, good prospects but low income, sub teacher, erratic, Census employee, temporary." She's trying to pay off her credit cards. Asked about the last time she had a raise, she replied, "What's that?"
Moonlighting has always been a bit of a phenomenon here. Minnesota and the Northern Plains states have among the highest multiple job holding rates in the country, with Minnesota the top moonlighting state in 1994, according to the state's labor department. Officials say about 8 percent of employed Minnesotans held more than one job in 2004 and about 5.4 percent in the U.S.
I couldn't find any data more recent than 2004. If anyone has any please post below. But the Minnesota report noted moonlighting picks up during economic downturns, so it's a pretty good bet Minnesota's numbers are up.(Correction: I misread the report on moonlighting and recession. The report shows moonlighting declining in a recession. Thanks to Dave Senf, author of the study, for setting that right.)
Below, we've mapped some other recent voices on jobs from our Public Insight Network. Take a look, then add your story.
Most surprising multiple job holder? Paul Kolisch of Burnsville is in his 60s working multiple jobs but called is job outlook "very secure." Why?
He trains pilots for Mesaba Airlines, job he says that is a beneficiary of Delta Airlines' takeover of Northwest Airlines and "must continue unless the airline shuts down."
Plus, his other job seems like it has a lot of staying power: He's a priest in the Anglican Church and, he notes, "I see more people joining our congregation."
Posted at 10:14 PM on April 27, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
"I am writing because we have hundreds of people in need of work."
That sentence threw me. Yes, there's record high unemployment in Minnesota. But the person who wrote that sentence heads an employment staffing firm.
Sharon Murphy owns ADD ON Staffing Solutions in the Twin Cities. She's part of our Public Insight Network and she's expert at connecting workers to the companies who need them. She describes herself as "usually the most upbeat person in the world."
But these are the hardest times in decades. She gave us a view this week of the struggling jobs market through her eyes:
Here is what we see everyday...our customers are cutting back on all temporary staff, cutting their permanent staff wages and hours, forcing them to take time off without pay. I truly believe we have not seen the worst of things for folks yet.
I just took a phone call from a manufacturing facility in Woodbury, our client....they have laid off their entire second shift, running a skeletal crew for 1st shift and they don't see any hiring until July....what are people to do? We simply cannot manufacture jobs....people are not able to sustain themselves on unemployment...this is bleak!
Frankly, I'm not sure how long I can sustain my company with so few people actually on my payroll now. The small business owner is not eligible for a bailout...something that can sustain us until we can get through this dark time.
Data back up Murphy's observations. The chart attached to this post shows a stunning gap between the declining number of job vacancies in Minnesota and the rising number of unemployed in Minnesota at the end of 2008.
Murphy says she and her staff take their clients' unemployment personally.
They confide in us, share their dreams with us, refer their family members to us. We care about each and every employee. They call every other day checking in for work. It breaks my heart that we are unable to find jobs....these associates are desperate, they have bills, mortgages, children....
We've had readers email MPR and tell us that we're too negative on the economy, that more than 90 percent of the workforce still have jobs. Point taken.
Still, it's hard to ignore the observations of someone like Sharon Murphy who comes at it from a vantage point most of us don't see.
Below, we've mapped some other recent voices on jobs from our Public Insight Network. Take a look, then add your story.
Posted at 10:06 PM on April 29, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
I recently highlighted a story from one of our Public Insight Network sources who's a painter who gave us a glimpse of her reality trying to sell work in this economy.
Another network source recently weighed in with a view from the theater.
Brian Grandison is a St. Paul playwright and director. He headlined his post, "The Show(s) Must Go On." Of the local theater business, Grandison wrote:
There is work out there but everyone is doing their best to hold on. Most of the work I get is freelance and so far (knock wood) none of the folks I've worked with in the past are eliminating jobs or projects, but they are paying less for the same amount of work.
I have a play that I've worked on for a long time and finally it's ready to be done and it will have to held back for another year so the producing theater can raise the funds.
Most of the theaters in town are producing plays with very small casts or have one person shows.
For me, the unanswered question is whether the recession will change the economics of art here permanently. When the economy recovers, does the demand return to pre-recession levels? What happens if it doesn't?
Share some thoughts below or tell us a story about what the economy's like around you these days.
We've also mapped the insights of Grandison and other readers on the job market in Minnesota. Click on the little guys below to read them.
Posted at 10:03 PM on April 30, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
Nice discussion last night at a Minnesota Public Radio News forum with St. John's University economist Louis Johnston, our economics correspondent Chris Farrell and a citizen audience, nicely moderated by Jeff Horwich of In the Loop.
Bottom line: economy is improving but still vulnerable.
The Federal Reserve Board's Open Market Committee feels the same way, noting the national economy continued to contract in March, "though the pace of contraction appears to be somewhat slower."
One of the interesting questions in last night's discussion: Will this recession permanently change American saving and spending patterns? It's one of our favorite topics here at MinnEcon.
Listen in, then add a story about what the economy is like around you.
And check out the map below to see stories about spending and saving sent in from our Public Insight Network.
Posted at 9:57 PM on May 4, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Lose your job. Seek unemployment benefits. That's how most of us understand the drill.
The reality is if you're still employed but seeing your hours cut significantly, you need to apply now for unemployment benefits before you lose your job.
That lesson came to us from Karin Patrick from Roseville. She's one of our Public Insight Network sources. After hearing an MPR News story on unemployment, Patrick wrote to tell us:
Today's story about jobless benefits didn't mention that people should apply when their hours are greatly reduced (or they become unemployed) through no fault of their own.
Because of the way benefits are calculated, if a person applies after losing her job, which may occur many months after her hours were reduced, the weekly benefit can be far lower than if she had applied right when hours were reduced.
Patrick pointed us to the Minnesota Unemployment Insurance Website FAQs. Question number one is, "When should I apply for unemployment benefits"
Answer: You should apply for unemployment benefits as soon as you are unemployed or your hours are greatly reduced. (If you work 32 or more hours in a week you are not considered to be unemployed for that week).
A state labor department spokeswoman confirmed it, saying that while the process of calculating individual benefits is complicated, people should apply as soon as possible if hours are cut. She didn't get into specific details.
Patrick, though, related the recent experience of her daughter. She wrote:
My daughter has really been hurt by the lack of info on eligibility when hours have been reduced. Her hours were reduced last October or so, and was told her job would be eliminated the end of May (this month).
Benefits are calculated on income from the earliest four of the previous five calendar quarters at the point of filing for unemployment.
If she files the end of May, she'll have one calendar quarter of part-time work in the calculation. If she had known to file last October, her benefit would have been based solely on full-time work.
It's a circumstance I didn't know about. If anyone's been in similar straits or just has a story to tell about unemployment benefits or being unemployed, please post below or share a story here.
Also check out the map below for responses folks have sent us recently on employment and job issues.
Posted at 9:49 PM on May 6, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota will get $130 million in federal stimulus money to help pay ease the state's unemployment, the U.S. Labor Department said Wednesday.
The cash can be used to pay jobless benefits, provide employment services or to help pay for the running of the employment insurance program, the feds said. Here's the MPR News story.
Minnesota's unemployment is running at 8.2 percent, the highest in more than 25 years, although still below the 8.5 percent national rate.
One thing we haven't looked at deeply is just how dramatically different the jobless rates run by county. March data showed a rate of 5.5 percent in Rock County in the far southwest corner of the state to a stunning 20.8 percent in Clearwater County in northwest Minnesota.
I'd love to hear from people around the state about their local employment situation. Is it getting worse or better? Are people getting the services they need? In past posts, we've highlighted the concerns of a lumber mill worker in northeast Minnesota and the view of a staffing expert in the Twin Cities struggling to find jobs for her clients.
Click here and tell us what the job market is like around you these days.
Below, we've mapped some other recent voices on jobs from our Public Insight Network. Take a look, then add your story.
Posted at 9:47 PM on May 7, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
No one's ready to declare a turnaround in Minnesota's unemployment. The jobless rate remains at 8.2 percent, the highest in more than 25 years. We won't get the next official report for two weeks. I haven't heard anyone predicting a drop.
But if you're searching for shiny nuggets in the gloom, here's one today: A monthly online employment survey conducted by Monster Worldwide showed a Twin Cities uptick in April, the first time in a year where there wasn't a decline.
Monster builds an employment index for 28 U.S. cities, including Minneapolis. It's meant to be a "a snapshot of employer online recruitment activity."
The Minneapolis index fell nearly 50 percent from April 2008 to March 2009 with declines every month, until April. It might be a seasonal improvement. But, hey, it's the right direction. Growth came in sectors important to Minnesota: Construction, transportation, business and financial operations.
Monster's U.S. index also improved. "April's rise in online recruitment activity was in line with seasonal expectations and suggests that the pace of slowdown in the U.S. labor market is moderating," Monster senior vp Jesse Harriott said in a prepared statement.
Take a look at the data and let me know what you think. We're also constantly beating the shrubs for stories of the job outlook around Minnesota. Below are some recent responses we've mapped. Take a look, then add your story.
Posted at 9:44 PM on May 8, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
There's an old saying about never talking politics with family or friends. Too problematic. But how about hiring them to work for you?
I wondered about that after hearing from John Snell, who told us he's been making an effort in this economy to hire friends and local firms who need the work.
That got me thinking: I know a bunch of people who've lost jobs or had hours cut in this recession. Would I hire them if I could (important note: I've never run anything that turned a profit, including the third-grade lemonade stand)? Not sure.
Snell started a business two years ago selling classic cars online. Prices have been down but volume's been steady and he describes his economic outlook as bright. Snell, part of our Public Insight Network, wrote:
I feel like I'm keeping a part of the economy moving by hiring friends that have lost their jobs, by sending repair business to a local shop, by keeping my Web Master busy with posting photo galleries and videos of the cars I have for sale, and I sure keep the shipping business busy by sending the cars I sell to all parts of the world.
I have a friend who was laid off at a tire store and I've been hiring him to do some light repair and restoration work.
I also just bought a foreclosed home in Roseville and I've been hiring another friend who is out of work to fix up this place.
I would rather that my friends were able to find a job but in the mean time I'll keep doing my part to share in the good fortune that this new business has brought me.
In a followup conversation, Snell, 35, said he's since hired two more people, friends of friends who've been out of work, to help on his home restoration project.
"Mainly it was just that I had all this stuff to do all of a sudden....I'm just fortunate enough to need the help." Things have worked out managing the personal and business connections. "These are symbiotic relationships," he added.
Would you hire a friend or family member if they needed they help?
There's no doubt people are struggling. National data released today show the U.S. unemployment rate climbed to 8.9 percent in April. But could it cost you a friendship or family tie?
What are the pros and cons inherent in hiring people you know well or hiring people vouched for by a friend or family member? I found some helpful tips, but I'm still not sure if I'd do it.
What's your take? Post something below or click here and share a story with MPR News.
Check out some stories below on the current jobs climate in Minnesota.
Posted at 9:39 PM on May 12, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
You work hard for years to score your dream job. Then comes one of the worst recessions ever. Suddenly, you discover the hard way the economy considers your dream job "non-essential."
It's a bitter lesson taught too often these days to people in their late 40s, 50s and 60s. People who had cool, even enviable, jobs in a hot economy are finding their work to be expendable.
Judy Neiswander of Minneapolis is an art historian and museum curator who told us she was laid off and "unable to resume my career here, but fortunately I married (late, in my 50s)" and so has a stable income. But she wanted to talk about some of her friends who are struggling. She wrote:
Four of my friends have lost their jobs and another independent contractor has little work. The ones I worry most about are single women in their late 50s or older. Two have such specialized skills (textile conservator, Renaissance art historian) that re-training or changing careers is difficult if not impossible.
I should add that this isn't JUST a problem for women - the guy next door was a philosophy professor who was laid off and can no longer find work in his field. But his wife works and can support them while he re-trains as an actuary while looking after the kids...
We tend to equate all job loss as equal. We've heard from people over the past few months who are a paycheck or two from homelessness, so obviously that's a lot more dire.
Still, I hadn't thought about the pain of losing that ideal job until that note from Neiswander, who's a source in our Public Insight Network.
We all have dreams as kids (mine: second base for the Red Sox). But imagine snagging that perfect gig after years of effort, only to see it eliminated with little hope of it coming back. I'm not sure there's any way to quantify that.
If you were in the job you always wanted then it got cut or compromised, please share your story with MPR News or post something below. Drop us a line if you've lost your perfect job, no matter your age.
Neiswander shared a couple stories. Her textile conservator friend worked...
...at a very high-level for her whole professional life... Now all her work has dried up and some private collectors have retrieved the items they've left with her for treatment because they can no longer afford her services. She's lost her studio and now must share w/ a friend, but this means she can't work on large pieces like rugs or tapestries, further limiting her earning capacity... she has no living relatives. So at 60ish, she's really, really scared; all her friends are scared for her, but we don't know what to do.
Neiswander also told us about a neighbor, "a training specialist, single and in her 50s, I think, who had been laid off and was without work for two years... she ran through her savings, her unemployment ran out and she had huge hassles about health insurance.
Then, after all that time, she landed the job of her dreams at a non-profit and was ecstatic, only to be laid off again after three months! Then she found herself unable to collect unemployment insurance, because she hadn't worked enough quarters! It was insane! She had to clean houses, paint apartments, do odd jobs just to stay afloat. Fortunately, she owns her bungalow so she wasn't about to be put out on the street, but again, she lay awake many nights worrying about what would become of her.
This story does have a happy ending (so far), as she just this past week got a job counseling displaced seniors who are looking for jobs - oh, the irony!
She says she got the job because she convinced her employers that she'd been there - she had lived through what they are living through.
Check out the map below for insights from people about the current job market. Then tell us what you're seeing.
Posted at 9:30 PM on May 27, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator, Saving & spending
Employment, personal income, consumer confidence. Those are our common gauges of economic health. But how about child support cases?
You might not have thought of that one. My MPR colleague Sasha Aslanian produced a story recently showing how the tough economy has sent the number of child support cases skyrocketing in Minnesota.
It's an issue folks from our Public Insight Network have raised: We've heard from a divorced parent, struggling in this economy, trying to come up with the money for child support. We've also heard from a parent trying to get an ex-spouse to pay it.
Rural Minnesota papers in Chisago and Wadena counties are reporting similar trends. Nationally, a recent poll of divorce lawyers found a jump in the number of requests to modify child support arrangements.
What do you do if you're a divorced parent and the money is not there? Share some thoughts below or click here and tell us a story.
I'm also using this post to kick off our search for unusual or offbeat Minnesota economic trends. What are you seeing on the economy that's a little different that's telling you things are improving or worsening?
Click here, shoot us a note and tell us what you're seeing, then type "MinnEcon Indicator" in the headline box and send it.
Posted at 9:28 PM on May 28, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
Unemployment in Wadena County, Minn., typically runs in cycles -- up in cold months down in warm. But this recession is altering a lot of patterns and Wadena's jobless rate isn't falling the way it has in the past, hitting 13.6 percent in March, the highest in two decades
Wadena, in north central Minnesota, caught our interest after Laura Spilman shared a different look at unemployment from her vantage point -- she's a library assistant at the Wadena city library where job searching, she says, has trumped chatting and games on the library's free computers.
Spilman, part of MPR's Public Insight Network, writes:
It used to be that our 7 public internet computers stood fairly open during the school day, then, we would be overrun with school kids coming in to play the computers games and do the chatting stuff that kids like to do. Now, and especially since last Sept. or so, the computers are usually almost all in use from the time we open until we close. The increase is in the number of adults coming in to use them.
Now, we do not make a habit of prying into what people are using the computers for, but one cannot help but notice when a patron asks for assistance. We have many people coming in to do their weekly unemployment as well as apply for jobs, work on resumes etc. I don't think a day goes by that we don't get at least one patron asking for help in navigating the not so user friendly job service site, because they have little to no computer experience.
We had someone ask at the desk just the other day if we were hiring at the moment and of course we are not. Her rather frustrated reply was, "Geez,you know, not even Wal-Mart is hiring around here." That kind of sums up the situation around here.
Click on the chart for a view of Wadena County's unemployment
Retailing and manufacturing drive the region's workforce. Among the largest private employers: Wadena-based outdoor furniture maker Homecrest Industries.
Earlier this week, the Minnesota Labor Department reported the county's jobless rate fell to 11 percent in April. But that's not the kind of spring boost the county's come to expect.
"It appears the pattern of dropping in the spring has resumed albeit at a much higher level of unemployment for April than in the three previous years," says Paul Sailer, the county's human services director.
The county, he adds, has also seen "an upward trend" in demands for food support, medical assistance, child support and unemployment since January.
Spilman worries the library will be viewed as expendable despite the rising need. That's could make life difficult for the people who depend on the library. It could also make life challenging for her.
"My husband is currently laid off because of the downturn in the house market. So, coupled with that and my feeling that cuts to my position could happen, we have really tightened the belt a lot (not that we were extravagant spenders to begin with).
*************************
We're on the lookout for unusual or offbeat Minnesota economic trends. What are you seeing on the economy that's a little different that's telling you things are improving or worsening?
Click here, shoot us a note and tell us what you're seeing, then type "MinnEcon Indicator" in the headline box and send it.
Posted at 9:26 PM on May 28, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator
I posted earlier today on the recession's impact from the vantage point of a librarian assistant in Wadena, Minn., who's seen the library's Internet use morph from kids chatting and playing games to adults searching for jobs.
But unemployment -- 11 percent in April and 13.6 percent in March -- is only a piece of the picture of Wadena's recession.
Paul Sailer, human services director in Wadena County has been tracking data showing the rising needs of citizens there. Below is the detail he sent me. Most of it is self-explanatory. The Minnesota Family Investment Program is the state's family welfare program.
What do you see in the data? I'm struck by a couple of stats: the jump in the number of households on food support and the jump in the number of non-custodial parents receiving unemployment benefits. That matches up with what we posted earlier this week that the tough economy often translates into more child support cases.
| Food Support | ||||||
| (April) | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||
| Adults | 480 | 565 | 616 | 778 | ||
| Children | 250 | 304 | 325 | 478 | ||
| Total Households | 386 | 447 | 477 | 610 | ||
| Minnesota Family Investment Program (MFIP) and Diversionary Work Program | ||||||
| (April) | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||
| Adults | 111 | 124 | 111 | 103 | ||
| Children | 200 | 221 | 194 | 187 | ||
| Total Households | 120 | 120 | 106 | 111 | ||
| Medical Assistance and General Assistance Medical Care | ||||||
| (April) | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||
| Adults | 1,344 | 1,391 | 1,446 | 1,547 | ||
| Children | 1,052 | 1,096 | 1,104 | 1,273 | ||
| Total Households | 1,452 | 1,496 | 1,527 | 1,632 | ||
| Family Emergency Assistance | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 (year to date) | ||
| Total Spent ($) | 25,437 | 28,784 | 35,282 | 11,323 | ||
| Unduplicated Cases | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||
| (April) | 1,489 | 1,520 | 1,576 | 1,711 | ||
| Child Support Caseload | |||
| Caseload Size | Non-custodial Parents Receiving Unemployment Benefits | ||
| 2008 | |||
| September | 853 | 12 | |
| October | 850 | 18 | |
| November | 855 | 28 | |
| December | 861 | 49 | |
| 2009 | |||
| January | 864 | 68 | |
| February | 863 | 70 | |
| March | 871 | 78 | |
| April | 872 | 73 | |
********************************************
We remain on the lookout for unusual or offbeat Minnesota economic trends, something a little different from the typical data that you're using to judge if things are getting better or worse.
Click here, shoot us a note and tell us what you're seeing, then type "MinnEcon Indicator" in the headline box and send it.
Posted at 12:46 AM on June 3, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We've done stories at MPR News about layoffs and furloughs in this recession. But what about workers who voluntarily cut hours (and pay) so their organization can try to meet budget goals and avoid mandatory cuts?
That's what they're trying in Hennepin County. Teresa Lynch, a source in our Public Insight Network who works for the county library system, told us:
Hennepin County has asked its employees to consider making a commitment for taking 32 hours Special Leave Without Pay between now and the end of 2009. Depending on the savings to the county, we may or may not be required to take mandatory leaves. I'm knocking off 2 hours early and coming in a couple hours late on several days this summer...a few hours here and there doesn't hurt when I get my paycheck.
It's hard not to appreciate the shared sacrifice of people in this economy. I'd love to hear from people who are voluntarily taking less, hoping to save their jobs or those of their colleagues. Please post below or click here and tell us what you're seeing.
The harder question: Does it work? In Hennepin County, at least, the voluntary sacrifice likely won't be enough to stop mandatory hour cuts.
The latest data show workers pledged 15,000 hours of voluntary "special leave without pay" -- a year-to-date savings of $731,000, a county spokeswoman said.
The county hoped to save $4.5 million.
Friday is the deadline for employees to submit voluntary leave forms. So unless there's a huge rush of volunteers, the county may enforce a mandatory hour reduction.
While that won't be as a shock, it will be a disappointment for folks like Lynch who saw the city library's merger with the county last year as something of a safe haven:
The part that's hard for Library employees (I am one) is that we went through all the layoffs back in 2004, and when we finally merge with Hennepin County libraries a year and a half ago, we felt somewhat safe, having been told that our Minneapolis Library budget crisis would be solved!
Check out the map below for insights from people about the current job market. Then tell us what you're seeing or if you know of a situation where people are volunteering to get paid less to keep jobs.
Posted at 12:45 AM on June 4, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
It was only a few years ago, the Army was praising a Minnesota built cannon as a weapon of the future and almost exactly a year since the prototype went on display with great fanfare in Washington, D.C.
But now the Non-Line-of-Sight Cannon is on the Defense Department's kill list, threatening hundreds of Twin Cities jobs.
Top Army and Defense Department officials the past few weeks have said the government plans to stop development of a group of new manned ground vehicles, including the cannon.
For the BAE Systems plant in Fridley, that's potential trouble. About 400 of the roughly 1,500 jobs at the plant are tied to the cannon.
Of course, no weapon is completely dead until it's cut from congressional appropriations bills. Sen. James Inhofe of Oklahoma (where a plant to build the cannon was expected) has vowed to fight the cuts.
BAE spokesman Ryan May says it too early to judge the potential impact on the Fridley plant. "In any event, the Department of Defense (including the U.S. Army) is our customer. BAE Systems will react to and support any program changes established by the Department."
May noted that when the Crusader army vehicle was killed earlier in the decade, about 60 employees out of 600 were cut. The company, however, almost immediately landed a contract for the non-line-of-sight cannon.
We'll continue to keep tabs on this story, whatever happens.
We got interested in it, by the way, after a citizen source in our Public Insight Network dropped us a line with concern about cuts in the Defense Department proposed budget and what it meant for the cannon and the plant.
You can help us report on Minnesota's economy, too. Click here and tell us a story about what the economy's like around you.
Posted at 12:32 AM on June 15, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
Recessions can trigger desperate behavior. But are otherwise relatively well-off people starting to use the hard times simply to score free food?
Yes, says Michael Gmitter, pastor and director of a northeast Minneapolis food shelf and a source in our Public Insight Network.
He wrote to tell us that besides his usual clients in need -- fixed-income elderly people, the homeless, single parents with children -- he's starting to see a new group trying to tap the food shelf:
The newest group of people using our services are people with and without school age children, that are employed full time and own homes, cars and cabins.
This group is being shrewd/creative, etc. to keep what they have and or get what they want. Some of this group will lie, cheat and steal (so to speak) to get free food.
We have a challenge being sure we select those that have nothing or are the working poor... verses those that are experiencing hardship because they seem unwilling to prioritize their needs over their wants.
I left messages with Gmitter this morning. I want to hear more about this and the challenges he's facing and I'll try to post more on it later today.
I may be naive but this startles me. I can understand desperately poor people lying to get what they need to survive. But we're talking about people who could afford food but are just gaming the system?
If anyone's got any experience with seeing this kind of behavior, please drop a line or click here and share a story about it.
Posted at 12:32 AM on June 15, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
I posted earlier today on whether some people in this recession are tapping food shelves despite being relatively well-off.
Michael Gmitter, pastor and director of a northeast Minneapolis food shelf and a source in our Public Insight Network, tells us he's seeing people with full time jobs who own homes, cars and cabins seeking free food from his food shelf. Some are "shrewd/creative, etc. to keep what they have and or get what they want."
I followed up to get some more detail on what he's seeing. Gmitter says:
Until recently (the last 6-12 months), we did not have to be concerned about our client's income. The majority of our client's live in subsidized housing or no housing at all.
We discover the information people leave on our voice mail does not always match when they fill out our intake form. One week a client will say they have 2 adults and 2 children in their household... another week... they have 4 adults and their intake form may say 1 adult and 1 child... (yes, we do updates).
There are times a family will register under one name. The same week or a short time later, a family member from the family will register under a different name. We find this when we compare information we have in our files.
There are many examples and experiences concerning people in need or not in need. We have done our best to not become a policy over people organization. We try to give every person the benefit of the doubt... however, when they give themselves away... we must take action. I feel personally accountable to get as much food, to as many people in need... as often as I can.
I asked how he knows that some clients have more wealth than expected:
When people come to our food outreach... they tell us their stories. Many feel free to tell us they have cabins, boats, etc. Just last week, one man told me he bought a home in North Branch. He went on to ask if his cousin could get food for him next week because he would be working on his cabin the following weekend.
Again, this startles me. The food shelf is supposed to be the last resort, right? But at a small food shelf in northeast Minneapolis, we find some people who are, as Gmitter put it, "experiencing hardship because they seem unwilling to prioritize their needs over their wants."
It made me think of a question our friends at Marketplace radio recently asked their national audience: Will your ethics survive the recession?
There's no doubt most of Gmitter's food shelf clients need the food and aren't gaming the system.
Still, is the depth of this recession starting to make us act in ways we would not normally act?
If anyone's got any experience with seeing this kind of behavior, please drop a line or click here and share a story about it.
Posted at 12:27 AM on June 18, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota's jobless rate is still rising. Still the worst in more than 25 years. But if you're searching for silver linings, take a deeper look at Minnesota's numbers today.
A few thoughts:
There's a widening gap between the nation's jobless rate (9.4 percent) and Minnesota's (8.2 percent). That's good for Minnesota anyway. In February jobless data showed Minnesota and the nation pretty much neck and neck.
Leisure and hospitality jobs in Minnesota rebounded, up 7,100 jobs mostly in restaurants and bars. And construction added 900 jobs -- the first month of growth in two years.
Initial claims for unemployment benefits were down slightly in May compared to April (although still nearly 80 percent higher than in May 2008)
None of that's to say that things are perfect here or even that a corner's been turned. Folks in our Public Insight Network are still sharing stories of deep struggle in this economy.
That includes Rev. Jonathan Zielske who works with a neighborhood church on St. Paul's East Side. He wrote us Wednesday:
Today I received two phone calls requesting help with food, gas, or basically anything. I told them we support our local food shelf and that is all we can do. Generally, callers like these are so frustrated with our inability to help out, or with their predicament that has forced them to beg, that they just hang up - that was what happened today.
Later, someone who recently lost his small business stopped by. He asked if we would make a $60 payment for his MinnesotaCare insurance or else he would be dropped and unable to get back on MNCare for four months.
Understandably, desperate people believe churches can provide them with something of a safety net when the state ceases to do so. Though my heart goes out to them, we are not a social service agency and lack the resources to help all those in need.
Jobs and unemployment have been constant discussion topics in our Network. Check out some of the responses we've mapped below, then add your voice.
Posted at 12:13 AM on June 23, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Hennepin County's intriguing experiment in voluntary hour cuts has been extended through the end of this week.
As we posted earlier, the county asked workers to voluntarily cut hours (and pay) so the organization can try to meet budget goals and avoid mandatory cuts. June 5 was the original deadline for applications to take Special Leave Without Pay.
A county spokeswoman today said the deadline was pushed back to June 26.
This effort interests me for a few reasons.
Several of our Public Insight Network sources are Hennepin County employees taking the voluntary cuts. The idea of shared sacrifice in such a huge organization, in such a crappy economy, is pretty compelling.
I'm really interested to see if it will deliver the hoped-for $4.5 million savings and stave off mandatory hour cuts.
Check out the map below for insights from people about the current job market. Then tell us what you're seeing or if you know of a situation where people are volunteering to get paid less to keep jobs.
Posted at 12:09 AM on June 24, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
I'm a little fixated these days on people who voluntarily take pay cuts or reduce hours hoping to save their organization money and save jobs. Seems like we're seeing more of it in this downturn and it strikes me as admirable.
So I asked our Public Insight Network recently to share some stories about what they're doing/seeing at their workplace to cut costs -- and if it's being recognized by management. Here's a sampling:
I most often buy my own office supplies. I also work extra hours without putting in for the time on my time sheet. I have also donated funds to my employer for staff training ...time etc.. goes unnoticed as we struggle to keep up with high demands and increased work loads. -- Lenore Rockler, Minnetonka, employment counselor, Dislocated Worker program
Not claiming all my mileage reimbursement, and other expenses. I work longer hours for the same pay. I am paying for some of my own training. As part of the wellness committee at work we have promoted going to using real silverware and plates compared to plastic and paper. We also have set the printers to double side print. ... The whole agency is on board with the changes. - Charlie Yanisch, Glencoe, coordinator, Arc Greater Twin Cities
We use the back of all paper in order not to buy new paper. We look for free furniture. We are using e-mail more than printing and sending information out. All staff received a 10% pay cut in April. We also cut the mileage rate too. There is no more food at meetings and we're drinking less coffee...Yes, the board is thankful and I certainly tell my staff that I know how hard it is and appreciate their efforts to save money. -- Sue Abderholden, St. Paul executive director, NAMI Minnesota
Gilda Gieske of Sauk Centre reminded me that not all the cost cutting is corporate and the best thank you's don't always come from the top of the organization:
I'm a homemaker. I've always looked for the best 'deals', such as buying unprocessed foods, and growing my own, which I can make into an assortment of tasty dishes. Second hand stores are great too...Sometimes the kids say thanks for being there for me.
I've been highlighting what seems to be the biggest local effort -- Hennepin County's Special Leave Without Pay program. Globally, there are some extreme examples, including British Airways recently asking workers to work for free for up to a month in order to save jobs.
Would anyone do that?
Check out the map below for insights from people about the current job market. Then tell us what you're seeing or if you know of a situation where people are voluntarily cutting costs or take less pay to keep jobs -- and what response you've received from management.
Posted at 12:06 AM on June 24, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Caught this story today on the USA Today Web site: "Moonlighting's a way of life for workers in tough job market." We know about tough markets and moonlighting in Minnesota.
The Northern Plains states have among the highest multiple job holding rates in the country, with Minnesota the top moonlighting state in 1994. State officials say about 8 percent of employed Minnesotans held more than one job in 2004 and about 5.4 percent in the U.S.
That was in good economy.
A national CareerBuilder.com survey in March found about 10 percent of Americans saying they'd taken a second job in the last year with 18 percent saying they planned to moonlight in 2009, according to USA Today (I'm still trying to find a link to the original survey data. If readers find it, please post it below.)
It's possible the state's farm economy explains some of the high numbers of multiple-job holders in Minnesota -- farmers often work second jobs when they aren't working fields.
But as we pointed out in April, we've heard from a couple dozen people in our Public Insight Network who aren't farmers who've told us they're working multiple jobs in this economy, often to raise in needed extra cash or to pay down debt.
You can read some of their stories here.
We'd love to hear from other folks about their experiences with second jobs. How do you manage all the demands of work and your personal life? Pros and cons? Tell us.
Below, we've mapped some other recent voices on jobs from our Public Insight Network. Take a look, then add your story.
Posted at 12:02 AM on June 29, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon Indicator, Twin Cities metro
The recession's put hundreds of accountants and other back office people on the street in the Twin Cities. Many are seeking work through temp agencies. Now the price for that talent is falling.
The St. Paul office of ACCOUNTEMPS emailed local employers recently offering deep discounts -- as much as 30 percent -- to employers looking to fill back office jobs. Examples:
Staff Accountant: $ 36.64, now starting at $25.24
Data Entry - $20.76, now $14.45
College Student (Accounting Major)/Summer Help-- was $21.53, now starting at $15.93
The pitch to employers acknowledged the hard times. "Staff overworked due to RIF? Retain your most valuable employees by keeping morale high. Let our trained and proven professionals pick up the extra load."
Laura Goerges, staffing manager for ACCOUNTEMPS in St. Paul, said the discounting is a response to the rising supply of job candidates.
"The slash in prices is just following market value for positions in today's economy," says Goerges.
"This is something my team came up with to educate our clients that the market is changing and we have more options with very qualified candidates willing to work for less as they can't find work easily," she says.
While Minnesota's jobless pain is showing signs of easing, professional and business services have taken a huge hit, losing 30,600 jobs over the past year, nearly 10 percent of that workforce.
The economy will recover eventually. But how many of those lost jobs will come back?
*************************
We're on the lookout for interesting or offbeat Minnesota economic trends. What are you seeing on the economy that's a little different that's telling you things are improving or worsening?
Click here, shoot us a note and tell us what you're seeing.
Also, check some of the responses below we've received recently from Public Insight Network members on job issues.
Posted at 12:00 AM on June 29, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
Life is a lot more uncertain today for hundreds of employees at a Fridley defense plant.
The plant's owner has issued an immediate "stop work" order on a cannon once thought to be a weapon of the future.
We posted a few weeks ago that about 400 jobs at the BAE Systems plant in Fridley were at risk because of the Army's decision to kill the Non-Line-of-Sight Cannon. My colleague Mike Caputo followed up with a radio story for MPR News.
Last week the Defense Department made its intentions official.
That led to a new memo from BAE's U.S. Combat Systems division ordering a stop to all work connected to the Army's massive Future Combat Systems project, including the cannon.
The memo says about 1,000 people, including full-time employees, contractors, and consultants, have been ordered to stop working. It's not clear, however, how many are Minnesota-based.
We expect to get specific information by the end of the day today on the practical effects of workers and contractors tied to the Fridley plant. We'll pass it on as soon as we know.
If you're connected at all to the plant, please email me and let me know what you're hearing.
As we've pointed before, no military project is completely dead until Congress eliminates its funding. Even then, things can change. The Defense Department release notes it's "working closely with the Congress to determine the appropriate path forward" for the cannon.
Posted at 11:58 PM on June 29, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
More than 300 workers at a Fridley defense plant are now on paid leave following a "stop work" order on an Army cannon once viewed as a weapon of the future.
Defense contractor BAE Systems this afternoon confirmed that about 311 workers are on paid leave as the company sorts through the Defense Department's decision to stop the "manned vehicle program," including the Fridley-built Non-Line-of-Sight Cannon.
A year ago, Army officials were praising the cannon, showing off the Minnesota-built prototype on the National Mall. But there were strong indications this spring the Defense Department planned to stop funding the "manned vehicle program."
Last week, the department made it official. That led to the stop work order.
The 311 affected employees are part of a workforce of 1,450 at the Fridley plant. They were put on paid leave starting today for "an undefined duration," said BAE Systems spokesman Ryan May.
"The full duration will be determined once we get the final termination notice from our customer," which is expected within the next two weeks, he said.
About 308 workers at a BAE Systems plant in Santa Clara, California have also been put on paid leave.
It's not known what will happen to the workers placed on leave. Said May:
Over the next several months, there may be additional impact on our workforce, but it is too early to speculate on exactly what those outcomes will be. We are doing all we can as a company to retain our talented employees.
Besides our posts on the cannon, My colleague Mike Caputo did a radio story for MPR News a couple weeks ago.
We got interested in the story, by the way, after a citizen source in our Public Insight Network dropped us a line with concern about cuts in the Defense Department proposed budget and what it meant for the cannon and the plant.
If you're connected at all to the plant, please email me and let me know what you're hearing.
Posted at 4:35 PM on July 1, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
Hennepin County asked its workers this spring to cut hours voluntarily and take less pay to help close a budget gap. Looks like that's paid off.
County officials say about 3,900 workers, about half its workforce, agreed to take Special Leave Without Pay through the end of the year, generating roughly $4 million in savings. That's about 105,000 hours off the books between July and December.
Together with some other scheduled unpaid leave, the county met its goal of $4.5 million in savings without ordering hourly cuts.
We've been watching the county's effort as part of a wider discussion about cutting expenses voluntarily at work. Cynics might scoff but it strikes me as a noble effort.
The county expects to continue the voluntary hour cuts. With future budget struggles looming, it's not clear that will be enough to stop mandatory reductions. But so far...
Check out the map below for insights from people about the current job market. Then tell us what you're seeing or if you know of a situation where people are voluntarily cutting costs or take less pay to keep jobs -- and what response you've received from management.
Posted at 4:33 PM on July 2, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
Melissa Hill's been unemployed since February. But she has a plan to change that: Run for Minneapolis City Council.
A source in our Public Insight Network, Hill wrote us recently:
I'm holding steady with my unemployment checks and some savings but the job prospects have not been that great in my line of work so as each month goes by, it is getting harder to survive. Therefore, I'm actually thinking about running for city council this year in Minneapolis. If I can't find a job, maybe I can still be elected to one ;-)
So, yeah, I emailed her back to see if she was running. Answer: Yes.
I don't know her politics or her chances. It's the idea of being out of work and running for office that intrigues me. With new data today showing the national unemployment rate still near 10 percent, the jobless are something of a votiing bloc.
I'd love to hear from people about this. Can't really find anything on the subject beyond a blogger urging laid off Florida teachers to run for office. I'm guessing a lot of jobless people aren't running for or winning public office.
Hill, in her early 30s, says because she's unemployed, "I'm not that out-of-touch with what a lot of people and families are going through in this city. I have to be very careful about my own personal spending and want to make sure the city is also very careful about it's spending..."
She was laid off from her job as a data management specialist during the winter. She told MPR news reporter Annie Baxter in February that she was not panicked about her job prospects and might consider a career shift.
This week, candidate Hill said: "My biggest challenge will be my lack of personal funds or the ability to put my own money into the race."
UPDATE: Forgot to mention, Minneapolis city council members earn $76,482 this year.
**************************
Check out the map below for recent responses from our Public Insight Network on the jobs landscape in Minnesota, then share your own story.
Posted at 4:29 PM on July 7, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The recession has hit traditionally male jobs hard. So does that mean women are bearing more of the wage earner burden?
We got to thinking about that after seeing a national report arguing the recession's left "millions of women nationwide to be the primary breadwinner" and citing federal data showing "men account for 74.2 percent of all jobs lost since the recession began in December 2007."
We're kicking around story ideas here at MPR along those lines. Post below or tell us your story if you're in a family situation where the main wage earner has shifted because of the recession (doesn't have to be male to female, by the way).
We've heard today from a few families in our Public Insight Network where women are the primary wage earners. That includes Kathleen Spehar Hansen, an arts administrator in St. Paul who told us she's long earned more than her husband, an adjunct professor and small business owner. In the last five years, she says:
I've taken on the breadwinner status and the balance has really shifted in the last year, due to my ability to stabilize my wage level and keep us solvent -- no matter what happens with his employment, we'll be okay.
The breadwinner label, she adds can put "enormous responsibility on the results of one partner, which can skew the power and balance between both partners contributing equally to the relationship."
Back in April, Public Insight Network source Susan Haugen of Edina gave us a look at how things have shifted in her family. she wrote:
My husband was laid off 4 weeks ago...On the other side of the coin, my job is getting much bigger. I work for a company who had to form a Bank Holding Company in order to qualify for TARP funds. I am paid hourly, so this downturn is affecting me positively. As my hours increase we are very glad that Mr Mom is home to pick up the slack.
She also gave us an intriguing list of pros and cons that go along with the shift. Check it out here.
We'll try and check in with her this summer to see how things are going.
Got a story about how the economy is affecting your household structure? Tell us. And check out the map below to read what other people are telling us about money issues.
Posted at 4:24 PM on July 8, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Manufacturing's a big deal in Minnesota and it's been one of the hardest hit sectors of the economy. But did the state's manufacturing sector bottom out earlier this spring?
I ask that after stumbling across some data today from the state Labor Department that surprised me and suggested -- maybe -- that a corner's been turned. March saw:
A 1.3 percent increase in adjusted weekly manufacturing earnings, to $696.58.
You can see it laid out better if you call up the graphics below.
No one's reaching for the Champagne based on those numbers, which are still below their pre-recession peaks. But those are marked increases following steep declines.
We've had a bunch of people in our Public Insight Network tell us about having their manufacturing hours cut back in this recession. Earlier this spring, Joy Schwarz of Andover told us:
My husband works for an aluminum foundry and the business has gone down drastically. He recently got cut to 4 days a week, which is quite a bit of money for us. I work for a church and since people are hurting, giving is down as well. I am constantly in limbo since I could receive a pay cut at any time just so the church can make ends meet....
Manufacturing drives about 13 percent of Minnesota's economy. The state's lost more than 35,000 manufacturing jobs over the past year, according to Creighton University's Minnesota Economic Outlook.
However, that report also expects Minnesota jobless rate to top out at 8.5 percent this quarter.
So maybe in a couple months we'll be pointing at the March data as evidence of the start of something better.
In emailing about her family challenges, Joy Schwarz also noted that "we are using the time to spend quality family time together and are having to be creative when it comes to finding fun things to do."
She headlined her email: "It's going to be Okay!"
Check the map for stories other people have told us recently about the job climate in Minnesota, then tell us your story.
Posted at 4:23 PM on July 9, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
I'm in a rolling discussion with a very good local economist about whether this recession is worse than the early 1980s.
I'm taking the 1980s. I think I have a pretty good case.
I realize I'm dangerously close to sounding like the old guy (47) droning on about how much harder I had it (I did have to walk a mile in the snow to school!).
But we've been asking people recently to share their first recession memories (add your own). And in coming weeks MPR will feature the recession stories of young people in our Public Insight Network.
UPDATE: Here's the My First Recession project.
So it seems like a good time to make a case that my first recession was harder.
I'll save you a lot of grim personal detail. Briefly, I was in college in the early '80s recession, came out in 1984 with an economics degree (HA!) and stumbled out of the gate with a bunch of part time jobs, including working as a night proofreader for a company that published church bulletins.
Here's my data argument that the early 1980s were worse.
GDP drops were scarier. Things are bad now but a look at quarterly U.S. real Gross Domestic Product data shows a serious, scary roller coaster from 1980 to 1983. Here it is in a chart:
Yeah, that drop at the end of 2008 is bad, but come on. Unemployment was worse. The U.S. unemployment rate topped 9 percent from March 1982 to September 1983, 18 months. The unemployment rate topped 9 percent in May 2009. Will it stay that high through November of next year? I don't think so. Inflation? Forget it. Inflation was brutal in the late 1970s and early 1980s, a tremendous destroyer of wealth. Yes, inflation took a dive after the Federal Reserve went on a strangle inflation policy, which ultimately was a good thing but pretty darn painful to live through. Looking for a 30-year fixed mortgage in February 1982? Sure! How does a 17.6% rate sound? Been Down so Long? Maybe the best argument that this recession is worse is that the economy's fallen deeper, faster. That data looks pretty compelling. Yeah, but...that's only because the economy started to fall from a much higher and more prosperous point in 2007 than in 1980. It was a pretty crappy economy (malaise, anyone?) leading up to an awful recession. OK, have at it. Whup me upside the head and tell me your recession was tougher. Unless you're 80 years old or older, you'll have a tough time convincing me!
BONUS INFO: Louis Johnston, that very good local economist who sparked this post, tells me he'll be on MPR's Midday program Friday at 11 a.m. Tune in!
Posted at 4:19 PM on July 14, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
Nothing like a recession to get you thinking about being your own boss.
If that sounds odd, we have anecdotal evidence that's happening now and pretty solid data from that last recession that downturns bring out (force out?) our inner entrepreneur.
Crystal Pollard of Richfield was pregnant and looking for baby clothes three years ago when she got the idea of selling "gently used" maternity and newborn-to-nine-month-old gear. She launched Bellies to Babies in November, weeks after the stock market plummeted. Pollard, a source in our Public Insight Network, told us:
...Unable to get a small business loan from any bank, my fiance and I decided to hold sales out of our garage on weekends last summer. Pretty soon we had people piling in from all over the state and western WI just from ads on Craigslist.
This showed us how much this kind of store was needed. And really gave us the kick we needed to find a different location for a permanent store. we finally got a small personal line of credit through our bank, and started the store on a very tight shoestring budget.
The recession, she added, "plays a huge part in my business. Used clothing sales are up as much as 50% at some stores because of this."
UPDATE: Pollard checked in with us today to say they've also launched a special occasion dress rental business that's growing rapidly..."women love the fact they can rent one for a couple days for only $35 and save their money. I'm sure the recession is playing a huge part in this."
State surveys from the last downturn show us what we're seeing now isn't a fluke. State officials figured Minnesota workers involved in mass layoffs started more than 400 businesses, or more than three percent of all business start-ups in 2001. About 1,500 workers were weighing a new business venture.
************
With family and friends struggling in the recession, Angelique Montag of Plymouth recently teamed up with her mother and aunt to start an online business selling handmade purses and other goods using recycled items.
Montag, another Public Insight source, wrote:
I am a hobby crafter, my aunt has a degree in Art and my mother has been a seamstress and crafter most of her 75 years....My mother and aunt have sold stuff at craft shows and the senior center back in Wisconsin for years.
After two years of saying, I'm sorry, but my aunt lives in Wisconsin and doesn't have a store or website to sell you one, I decided to buy a few from her to sell to my friends who had asked for them.
When finances worsened this year for all of us, I bought a few more purses from her and set up a website, made some business cards, and hand them out to people when they ask about my purse.
There are downsides, obviously.
Failure is always a possibility. As an entrepreneur, you're really putting yourself out there in ways you didn't when you worked for a big employer.
Pollard, for instance, says: "At this time, we can't afford to purchase health insurance through the business. I have insurance through state coverage, we are still waiting on the state to get back to us about our sons' coverage, and my fiance has very basic coverage through his work."
Montag has been trying to maintain the business while also keeping her job as a legal secretary because the craft projects don't pay the bills yet. The overall stress, "is complicating a nerve problem I have with my arm, which makes it difficult and painful to continue crafting.
A state report called the unemployed a potential source of entrepreneurial energy, but also cautioned that, "Minnesota's relatively low business start-up rate clearly suggests that Minnesota needs to support a culture that encourages and values entrepreneurship."
*******************
If you're trying to start a Minnesota business in this recession, please drop a line and let us know how things are going.
Check out the map for what our people in our Public Insight Network are telling us about their job situation.
Posted at 4:13 PM on July 16, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Minnesota's unemployment rate hit 8.4 percent in June, the highest since April 1983 when it hit 8.5 percent.
Most experts expect that number to rise. The largest declines have come in key Minnesota sectors: manufacturing, down 39,600 jobs; professional & business services, down 32,900 jobs over the year. Construction lost 3,900 jobs, wiping out gains made in May, the state Labor Department said.
So how could I possibly see any optimism? Try this:
Creighton University's Minnesota Economic Outlook predicts our state unemployment will top out at about 8.5 percent
By the end of September. Optimistic? Maybe. Or maybe we are close to seeing the worst of it.
There's evidence that Minnesota manufacturing turned a corner in March, with upticks seen in weekly earnings and hours worked.
The Minnesota Labor Market Index, a composite of employment data, unemployment claims and manufacturing hours, rose for the first time in nine months in April, the state said today. (Check out the posted graph.)
That last chunk is important because in past recessions an uptick in Minnesota's Labor Market Index came one to three months before the bottom of the recession, the department noted.
Nationally, it looks like the unemployment rate will cross 10 percent during this recession. That's the latest Federal Reserve consensus.
The nation's June jobless rate was 9.5 percent. Will Minnesota hit 10 percent? I say no.
Feel different? Tell me what you're seeing. Meanwhile, check out the map below for stories Minnesotans have told us about what they're seeing in the job market.
Posted at 4:10 PM on July 16, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
I read the headline, "From west of the Mississippi, a tinge of envy over Wisconsin's business climate," and couldn't resist the bait.
Tom Still, president of the Wisconsin Technology Council, gave an 'attaboy to his Legislature for supporting tax credits for high-tech companies that helped snag a Minnesota biotech firm. At that same time he tweaked Minnesota's medical device business, writing:
Some Minnesota techies say...the state has banked too much on one industry, and they point to Wisconsin as a state that is encouraging start-up companies that make medical devices, pharmaceuticals, diagnostics, software, power electronics and much more.
We know there's a weird competitive vibe between the states. And Wisconsin recently. But is Minnesota leaning too heavily on the medical device business?
I'd say no.
Medical devices accounted for about 1 percent of the state's workforce in 2007, according to the state Labor Department, which noted in a recent report:
Medical device employment in Minnesota continued to grow following the 2001 recession, and the pace of growth has been better than overall statewide employment and U.S. total and industry employment in every year through 2006...
..Employment projections suggest that the medical equipment and supplies manufacturing industry will grow 14 percent from 2006 to 2016, adding more than 2,100 new jobs to the state economy.
I don't see a problem with that.
Maybe the real lesson is that Minnesota's medical device industry wasn't spawned by "angel" tax credits or other government-based attempts to encourage start-ups.
It was built by tinkers and inventors tied to the University of Minnesota and Mayo Clinic, people who didn't necessarily have perfect lab space or tremendous business savvy but who built a culture of inquiry and experimentation and created products that met vital needs and found markets.
It wasn't the tax structure that brought them here or kept them here, I don't think. If you think my history's wrong on this, please post below.
Meanwhile, Wisconsin might be interested in examining our not-so-great history of subsidizing high tech innovation.
The future of one subsidized biotech project looked incredibly bright six years ago. But it didn't quite work as planned.
Posted at 3:59 PM on July 20, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
![]()
We've been keeping tabs on the fate of an Army project crucial to hundreds of jobs at a Fridley plant. The latest news isn't great.
Boeing Co., the main contractor in the development of a new generation of manned ground vehicles for the Army, said Monday it got an official cancellation order from the Pentagon.
That's bad news for partners connected to the work, including a BAE Systems plant in Fridley, which has been designing and developing one of those vehicles, a new Non-Line-of-Sight Cannon once thought to be a weapon of the future.
A few weeks ago, 311 employees who work on the cannon at the Fridley plant were put on paid leave for an "undefined duration" after BAE issued a "stop work" order on the cannon as the Army signaled a termination order was coming.
A source in our Public Insight Network tells us a top BAE official will be in town this week to tour the plant and answer employee questions. The cannon's fate will likely be tops on the list.
Pentagon officials want to cancel the vehicle program because they say the designs don't work with realities of what the Army's encountered fighting in Iraq and Afghanistan.
Perhaps one bright spot is Boeing's statement today that it's "encouraged by the Army's commitment to preserve key technologies and leverage the significant design and development work already accomplished."
And, of course, no weapons system is completely dead until Congress kills the funding. Still, it seems like the end game is near.
Posted at 3:56 PM on July 21, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
It's roughly a five hour drive from Moorhead to Hibbing. But those Minnesota towns live on different planets when it comes to unemployment.
Hibbing's jobless rate hit 18.7 percent for June, twice what it was a year ago and four times greater than Moorhead, the state Labor Department reported Tuesday.
Hibbing's was the highest among Minnesota's major cities, with Virginia, another Iron Range town, recording 17 percent. (Those are seasonally unadjusted
Rangers have ridden the economic roller coaster for years. This cycle, though, seems particularly difficult.
News from the Duluth Ports Authority today that shipments of taconite, that vital piece of Range economy, are down 61 percent from last year, didn't make the jobless numbers easier to take.
"I don't think the higher unemployment rate is a surprise to anyone who lives or does business here," says Lory Fedo, a source in our Public Insight Network who heads the Hibbing Area Chamber of Commerce. Fedo told us today:
Much of the job loss is due to the idling of Hibbing Taconite and Keewatin Taconite as well as layoffs at the other mines and mining vendor business.
The hardest pill to swallow is the fact that last year at this time we were looking at a boom in the local economy and for the first time in decades people were not afraid to invest in growing their businesses or were hanging on just to get to the boom.
We were hopeful and excited to be a part of a new era. We still have great hopes for projects like Essar Steel and the nonferrous projects proposed north of Hibbing I firmly believe these projects will be a big part of Hibbing's economic future.
Jesse Dahl, another Ranger and Network source, says building trades are doing fairly well right now:
All electricians are out working, and there are also travelers from all over the state. The same is true for Pipe fitters. Carpenters are a little slow, I think its due to the lack of commercial jobs in the area.
"The governor's budget cut a lot of money for this area," adds Dahl, who was an unemployed electrician last year but trained for solar installation and has found steady work. "Towns, hospitals, nursing homes and the like have had to lay off. Those are some of the biggest employers in the area."
While Moorhead's the extreme, Duluth might be a better comparison to Hibbing. Duluth's June jobless rate hit 8 percent, better than the region around it.
Duluth's been able to reinvent itself over the years from a "classic old Great Lakes natural resources city" to one with a more diverse economic base including health care, technology and higher education, says Drew Digby, who tracks the region for the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development.
That might be a good lesson. While mining jobs are "incredibly good" and pay well, says Digby, "getting back to the same (pre-recession) level of employment could take a long time."
**************
Check out the map below for other stories people in our network are telling us about the job situation around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 3:54 PM on July 22, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
Workers at the BAE Systems plant in Fridley today are facing the inevitable fallout from a Pentagon decision to end a crucial Army contract: Buyouts are being offered, layoffs are coming.
Some 311 Fridley plant workers were placed on paid leave a few weeks ago following the Defense Department's decision to stop the "manned vehicle program," including the Fridley designed and built Non-Line-of-Sight Cannon, once thought to be a battlefield weapon of the future.
A top BAE executive is expected to address employees this afternoon. Employees are already being told of a voluntary buy out program they must apply for by July 31.
It's not clear how many buyouts BAE is seeking. The plant's total workforce is about 1,450. Several other BAE plants around the country are also affected, including one in Santa Clara, Calif., where another 300 workers are on paid leave.
In a list of Frequently Asked Questions, the company is telling employees that it anticipates permanent layoffs.
We'll update the post as more information becomes available.
************
Our interest in this story came from a citizen source in our Public Insight Network who dropped us a line with concern about the plant and the cannon's future and who's continued to help us understand the fallout.
If you're connected at all to the plant, please drop me a line and let me know what you're hearing. You can also check out our prior posts on the issue.
Posted at 3:53 PM on July 22, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The recession torpedoed the plans of many people 55 and older. Now comes new data showing those folks are having a hard time getting hired and they're looking, increasingly, at entry-level work and internships.
Twenty-eight percent of workers age 55 and older who were laid off in the last 12 months found new jobs, the lowest of all age groups, according to Careerbuildber.com.
Sources in our Public Insight Network can attest to that. Ron Mazurowski of Woodbury was a citizenship teacher, teaching immigrants, for a nonprofit. He told us recently his economic outlook was bleak:
I was laid off on May 1 and can't even find something to apply for, at least in the private sector. Everyone wants specific work experience and being in the nonprofit sector for 12 years and 11 yrs. previously with the fed govt., I'm really limited to what I can apply for. I'm 59 and 1/2 yrs old but after the stock market crash, my retirement funds are too low to tap into.
Nearly two-thirds of workers age 55 and older who were laid off in the last 12 months said they have applied for lesser jobs than they had with some now competing with new college grads for entry level jobs and internships, according to the Careerbuilder survey.
More than 2 million people aged 55 and older were out of work in June, a 7 percent jobless rate and higher than in in April when the rate for that group hit the highest point since the feds began collecting data in 1949, according to the AARP.
We'll check in with Ron through the summer and fall to see how his search is going.
Back in November, my colleague Mike Caputo did a nice story highlighting people of different age groups, all trying to find full-time work in this economy.
*****************
Check out the map below for other stories people in our network are telling us about the job situation around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 3:49 PM on July 23, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We asked recently if Minnesota was seeing more women as breadwinners in this economy. Now we have data -- startling, to me -- showing deep gender differences in Minnesota unemployment -- gaps bigger here than the nation.
Calling it "Minnesota's He-cession," the report concludes Minnesota men have taken a big hit compared to women.
"Sex differences in unemployment are even more pronounced in Minnesota than they are nationally," writes Teri Fritsma, a project consultant for the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system.
Male unemployment in Minnesota rose by 5 percent, while female unemployment edged up by less than 0.5 percent over the past year, she says (March 2008 to March 2009).
The fact that the hardest hit sectors of the economy tend to be male-dominated explains much of the gap nationwide but "explains only 40 percent of the unemployment gap (in Minnesota)."
I'm hoping to talk to Fristma about the report and see if we can get some additional insight on this topic. Take a look at the report and let me know what you see in the data.
We got some great perspective from our Public Insight Networkon the "breadwinner" question (click here to add your voice).
That included Network source Megan Madland of Minneapolis. An architect/designer, she tells us:
My soon to be spouse lost his job one year ago. The wage balance has reversed...I feel a lot of pressure and would like it to be equal.
Has it changed the balance of power in the relationship? "It has made us better," she says. "We have learned a lot from the gender reversal."
BONUS INFO: Check out the discussion on Minnesota job issues on MPR's Midday.
*******************
Got a story about how the economy is affecting your household structure? Tell us. And check out the map below to read what other people are telling us about job issues.
Posted at 3:46 PM on July 27, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We reported recently on a fascinating study showing Minnesota women doing a lot better than men when it comes to unemployment. What explains it? Here's one theory: education.
I started thinking about that this morning listening to Steve Hine, director of labor market information at the state Labor Department, on Midday today. Hine said:
There's something about the women in Minnesota that are keeping them from the ranks of unemployed to a greater extent than nationally. (He noted Minnesota's female jobless rate barely changed over the past year while it leaped nationally.)
It's not the case that Minnesota women are dropping out of the labor force. Their participation rate continues to be very high...they really are getting re-employed much more readily than men.
Hine said the department will explore why in upcoming research. Could be that many women are part-time workers, a group that's fared better in the recession. "We're also looking at educational attainment."
That was an "Aha!" moment for me.
A few years ago, we saw a sea change in Minnesota: Women outnumbering men in college at all levels.
For the first time, women earned the majority of college degrees and other post-high school academic credentials in each category tracked by the state Office of Higher Education. Minnesota women were also outpacing women nationally in degrees earned, particularly master's degrees.
And if you examine the fields of study by gender in Minnesota in 2005-06, it's almost a blueprint for a gender gap recession.
The state Higher Ed office noted:
Women at all levels of study completed programs in health care clinical fields and education at rates far exceeding men. Men completed awards in construction trades, mechanical and repair technology, precision production, security and protective services and engineering technology, none of which appeared among the top five programs completed by women.
Guess what: The most recent Minnesota jobless report found only two sectors continuing to show job gains over the past year: Education & Health Services, up 16,200 jobs and government, up 2,500 jobs.
Education and health services are sectors dominated by women.
It's a complex issue. But when we look back we may find it had an easy answer: Women came to college in greater numbers than men when times were good and made better choices on what to study.
UPDATE: Teri Fritsma, the study's author, offers some theories she'll be exploring in the next phase of the research.
Perhaps Minnesota women who are laid off are more likely to find employment immediately rather than remain unemployed for a spell. It could be that women are losing their jobs here, but are quicker to transfer into another job, thus preventing them from showing up in the unemployment numbers.
Perhaps Minnesota women are more likely to work part-time and thus somewhat more insulated from layoffs. (There is some evidence that MN women are more likely to work part-time than women nationally, but I don't yet know if that's related to their risk of unemployment).
It's possible that Minnesota women's educational attainment is higher than the nation's, and therefore they're more insulated from layoffs.
It could also be a bit of statistical noise. The sample size for MN (and all states) is fairly small, so there's more sampling error. Since I looked at the data over several months, I know this can't be the whole reason for the discrepancy, but it could explain part of it.
Tell me what you think. Post below or use this form to tell me what you're seeing re: women and the employment market.
And check the map below for stories people in our Public Insight Network are telling us about the job climate in Minnesota.
Posted at 3:44 PM on July 27, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Small business
There's a lingering perception that businesses with sales below $500,000 a year are automatically off the hook from the new federal minimum wage hike. Not true.
The reality is that almost all Minnesota employers will need to pay their employees no less than $7.25 per hour, a big jump from the current state minimum wage of $6.15 per hour for large firms or $5.25 per hour for small ones.
We've been talking about this recently with Mary Krakow, an attorney and employment law expert with the Fredrikson & Byron law firm in Minneapolis. She says she's seen reports erroneously indicating firms grossing less than $500,000 a year are exempt on the wage hike.
The takeaway is that the law is not just about the $500,000 cutoff.
You can fall below that and still have to pay the higher federal rate if your employees, "produce goods for commerce or handle, sell or otherwise work on goods or materials that have been moved in or produced for commerce," says Krakow, who wrote a piece on the wage change she'll post soon on her Fredrikson & Byron page.
The law, she says:
...broadly defines "commerce" to include any trade, commerce, transportation, transmission, or communication among or between any of the states and sometimes even when the activity is only within one state.
This rule means that even if the employee's employer (doesn't meet the $500,000 threshold), the federal minimum wage still applies to the employee.
...because the (law) broadly defines "commerce," it is the rare employee who does not somehow assist in the production of goods for commerce.
In Minnesota, employers also can't use tip credit to meet the minimum wage.
Many businesses pay more than minimum wage, of course. The Economic Policy Institute, a liberal research group, estimates the law will affect 79,000 Minnesotans directly and 44,000 indirectly. That's less than 5 percent of the 2.6 million Minnesotans employed currently.
The point is that it affects a lot more businesses than you realize and, whether you support the wage hike or not, some small businesses are going to need to find a way in this recession to pay their minimum wage workers a lot more.
Some of the more unusual exemptions to the law Krakow notes:
Check out my prior post where I put up a couple of interesting regional and national comparisons of Minnesota and other states on the minimum wage.
*********************
If you're a business or an employee who has some thoughts on how the minimum wage hike affects you, I'd love to hear from you.
Post below or click here and use this form. It's built by our friends at Marketplace radio, but we share the info and I'll be sure to see it.
Posted at 3:28 PM on August 3, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic stimulus, Jobs & unemployment
Transportation was the place where I really expected to see a clear line drawn between the federal stimulus money and thousands of new jobs. But the Minnesota job numbers aren't coming close to what was predicted.
Two paragraphs from MPR reporter Mark Zdechlik's story today on stimulus transportation projects lay it out:
Until recently, MNDOT has been saying that for every $1 million spent, as many as 27 jobs could be directly and indirectly created. But those projections were based on what MnDOT says were old Federal Highway Administration figures.
MnDOT now says the jobs numbers could be less than half that; a total of 5,400 jobs rather than 13,500.
Yikes. When did that happen? I was still working from the upbeat projections leaders were using just after the bill passed.
Back in February Gov. Tim Pawlenty was touting Federal Highway Administration numbers saying Minnesota would get 5,000 jobs just from the first 60 greater Minnesota projects.
But, yeah, the most recent data from MNDOT show only 2,130 jobs so far connected to the stimulus:
Mn/DOT ARRA project status (as of June 30)
| Total Number of Projects (State and Local) | 210 | |
| Projects put out to bid | 98 | |
| Projects under contract | 54 | $162,594,178 |
| Projects underway | 36 | $112,415,896 |
| Projects complete | 4 | $1,374,463 |
| Jobs directly related to projects (employees of contractor, sub-contractors and consultants.) | 2,130 |
Maybe it's coming. Or maybe, as we saw on Friday with St. Cloud's New Flyer bus company, we have to seriously rethink just how much benefit the stimulus bill will deliver.
When we asked people in our Public Insight Network about their expectations, most of the 40 who responded expected some benefit but did not think the stimulus would help tremendously. (Note: add your voice here.) Several worried that the debt the country was taking on was not worth the benefit the spending would deliver.
Back in April, Brent Olson, one of our Network sources who's also a commissioner in Big Stone County in western Minnesota, told us he thought one stimulus project -- $7 million to resurface Big Stone Highway 75 -- would have a positive effect.
Without the stimulus money, I doubt if Highway 75 would have been resurfaced for many years to come... So, a badly needed infrastructure improvement will be done, a great deal of local gravel, etc, will be purchased, and we'll sell some meals and hotel beds for a couple months - all good things.
We're trying to check in with Olson today and will post any updates.
But as we look back on the stimulus, its pros and cons, we may end up discovering that the Big Stone 75 experience matched the reality elsewhere: Some roadwork got done, some local merchants benefited. But the stimulus came up short on jobs created and jobs sustained.
************
Check out the map below to read what people in our Network are telling us about the job climate around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 3:27 PM on August 4, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic stimulus, Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
Big Stone 75 in western Minnesota was one of the first 60 greater Minnesota projects to get federal stimulus dollars. It's done now. What's the payoff?
The road, a key artery through Big Stone County, offers a check on the benefits of the federal stimulus plan. Some good got done. But how do we judge if it's worth it?
Big Stone County Commissioner Brent Olson is a source in our Public Insight Network who's been great about sharing his vantage point on the economy and the stimulus. We asked him to size up the $7million resurfacing project. He tells us:
I think the Highway 75 project played out about the way we thought it would. It is all done - the crews work incredibly hard - and they are off to the next project. The pace of the work was perhaps the greatest surprise.
No new jobs were created in Big Stone County as a result - highway crews STAYED employed, there was a boost to the local economy due to gravel sales, meals, hotels, etc...There was a boost in morale to see some much needed work actually get done, and that shouldn't be undervalued.
Roads need repair, railroads need upgrading, sewers and septic systems are in disrepair - there is a lot of work out there that have been ignored for a long time and seeing some of those needs addressed are as good for the soul as a fresh clean coat of paint in the living room. Decay of infrastructure was stopped and in a small part reversed, which is of great value to our local area.
So there's no doubt that something positive came out of the project. Olson notes that without the federal stimulus money, who knows when the repaving would have happened?
But is that enough? We're already seeing evidence in Minnesota that the projected job creation benefits from the stimulus are not matching up with reality. Nationally, the stimulus bill will add $787 billion to the national deficit through 2019.
Adds Olson:
I'm not sure what people expect from the stimulus package. If you had a job as a salesclerk at Gap or something similar and lost your job, you can't learn how to be a machinist, a pipe fitter, or a heavy equipment operator overnight - these are demanding, technical jobs that require training and experience and they are the type of jobs that are helped by infrastructure work.
I can't think of a federal stimulus program that would help lost jobs in the retail sector, unless restoring confidence and providing already employed workers with steady paychecks is enough.
Weigh in here on the stimulus package, how you're seeing it and how it might be affecting you.
Also, here are maps of greater Minnesota projects and Twin Cities projects.
I'm especially interested in hearing from people like Brent Olson who can talk about the pros and cons of specific projects or spending flowing from the stimulus.
Posted at 3:24 PM on August 7, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We know the cascading troubles job loss creates, how this recession has hit men especially hard in Minnesota and how that's changing family dynamics. But it took a source in our Public Insight Network for us to understand the depth of that struggle.
She told us her husband lost much of his graphic design work in the recession and she's now the family breadwinner. They're recently married with six children between them, "including young adults who themselves are struggling to find careers/jobs."
She wanted us to know:
Unemployment affects so many relationships in my family...my marriage, my relationship with my step children, my daughter who had to choose a different college because I no longer could afford the higher tuition because I am covering all the household expenses ... my husband feeling so low having to ask his family for money... my boss worried about me because I'm looking for a second job nights and weekends ...
There is not enough money to take care of everyone. Since I am the one earning the money, I've made decisions about what to pay ... our extended families see it but it is all hush hush and not talked about but everyone knows -- I'm earning the money so I get to decide things. The power dynamics in our marriage are so off balance.
Even in this bad economy, the unemployed person is looked down upon but I don't think anyone would ever really admit this. I get so confused ... am I mad at him or at our economy or at the housing market ... or at my parenting, or at his family and my family ... or all of it at the same time.
She says she fears the stress is putting her marriage in jeopardy.
There's no doubt marriages are hit with enormous strain in recessions, especially when a spouse loses a job. Time Magazine asked aloud last fall, "Will the market kill your marriage?"
The Minnesota Department of Health says every 17 minutes a couple is married in Minnesota on average. About every 35 minutes a couple is divorced. That's data from before the recession.
Posted at 3:08 PM on August 14, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
The recession's bottoming out. Some unemployed Minnesotans are starting to find work again, which is great. But what will the workplace look like when they return? It may be very different from when they were cut.
I was reminded of that today after a couple of good news emails arrived from citizens in MPR's Public Insight Network who were unemployed but are working again. They're happy to be back but still worried the economy will turn on them again.
Val Littfin, 52, of Grand Marais was stuck in a kind of unemployment limbo when we talked to her in April, caught in a two-week shutdown at a northeast Minnesota lumber mill, waiting for a callback. Employees were told when the mill restarted it would be at only two-thirds capacity.
Littfin told us today she was back as a full-time employee as of July 27. She's still holding her breath about the future. She writes:
It is a relief to have that (job) in place even though I know it probably won't last even five more years. Who knows if it will last even 12 months. The Mill has beat the odds in the past and I hope it does it again but .... The logs still trickle in but the stockpile is much smaller than when I started working there two years ago.
For now I'm content. I'm fully aware that there is another layoff in my future but I'm taking it day by day, happy to be working with a great group of people.
All of the laid off employees have been called back, she adds, but since the layoff, the company has lost three highly skilled employees to other companies.
One network source from Edina had been a coordinator for programs focused on senior citizens. She told us in June she was unemployed and described her job prospects as "not good." She wrote:
Degree in Social Gerontology. Many years of work experience but looked for 10 months for a job (May 2008-Feb 2009 before landing a temp job which lasted April and May. Dread another long job search.....
No job= no health insurance and this is gravest concern because if I get sick it could wipe out savings which is what I'm living on until I find work.... COBRA from last perm job was $728 month...now how do you pay for that without an income???? Because I quit a job due to health concerns I don't get unemployment.
We checked in with her this week thinking she'd be a candidate for some interviews my MPR colleague Bob Collins has started on the unemployed. Turns out she found a job, but the future remains unwritten. She says:
I recently was hired into a 5 month temp position - no health care benefits, but a paycheck and it didn't take 10 months like the last time last year. So a two month temp job and now 5 month temp. I'm therefore not unemployed but not optimistic for my prospects when this ends either as it will be late December.
I now work in a food shelf where there is ever growing need. Those of us without health care really need some hope. Health care should not be tied to employment.
Minnesota's July unemployment data is due Thursday. With any luck the numbers will again stop short of 9 percent. But those better numbers may still mask the concerns of people like Littfin, no longer in the ranks of the jobless but uncertain about the future.
************
Check out the map below to read what people in our Network are telling us about the job climate around them. Then share your story.
Posted at 3:03 PM on August 17, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
Layoffs became official today at the BAE Systems plant in Fridley -- 314 is the official number cut.
The layoffs unveiled today are the inevitable fallout from a Pentagon decision earlier this year to end a crucial Army contract to build the Non-Line-of-Sight Cannon, a weapon designed and built at Fridley and once thought to be a battlefield weapon of the future.
We've been keeping close tabs on the project's fate and its potential effects on the Fridley workforce after a source in MPR's Public Insight Network alerted us to what was happening. About a month ago, more than 300 workers were placed on paid leave.
It's not clear if 314 is the final layoff number. Earlier this year, BAE said about 400 of the roughly 1,500 jobs at the plant were tied to the cannon.
Here's the official announcement from BAE late this afternoon:
BAE Systems has announced an involuntary layoff of approximately 314 employees at its Minneapolis facility. These layoffs come as a result of the Partial Termination Notice and Stop Work Orders the company received for its FCS manned ground vehicle program contracts.
BAE Systems deeply regrets having to reduce its workforce, but given circumstances beyond our control, we are left with no other choice. The company will continue to aggressively pursue future opportunities in order to maintain market share.
UPDATE: Regarding possible future layoffs, a BAE spokeswoman tells us:
At this point, we do not anticipate additional reductions. However, there may be unforeseen circumstances in the future that would require us to reevaluate this issue.
We will continue to monitor our business situation and work with customers to assure that our business and staffing plans are aligned to meet the customer's requirements and our future strategic objectives.
Posted at 1:15 PM on September 29, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Twin Cities metro
Pretty much anything that's built requires concrete. So we mark it as a positive economic sign when one of MPR's Public Insight Network sources tells us he's in the concrete business and is cautiously optimistic about the future.
Mike Berg of St. Paul, wrote recently to tell us that he'd been hired this summer as an engineer designing concrete mixtures for a Minnesota concrete business.
We count that as good news because this recession has been a struggle for Minnesota engineers and architects. Berg, 36, has seen it. He tells us:
A year ago, I was out of work, spending 40+ hours a week searching for a job, fruitlessly. With a young son and my wife at less than 40 hours a week of work, it was difficult to keep a positive attitude for the six months I was out of work.
By February, I had finally found a job and was looking forward to working again. While the job excited me, it was not in civil design, where I'd been for two years.
Just as I was getting acclimated, I began receiving calls from a recruiter. Turns out, they had a client who wanted someone with experience designing concrete, which happened to be my expertise and a dream job of mine.
Thirteen months after losing a great job, six months of a decent job, I'm a few months into another great job that I can see myself in for a long time to come.
There's some evidence construction is recovering. The housing market seems to be bottoming out with a key housing index showing broad U.S. improvement in housing values, particularly in the Twin Cities.
Construction was one of only two job categories showing growth in job vacancies from August 2008 to August 2009, according to the state labor department (the other was "personal care & service").
But no one's expecting a return to the go-go days anytime soon.MPR ran a story Monday on architects still suffering.
"Ready mix concrete sales peaked in Minnesota in the summer of 2005 and have followed the national housing trend down pretty faithfully since then," said Fred Corrigan, executive director of the Aggregate & Ready Mix Association of Minnesota.
"The slump in commercial/industrial construction has added to that trends in the past year and does not show any hope of that turning around for the next year or two."
While Berg feels like he's on solid ground in a job he really likes, he keeps a wary eye on the economy.
While it's great to be working again, and busily working, I also understand that things can turn on a dime. I know our competitors are coming at us from all sides, and the construction market is fragile right now.
Housing starts still aren't where they were a few years ago, and that pushes back on infrastructure construction, meaning all the contractors are fighting like mad for jobs. (I remember even in mid-08, we had some jobs come back WAY under estimated costs; contractors were bidding low just to keep working.) When the contractors are bidding down the jobs, we have to in turn bid down the cost of materials that we charge.
So while I'm optimistic, there's a healthy dose of reality.
*****************************************
Are you in the construction business in Minnesota? Tell us what you're seeing. Check out the map below to read what people in MPR's Public Insight Network are telling us about the job climate around them.
Posted at 9:27 PM on September 2, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We asked in early July if Minnesota manufacturing had turned a corner given upticks in hours worked and wages during the spring. Those indicators promptly dropped in the next report! New data, though, indicate things really are improving.
Creighton University's survey on Minnesota's economy finds supply managers in a better mood in August, with the university's Minnesota Business Conditions Index jumping to its highest level in more than two years. Creighton economics professor Ernie Goss wrote:
Upturns among non-durable goods firms more than offset weakness in the state's durable goods sector. Telecommunications firms continue to report weaker economic activity. Supply managers were very positive ...
Creighton's "leading economic indicator" calculation -- based on a survey of supply managers -- climbed to 58, a regional high, from July's 45.2 and June's 43.9. Anything above 50 on the index indicates businesses are expecting growth.
Like our over-optimism in July, data is subject to change. Manufacturing's taken the biggest job hit in Minnesota, with 38,900 jobs lost in the past year. So there's a ways to go.
Still, Creighton's got a pretty good track record. Goss was predicting Minnesota's unemployment rate would top out at less than 9 percent in this recession. The most recent data -- a drop to 8.1 percent in July -- is proving him right.
*****************************************
Are you a worker or manager in Minnesota manufacturing? Check the map for stories other people have told us recently about the job climate in Minnesota, then tell us what you're seeing.
Posted at 9:24 PM on September 3, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, MinnEcon@Work
Craig Johnson once saw teaching as his life's work. But the lure of pirates and knights proved too great. As a kid, he loved those swashbuckling movies of Errol Flynn. It fed a lifelong passion for swords and sword making.
Johnson, 46, is production manager for Arms & Armor, a company that makes several thousand historical weapons a year, from small knives and rapiers to big two-handed swords. Customers include collectors, movie prop masters and theaters.
We spent an hour recently at the Arms & Armor shops in the basement of an old industrial building in Minneapolis. An audiotape of "The Hobbit" played overhead.
The recession's hurt the sword making business. Ancient weapons aren't a necessity these days. Collectors who might have bought several pieces in a year have pulled back.
Given the economy, it's been "an ongoing struggle to keep it all together and try not to lose a staff which would take years to recreate," he says. "It's tough and not getting any easier."
Johnson, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, says he also faces international competition with cheaper work "of dubious quality being done in places like China."
Staying competitive, he says, means staying focused on quality and customer service -- "We need to be the Nordstrom's of the sword business."
While the future's never certain, the business has managed to ride out the tough times. "If your doors are open," says Johnson, "you're a success in the sword business."
*************************
MinnEcon@Work is an occasional series of videos featuring Minnesotans in our Public Insight Network with cool jobs and interesting vantage points on the economy.
Know someone who'd make a good MinnEcon@Work profile? Maybe you? Click here and tell us.
Posted at 9:18 PM on September 8, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Greater Minnesota, Jobs & unemployment
As we map the economic stories of Minnesotans in this recession, it's not often we get one labeled "good news." So it caught our attention when Bill Punyko emailed recently to say, "Duluth/Superior doing OK."
Punyko, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, lives in Duluth and is assistant principal at Superior High School across the border in Wisconsin. He wrote to tell us his family was putting off a car purchase because of the economy. But then added:
Locally Duluth/Superior is going to do OK. With the Duluth school district's construction plan and Enbridge Enterprises's pipeline expansion, we'll be looking at a few thousand jobs being our own local stimulus package.
The Enbridge expansion is a controversial project that would bring tar-sands oil from Canada into the U.S. Some environmental and American Indian groups are suing to stop it, though the U.S. State Department backed a permit a few weeks ago.
The Duluth schools plan is also controversial, though a recently published study commissioned by the Duluth Chamber of Commerce says the plan will create more than 1,600 jobs and offset the recession in Duluth.
I'd love to hear from folks in the Duluth/Superior area about their economy and the prospects for a mini-stimulus from the Enbridge and Duluth schools projects.
While Duluth's shipping traffic's taken a hit this year, the region's economy has weathered the recession decently. Its unemployment rates have stayed below the state average.
Could Duluth end up leading the way out of recession? Please post below or use this form to tell us what you're seeing.
9/16 UPDATE: My MPR colleague Tom Robertson reports on the pipeline's positive economic impact in northern Minnesota.
Posted at 9:14 PM on September 9, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Health care, Jobs & unemployment, Small business
Scrambling for capital. Dealing with the stress. Loving what you do.
If you want to know what it's like to be a small business person in Minnesota these days, take 15 minutes and scroll through the virtual forum below. It's a quick lesson in the joys and frustrations of running your own shop.
We asked nine entrepreneurs in MPR's Public Insight Network to talk about credit and cash flow in this economy. They did more, opening a wide ranging conversation on credit, government aid, the strain of starting a business and and what it's like to take that leap into being your own boss.
Check out the dialog below. Here are some of the highlights.
Credit. It's been difficult to impossible at times in this recession to get the credit needed to run a small businesses.
"Tight is the wrong word - non-existent seems to fit a little better," said Michael Schaffer, president of M.A. Schaffer Accounting Services. "Working capital has become extremely hard to come buy, especially for those who need the money.
Schaffer recalled when he started in 2006, :I walked into and out of the bank in less than an hour. With no business plan, unincorporated, and one client, I was given a Line of Credit, Credit Card and Overdraft Line - all based my my credit score and signiture."
"I had perfect credit when applying for my loan. But the bank kept wanting more and more liquid equity for collateral, said Crystal Pollard, owner of Bellies to Babies.
Amy Goetz, founder Bramblewood Treats told us she's dealt with the "We'd like to, but..." conversation with her banker. "I have a great relationship with my banker ... But the automatic program spits a big "no" out." The problem, she said, is that, "I have a student loan on my credit history and don't own my own home."
Joys / stresses of starting a business. The work is their passion but it comes at price in time and stress.
"It's a scary decision, especially now," said Pollard. "But if it's something you're passionate about and commited to, it is one of the best decisions you can make....This is the most stressed I have ever been, but it is totally worth it knowing I'm able to help so many women...With so many people being laid off work and losing jobs, why not start the business you've been dreaming about?
"Oh, yea, the stress ... it ebbs and flows - but I think I'm used to it now," said Shawn Sheely, founder Analog Interactive. I've been trying really hard to reduce stress in myself and my employees by working fewer hours and through simplifying our repetitive tasks and processes.
Goetz says she often calls the business, "my other baby and the only thing I'd rather do. But, the stress is on my shoulders all the time."
Solutions. We asked in various forms what if anything lenders and/or government could do to make things better.
"Somehow, we have to get low interest money to SMALL business owners for capital," said Brady Jass, president B&H Manufacturing. "Big corps have access to investors, lower rates, etc. It is in the country's best interest to fund small businesses to furnish competition to larger corporations. They have tons of advantages that we dont have."
"I'm not sure there's much more I can tell Congress," said Jason Rysavy, founder Catalyst Studios. "It really feels like success rides on my shoulders (and my employees). I'd rather be scrutinized vs handing over cash I may not be able to pay back."
"Make it easier to run a business," said Sheely. "I have to shop health, 401k, pay a myriad of taxes and matches...why can't I just pay my employees their salary and let the governement collect the taxes - I have better things to do than their paperwork.
Health Care. Paying for health care is on everyone's mind these days. But finding real solutions is an absolute must for small businesses.
"Our health care has risen 20-25% every year for the last 9 years," said Rysavy. "And we pay 100% of the employee and 75% of the dependents, so it's killing us."
"Heathcare costs are killing small business potential," said Sheely. "Large companies can manage this through economies of scale ... we're very vulnerable on this one. Can you say pre-existing condition?"
Added Pollard: "I don't offer healthcare to my employees because my family can't even afford it right now. My son is 3 and we can't afford to cover him. We're working on getting state for him.
Posted at 9:05 PM on September 11, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economic stimulus, Jobs & unemployment
A new White House Council of Economic Advisers report estimates 20,100 Minnesota jobs saved or created so far from spending in the federal stimulus bill.
OK, where are they? It's the question we keep asking and the hardest one to answer. The White House estimate is basically a best guess. Still, I'm looking at employment data and MPR reporting and I don't see it.
On October 10, Minnesota officials will report to the feds on direct jobs created via stimulus spending (might be a couple weeks later before it's made public). "We don't have any estimates yet," says a Labor Department spokeswoman. "Because that report will only have direct jobs, and not direct and indirect... it will likely report fewer jobs created than the 20,100."
Here's my run at looking for those 20,000 jobs. Email me or post below if you find anything different or think I'm off base.
Are they in the overall employment data? No. Here's a chart from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development showing MN employment data since February, when the stimulus was passed.
| Month | Employment | Unemployment | Rate |
| July | 2,725,198 | 240,423 | 8.1 |
| June | 2,707,780 | 249,137 | 8.4 |
| May | 2,716,477 | 240,789 | 8.1 |
| April | 2,725,671 | 238,366 | 8 |
| March | 2,712,160 | 242,524 | 8.2 |
| Feb | 2,713,472 | 237,529 | 8 |
Employment rose by a little more than 13,000 from March to July. Even if you assumed that all those jobs were stimulus driven (a big stretch), you're still 7,000 short of what the White House is estimating. You'd then need to assume that 7,000 jobs were saved. The unemployment rate barely budged in that period.
Are they in roads and bridges? No. While transportation construction gleaned a lot of the attention initially, the reality is that fewer than 3,000 jobs so far can be tied to Minnesota stimulus road construction. Here's the Transportation Department's most recent data.
| Projects put out to bid | 120 | |
| Projects under contract | 101 | $321,240,988 |
| Projects underway | 95 | $224,642,211 |
| Projects complete | 10 | $19,147,946 |
| Jobs directly related to projects (employees of contractor, sub-contractors and consultants.) | 2,903 |
We kept tabs on a project in western Minnesota with the help of Brent Olson, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network. Bottom line: the project produced no new permanent jobs.
That's also what MPR reporter Mark Zdechlik found when he went looking for the stimulus boost in a roads project in St. Peter.
In that story, Zdechlik wrote:
Until recently, MNDOT has been saying that for every $1 million spent, as many as 27 jobs could be directly and indirectly created. But those projections were based on what MnDOT says were old Federal Highway Administration figures.
MnDOT now says the jobs numbers could be less than half that; a total of 5,400 jobs rather than 13,500
Remember: Back in February Gov. Tim Pawlenty was touting Federal Highway Administration numbers saying Minnesota would get 5,000 jobs just from the first 60 greater Minnesota projects.
Anyone put out an estimate close to 20,000? Not that I found. My colleague Mike Caputo blogged on a local hearing on the stimulus a few weeks ago. The job numbers he heard in the hearing:
That's about 7,000 jobs.
One source in our Network told us recently she's been hired with stimulus money on contract to help in a state jobless center. Avangelina McKnight of Mound wrote:
It is very difficult for job hunters. I hear people say "just get a job, any job." I was networking, informational interviewing, part of groups and applying for jobs. After being unemployed for 18 months, I gladly took the position at a 30% drop in income, more than twice the commute.
In her current post, "there is not a day goes by that I do not get tear-filled eyes when speaking with (unemployment insurance) applicants and listening to their search, struggle and worry."
The White House still predicts the stimulus will save or create 66,000 jobs in Minnesota. By that calculation, we're about a third of the way to the goal. But where are they?
*************************
If you're seeing -- or seeking -- some economic benefit from the federal stimulus bill, tell us about it.
Posted at 9:01 PM on September 15, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Education, Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
Lindy Ellenbaum drives the 539 Metro Transit bus from the Mall of America to Best Buy headquarters and back. The recession, he says, is changing who rides and where they go.
Ellenbaum, a source in MPR's Public Insight Network, dropped us a note recently calling himself "one of the lucky ones" in this economy because he still has a job and that the mix of students, jobless and low-income folks on his south suburban bus route bus has shifted with the economy.
Ellenbaum told us:
I drive the 539 from the Mall of America to Best Buy Headquarters and back, daily. Along my route I pass the VEAP food shelf on 98th and Irving, and the work force center near Old Shakopee and France. The traffic to VEAP has increased but the traffic to the Work Force Center has dropped off.
Not many going to Work Force Center these days...those going there earlier either got jobs or just gave up. I suspect the latter.
For a while I had a number of people that worked at Best Buy riding my bus, they're mostly gone now.
There are also a number of mothers with children riding (but) I think the lack of jobs has slowed the immigration into the city...I don't see so much of that any more.
The number of students riding my bus is also way up. I go through Normandale (community) College 7 times a day and there are four buses from the B line 539 and at least that many from Metro 535 that also go there...
Normandale confirms the student increases. Initial data show Enrollment is up 7 percent this semester over the same time last year, "which includes a nearly 9 percent jump of headcount in new-entering students," said Normandale spokeswoman Kate Metzger.
Are they adults trying to find their way back into the economy?
"We certainly have seen some adult-returning students, but 66 percent of our students are younger than 25 and 81 percent are younger than 30." she said.
"We won't know just how many adult-returners we have until we do our 30th day enrollment analysis."
Numbers from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development also bear out what Ellenbaum sees. Here's a look at data from all the workforce centers:
And, yes, the VEAP food shelf also matches up with Ellenbaum's observations.
Last month the food pantry served 6,400 people, "a record number for us," said VEAP development director Karin Meier. That's about 1,000 more then last August.
VEAP supplies five days of food every 30 days to people in need in Bloomington, Edina, Richfield and part of South Minneapolis.
The food shelf, she adds, is seeing larger households needing help -- more people being served from one address, "meaning either families, larger families or households that have opened their doors to help others during tough times."
The kind of people Ellenbaum sees regularly on the bus.
***********************************
Drop me a line or post below if you see anything different.
Ride another bus and notice anything interesting re: the economy? Let me know.
Check out the map below to see what others in our Network are saying about the jobs climate in Minnesota. Then share your story.
Posted at 8:56 PM on September 18, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
Lots of "good news, but..." reactions from the MN jobs data. Yes, the jobless rate slipped to 8 percent. But thousands left the labor force. Discouraged workers? Not sure the data bear that out.
Yes, the labor force did fall 6,000 from July to August. But if you look at the range of data the past couple years, it's hard to argue that we're seeing a wave of people bail out of trying to find work.
In fact, the Minnesota labor force is up 46,000 from December 2007, the official start of the recession.
The August labor force was also about 17,000 more than a year ago, making it difficult to argue there's an exodus of workers.
Nationally the Bureau of Labor Statistics says the number of "discouraged" workers -- people not currently looking for work because they believe no jobs are available for them -- was 758,000 in August, nearly twice what it was a year earlier. Still, that's less than one half of one percent of the nation's civilian labor force.
I'm not suggesting that many Minnesotans aren't struggling. Folks in MPR's Public Insight Network have shared heartfelt stories of discouragement as they search for work in this recession.
Avangelina McKnight, a Network source who was recently hired on contract to help in a state jobless center, told us recently, "there is not a day goes by that I do not get tear-filled eyes when speaking with (unemployment insurance) applicants and listening to their search, struggle and worry."
But they aren't dropping out. Even in the deepest recession in decades, the state's labor force is up and the participation rate of Minnesotans in the labor force is nearly the same as when the recession began.
******************************
Think I'm off base? Post below or email me back.
Meanwhile, take a look at the profiles of the unemployed written by my colleague Bob Collins.
And check out the map below to read what Minnesotans have been telling us about the jobs climate where they live.
Posted at 8:54 PM on September 21, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment, Saving & spending
I have no hard data. Yet. But when we asked folks last week to take their economic pulse, the 50-plus responses we got were surprisingly encouraging.
We've been asking Minnesotans MPR's Public Insight Network for months to tell us what the month ahead looks like for their personal economies. Through most of the winter and early spring, the responses were fairly dreary. Most were worried about their economic situations and expected things to be worse in the coming month.
There's still a lot of fear out there. But it's tempered by a growing sense that an upswing may be underway.
Could be the Fed's recent statement that the recession, officially, is nearly over and that the state's unemployment problems are starting to stabilize. Minnesota's jobless rate hit 8 percent in August, down a tick from July.
And the stock market is clawing out of a very deep hole that sunk many retirement dreams.
Carole Rydberg, a retired social worker from Plymouth, wrote us:
I expect to be quite stable in terms of monthly income. We are retired and on Social Security. We have always been frugal people and still are but do manage to have all necessities and some luxuries as well. Our net worth has certainly decreased (and investment income along with it) and we do hope that this will rebound gradually during the next year.
Real estate values, the single largest source of wealth for many of us, are bottoming out after a steep decline.
Bruce Morlan of Northfield told us his October economy is looking better because, "I finally rented out my old house, below cost but better than nothing."
Things were improved enough that he was considering buying himself a modest birthday present, though he added, "I am putting off buying a car (again)."
Sue Estee described her current situation as "holding steady ... Right now I think we are OK. It looks like the business my husband works for has picked up slightly."
But Estee also knows things are staying hard for many Minnesotans. She runs the Second Harvest food bank in Grand Rapids and reminds us that what appears to be a recovery isn't touching everyone.
It will take a long time for things to get better for the people we serve. We have had a 13% increase in the numbers of households seeking assistance from food shelves the first half of this year compared to the same period last year.
We expect the trend to continue at least until next spring sometime. It will take a while for an improving economy to trickle down.
You can help us track the economy by telling us your personal economic forecast for the coming month. Check the map below for stories Minnesotans are telling us about the job climate around them.
Posted at 8:51 PM on September 22, 2009
by Paul Tosto
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Jobs & unemployment
We talked recently about anecdotal evidence that Minnesota's economy may be turning around. So, OK, here's the other side: Data show the state remains weak relative to most of its neighbors.
An analysis and map by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia bear this out. The Philly Fed builds an index based on employment and unemployment rate, average hours worked in manufacturing and wage and salary data. Minnesota and Iowa are among 22 states showing the biggest declines the past three months.
True, it's a look back. But it's an indication that Minnesota's recovery is rolling slower compared to Wisconsin and the Dakotas.
Bob Belbeck, a marketing professional from Delano, reminded me there are plenty of Minnesotans who are employed (state unemployment is down to 8 percent) but not necessarily doing great. He described his job situation as "very shaky," writing:
I have multiple part-time jobs that add up to less than 1/2 what I was making 3 years ago. It is enough money, but it gets depressing. You reach a point where you don't know what kind of jobs to apply for anymore.
If you count all of us that are underemployed the unemployment rate is much. much higher than 10%.
Happily, he said his debts were paid but he was "buying nothing of real value" and was "living off the garden."
State economist Tom Stinson told MPR recently that Minnesota's economy and job market won't be roaring back." Things aren't getting worse but "we're not making a rapid breakout...This is going to be slow process as we come out this recession."
My colleagues at the MPR show In the Loop are asking their listeners about what they hope to return to once the recession ends -- projects, dreams, etc. they had to put on hold. Tell them what you're hoping to get back to.
Or just tell us what the economy's like around you these days.
| February 2012 | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| S | M | T | W | T | F | S |
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | |||
| 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 |
| 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 |
| 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 |
| 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | |||